L-DALI

DALI Light Controller

User Manual

LOYTEC electronics GmbH

 Contact

LOYTEC
Blumengasse 35
A-1170 Vienna
AUSTRIA/EUROPE
[email protected]
http://www.loytec.com

Version 8.0

Document 88077119

LOYTEC MAKES AND YOU RECEIVE NO WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS,

EXPRESS, IMPLIED, STATUTORY OR IN ANY COMMUNICATION WITH YOU,
AND
LOYTEC SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THIS
PRODUCT IS NOT DESIGNED OR INTENDED FOR USE IN EQUIPMENT
INTENDED FOR SURGICAL IMPLANT INTO THE BODY OR OTHER
APPLICATIONS INTENDED TO SUPPORT OR SUSTAIN LIFE, FOR USE IN FLIGHT
CONTROL OR ENGINE CONTROL EQUIPMENT WITHIN AN AIRCRAFT, OR FOR
ANY OTHER APPLICATION IN WHICH IN THE FAILURE OF SUCH PRODUCT
COULD CREATE A SITUATION IN WHICH PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH MAY
OCCUR. LOYTEC MAKES NO REPRESENTATION AND OFFERS NO WARRANTY
OF ANY KIND REGARDING OF ANY THIRDPARTY COMPONENTS MENTIONED
IN THIS MANUAL.

No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted,

in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or
otherwise, without the prior written permission of LOYTEC.

LC3020, L-Chip, L-Core, L-DALI, L-GATE, L-INX, L-IOB,

LIOB-Connect, LIOB-FT, L-IP, LPA, L-Proxy, L-Switch, L-Term,
L-VIS, L-WEB, L-ZIBI, ORION™ stack and Smart Auto-Connect™ are
trademarks of LOYTEC electronics GmbH.

LonTalk®, LONWORKS®, Neuron®, LONMARK®, LonMaker®, i.LON®, and LNS® are

trademarks of Echelon Corporation registered in the United States and other countries.
L-DALI User’s Manual 3 LOYTEC

Contents

1 Introduction .................................................................................................. 9
1.1 Overview .............................................................................................................. 9
1.2 L-DALI Models ................................................................................................. 13
1.3 Scope................................................................................................................... 15
2 Disclaimer Cyber Security ......................................................................... 16
3 Safety Instructions ...................................................................................... 17
4 What’s New in L-DALI .............................................................................. 23
4.1 New in L-DALI 8.0 ............................................................................................ 23
4.2 New in L-DALI 7.6 ............................................................................................ 26
4.3 New in L-DALI 7.4 ............................................................................................ 28
4.4 New in L-DALI 7.2 ............................................................................................ 32
4.5 New in L-DALI 7.0 ............................................................................................ 39
4.6 New in L-DALI 6.4 ............................................................................................ 42
4.7 New in L-DALI 6.3 ............................................................................................ 45
4.8 New in L-DALI 6.1 ............................................................................................ 48
4.9 New in L-DALI 6.0 ............................................................................................ 51
4.10 New in L-DALI 5.3 ............................................................................................ 53
4.11 New in L-DALI 5.2 ............................................................................................ 53
4.12 New in L-DALI 3.2 ............................................................................................ 56
5 Quick-Start Guide ...................................................................................... 59
5.1 Hardware Installation ....................................................................................... 59
5.1.1 Models without built-in DALI Bus Power Supply................................... 59
5.1.2 Models with built-in DALI Bus Power Supply ........................................ 60
5.2 Test proper wiring of DALI devices ................................................................ 61
5.2.1 Models without LCD display ................................................................... 61
5.2.2 Models with LCD display ........................................................................ 61
5.3 Device configuration ......................................................................................... 62
5.4 Configuration of IP Address ............................................................................ 62
5.4.1 IP Configuration via the LCD Display..................................................... 62
5.4.2 IP Configuration via the Web Interface ................................................... 64
5.5 Configuration with PC Software...................................................................... 65
5.5.1 Connect to Device in Stand-Alone Mode ................................................ 66
5.5.2 Scan DALI Channel ................................................................................. 67
5.5.3 Assign Lamps, Sensor and Button to LONMARK/BACnet Objects.......... 68
5.5.4 Grouping Lamps ...................................................................................... 69
5.5.5 Parameterize the Constant Light Controller ............................................. 69

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User’s Manual 4 LOYTEC

5.5.6 Parameterize the DALI button ................................................................. 70

5.5.7 Download Configuration ......................................................................... 71
5.5.8 Calibrate Light Sensor ............................................................................. 72
5.6 Configuration using Web Interface................................................................. 73
5.6.1 Scan DALI Channel ................................................................................ 73
5.6.2 Assign Lamps, Sensor and Button to LONMARK/BACnet Objects ......... 75
5.6.3 Grouping Lamps ...................................................................................... 75
5.6.4 Calibrate Light Sensor ............................................................................. 76
5.6.5 Parameterize the DALI button ................................................................. 77
5.6.6 Parameterize the Constant Light Controller ............................................ 77
5.7 Configuration of BACnet Interface (LDALI-20X only) ................................ 79
5.7.1 Configure BACnet Interface.................................................................... 79
6 Hardware Installation ................................................................................ 80
6.1 Enclosure ........................................................................................................... 80
6.2 Product Label .................................................................................................... 80
6.3 Mounting ........................................................................................................... 80
6.4 LED signals ....................................................................................................... 80
6.4.1 LDALI-3E10X-U and LDALI-ME20X-U .............................................. 80
6.4.2 LDALI-3E10X and LDALI-ME204 ....................................................... 82
6.4.3 LDALI-E101-U, LDALI-3101-U and LDALI-E101-U .......................... 83
6.4.4 Wink Action ............................................................................................ 83
6.5 Buttons ............................................................................................................... 84
6.5.1 Status Button ........................................................................................... 84
6.5.2 DALI Mode Button ................................................................................. 84
6.5.3 DALI Channel Button ............................................................................. 84
6.5.4 DALI Program Button ............................................................................. 85
6.6 DIP Switch Settings .......................................................................................... 85
6.7 Wiring ................................................................................................................ 85
7 Workflows for the L-DALI ........................................................................ 86
7.1.1 On-Line ................................................................................................... 86
7.1.2 Off-Line ................................................................................................... 87
7.1.3 Replace an L-DALI ................................................................................. 88
7.1.4 Enable Legacy NM Mode (LDALI-10X only) ........................................ 88
7.1.5 Configuration Upload and Download...................................................... 89
8 L-DALI Lighting Application ................................................................... 91
8.1 CEA-709 Interface and Application (LDALI-10X only) ............................... 91
8.1.1 Lamp actuator Object #3040 ................................................................... 91
8.1.2 Light Sensor Object #1010 .................................................................... 115
8.1.3 Occupancy Sensor Object #1060 ........................................................... 118

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User’s Manual 5 LOYTEC

8.1.4 Constant Light Controller Object #3050 ................................................ 121

8.1.5 Sunblind Controller Object #6111 ......................................................... 142
8.1.6 Globals #0005 ........................................................................................ 160
8.1.7 Button #0001.......................................................................................... 167
8.1.8 Access to Bluetooth Sensor Functions ................................................... 170
8.2 BACnet Interface and Application (LDALI-20X only)................................ 173
8.2.1 Interface Version.................................................................................... 175
8.2.2 Light Output Objects.............................................................................. 175
8.2.3 Sensor Objects ....................................................................................... 205
8.2.4 Constant Light Controller ...................................................................... 223
8.2.5 Button Objects ....................................................................................... 236
8.2.6 Sunblind Controller Objects .................................................................. 240
8.3 Programmable DALI Controller (LDALI-PLCx) ........................................ 249
8.4 Web Interface .................................................................................................. 249
8.4.1 Constant Light Controller Bindings (Commission) ............................... 249
8.4.2 Sunblind Controller Bindings (Commission) ......................................... 250
8.4.3 Configuration of Button Functions ........................................................ 251
8.4.4 Debug (Config) ...................................................................................... 254
9 Troubleshooting ........................................................................................ 256
9.1 Technical Support ........................................................................................... 256
9.2 Packet Capture ................................................................................................ 256
10 Security Hardening Guide ....................................................................... 257
10.1 Installation Instructions .................................................................................. 257
10.2 Firmware.......................................................................................................... 257
10.3 Ports ................................................................................................................. 257
10.4 Services ............................................................................................................. 258
10.5 Upgrade Key Strength .................................................................................... 259
10.6 Logging and Auditing ..................................................................................... 259
10.7 Network Access................................................................................................ 260
10.8 Password Protection........................................................................................ 260
11 Specifications............................................................................................. 261
11.1 Physical Specifications .................................................................................... 261
11.1.1 LDALI-3E10X-U/LDALI-ME20X-U ................................................... 261
11.1.2 LDALI-3E10X/LDALI-ME204............................................................. 261
11.1.3 LDALI-3101-U/LDALI-E101-U/LDALI-E201-U ................................ 262
11.1.4 LDALI-PLC2/LDALI-PLC4 ................................................................. 262
11.2 Resource Limits ............................................................................................... 262
11.3 FCC Warning .................................................................................................. 264
11.4 CE Warning ..................................................................................................... 264

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User’s Manual 6 LOYTEC

12 References ................................................................................................. 265

13 Revision History ....................................................................................... 266

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 7 LOYTEC

Abbreviations

100BaseT ............................ 100 Mbps Ethernet network with RJ-45 plug

Aggregation......................... Collection of several CEA-709 packets into a single CEA-852
packet
AST ..................................... Alarming, Scheduling, Trending
BACnet ............................... Building Automation and Control Network
BBMD ................................. BACnet Broadcast Management Device
BDT .................................... Broadcast Distribution Table
CA ....................................... Certification Authority
CC ....................................... Configuration Client, also known as CN/IP Device
CEA-709 ............................. Protocol standard for LONWORKS networks
CEA-852 ............................. Protocol standard for tunneling CEA-709 packets over IP
channels
CN ....................................... Control Network
CN/IP .................................. Control Network over IP
CN/IP Channel .................... logical IP channels that tunnels CEA-709 packets according
CEA-852
CN/IP packet ....................... IP packet that tunnels one or multiple CEA-709 packet(s)
COV .................................... change-of-value
CR ....................................... Channel Routing
CS........................................ Configuration Server that manages CEA-852 IP devices
DA ....................................... Data Access
DALI ................................... Digital Addressable Lighting Interface, see IEC 62386
DHCP .................................. Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol, RFC 2131, RFC 2132
DiiA .................................... Digital Illumination Interface Association
DL ....................................... Data Logger (Web service)
DNS .................................... Domain Name Server, RFC 1034
DST ..................................... Daylight Saving Time
EEP ..................................... EnOcean Equipment Profile
GMT.................................... Greenwich Mean Time
IP ......................................... Internet Protocol
IP-852.................................. logical IP channel that tunnels CEA-709 packets according to
CEA-852
LAN .................................... Local Area Network
LSD Tool ............................ LOYTEC System Diagnostics Tool
MAC ................................... Media Access Control
MD5 .................................... Message Digest 5, a secure hash function, see Internet RFC 1321
MS/TP ................................. Master/Slave Token Passing (this is a BACnet data link layer)
NAT .................................... Network Address Translation, see Internet RFC 1631
NV ....................................... Network Variable
OPC ..................................... Open Process Control
OPC UA .............................. OPC Unified Architecture
PEM .................................... Privacy Enhanced Mail
PLC ..................................... Programmable Logic Controller
RNI...................................... Remote Network Interface

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 8 LOYTEC

RSTP .................................. Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (Standard IEEE 802.1D-2004)

RTT .................................... Round-Trip Time
RTU .................................... Remote Terminal Unit
SCPT .................................. Standard Configuration Property Type
SL ....................................... Send List
SMI ..................................... Standard Motor Interface
SMTP ................................. Simple Mail Transfer Protocol
SNTP .................................. Simple Network Time Protocol
SNVT ................................. Standard Network Variable Type
SSH..................................... Secure Shell
SSL ..................................... Secure Socket Layer
TLS ..................................... Transport Layer Security
UCPT .................................. User-defined Configuration Property Type
UI ........................................ User Interface
UNVT ................................. User-Defined Network Variable Type
UTC .................................... Universal Time Coordinated
WLAN ................................ Wireless LAN
XML ................................... eXtensible Markup Language

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 9 LOYTEC

1 Introduction

1.1 Overview
The L-DALI controllers for LONMARK and BACnet systems are DALI gateways with built-
in light controller functionality.

DALI (Digital Addressable Lighting Interface) is defined in the international standard

IEC 62386. It is used to dim and switch luminaries from most leading manufacturers. DALI
also supports devices like multi-sensors (e.g. for brightness, occupancy, etc.) and intelligent
switches.

Figure 1: L-DALI supports up to four DALI channels.

The L-DALI lineup features 1, 2, or 4 independent DALI channels. Up to 64 DALI-based

luminaries per DALI channel can be controlled individually or via 16 groups. All luminaries
are monitored for lamp defect. L-DALI can provide this information to the Building
Management System (BMS) through its NV or BACnet interface respectively. For CEA-709
communication IP-852 (Ethernet/IP) and TP/FT-10 are supported, for BACnet

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 10 LOYTEC

communication BACnet/IP and BACnet MS/TP are supported. In addition, all L-DALI
models support Modbus/TCP for integration into an existing Modbus SCADA system.

LDALI-3E101-U, LDALI-3E102-U, and LDALI-3E104-U are gateways connecting a DALI

network to a CEA-709/LONMARK network, LDALI-ME201-U and LDALI-ME204-U as
well as LDALI-PLC2 and LDALI PLC4 are gateways connecting a DALI network to a
BACnet network. On the DALI network the L-DALI controller represents a DALI master
controller. On the CEA-709 or BACnet network the L-DALI controller offers a NV interface
or BACnet server objects respectively to control the ballasts and the sensors connected for
the DALI network.

The constant light controller (LONMARK functional profile #3050, BACnet Loop object)
allows controlling DALI ballasts with lighting nodes on the CEA-709 or BACnet network.
Occupancy and lux-level sensors for constant light control and buttons for manual operation
can be integrated via the CEA-709/BACnet interface, directly on the DALI side or via
EnOcean using the LENO-80x interface.

Using the LSMI-804 SMI interface up to four SMI channels with up to 16 SMI drives each
can be connected to an L-DALI controller. The built-in sunblind controller application
(LONMARK functional profile #6111, various BACnet objects) can be used to control these
SMI drives. Interaction between the sunblind and constant light controller applications allows
adjusting sunblinds depending on the constant light controller output, e.g. for energy saving
concepts.

L-DALI supports automation functions such as alarming, scheduling, and trending. The
L-DALI controllers offer local scheduling services including the possibility to configure
several local and remote 24 hour schedulers through the Web UI. Alarming includes the
functionality to generate, deliver, acknowledge, and display alarm conditions and logs
regardless whether the condition comes from the DALI or the CEA-709/BACnet network.
The trending capability includes periodic and event triggered data logging of values and time
stamps. Alarms and trend data are stored on the device accessible via an FTP connection as
CSV files.

Figure 2: Using L-DALI together with the L-WEB product family.

L-DALI devices can be integrated with LWEB-802/803 visualization and LWEB-900 using
OPC XML-DA. LWEB-802/803 and LWEB-900 can be used for visualization of an L-DALI
based lighting control system. LWEB-900 offers additional functionality like saving trend
and log files for long term storage, easy managing of remote schedulers and calendars, data

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 11 LOYTEC

analysis and report generation. L-DALI supports event-driven e-mail notification as a result
of a predefined action triggered by a specific status or an exceeded high limit. E-mail
notification can also be used to forward trend and log files to central SQL databases for long
term storage (see LWEB-900 for details).

L-DALI supports common mathematical operations and functions, as well as Boolean

expressions (see also chapter 3.2 in the LINX-Configurator User Manual [2]).

Some lighting controller applications do not need a connection to the CEA-709 or BACnet
network. Therefore the L-DALI controller can control a complete DALI network as a
standalone device with the aid of the supported automation functions (alarming, scheduling,
and trending). Connected to an IP network, remote access allows to set parameters and to
read the system status.

The LDALI can be completely configured via a PC using the LOYTEC LINX Configurator.
Additionally, the LDALI offers a built-in webserver through which commissioning and
maintenance of a DALI system can be done using a web browser.

The L-DALI offers the following features:

 DALI gateway and controller

 Supports 1, 2, or 4 DALI channels (dependent on model)

 Integrated DALI bus power supply, can be switched off, 16 V DC, 230 mA (guaranteed)
/ 250 mA (maximum) (LDALI-3E101-U, LDALI-3E102-U / LDALI-ME201-U /
LDALI-PLC2) or 116mA (guaranteed) / 125mA (maximum) (LDALI-3E104U /
LDALI-ME204-U / LDALI-PLC4).

 Direct control of up to 64 DALI devices per DALI channel

 Direct control of up to 16 DALI groups per DALI channel

 Scene control for up to 16 groups and one broadcast scene per DALI channel

 Detect lamp and ballast failure on DALI luminaries and signals

 Simple replacement of (broken) DALI devices (no configuration tool required)

 DALI multi-master capable

 Support for DALI sensors and buttons

 Supports DALI-2 standard

 DALI-2 certified interface

 Built-in DALI protocol analyzer

 Direct control of SMI drives using LSMI-804

 Integration of EnOcean multi-sensors and push-buttons using LENO-80x

 Built-in constant light controller application

 Built-in sunblind controller application

 Alarming, Scheduling, and Trending (AST™)

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 12 LOYTEC

 Common mathematical operations and functions as well as Boolean expressions

 Event-driven e-mail notification

 Periodic testing of emergency lights

 Lamp burn-in mode

 Calculation of energy consumption and run-hours

 OPC XML/DA (L-WEB integration)

 Supports WLAN through LWLAN‑800 Interface

 Configuration via Web interface

 Firmware update via CEA-709 or Ethernet port

 DIN rail mountable

LONMARK/CEA-709 models only:

 Fully compliant with CEA-709, CEA-852, and EN 14908 standard

 Supports LONMARK TP/FT-10 or CEA-852 Ethernet (IP-852) channels (selectable)

 Control of DALI capable ballasts via NVs

 Retrieve information from DALI capable sensors via NVs

 Supports LONMARK Functional Profiles:

o Lamp Actuator #3040

o Light Sensor #1010

o Occupancy Sensor #1060

o Constant Light Controller #3050

o Sunblind Controller #6111

o Open Loop Sensor (button) #1

o Scheduler #0007

o Calendar #0006

BACnet models only:

 Fully compliant with BACnet standards ANSI/ASHRAE 135-2012 and

ISO 16484-5:2012

 BACnet/IP or BACnet MS/TP (selectable)

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 13 LOYTEC

 B-BC (BACnet Building Controller) functionality, BTL certified

 Control of DALI capable ballasts and sensors via BACnet server objects

 Retrieve information from DALI capable sensors via BACnet server objects

 BACnet client functionality (configurable)

 Supports the following BACnet server objects:

o Analog Output objects to control DALI ballasts, groups, and channels

o Multi-State Output objects for scene control of DALI groups and channels

o Analog Input objects providing feedback from DALI ballast, groups, and
channels

o Analog Input objects providing status information from DALI groups and
channels

o Accumulator objects providing estimated energy usage of DALI groups and

channels

o Multi-State Output objects to issue commands (start/stop emergency test or

burn-in, change color temperature, etc.) to DALI ballasts, groups and channels

o Analog Input objects providing battery status of emergency ballasts, groups

o Analog Input object providing lux level information from supported DALI
sensors

o Binary Input objects providing occupancy information from supported DALI

sensors

o Loop objects providing constant light controller functionality

o Binary Input objects providing button information from supported DALI

buttons

o Various objects to control sunblinds

1.2 L-DALI Models

This Section provides an overview of the different L-DALI models in Table 1. This table
identifies the different features of the L-DALI models. Models that possess a certain feature
have a check mark () in the respective column. If a feature is not available in the particular
model, the column is left blank.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 14 LOYTEC

ME201-U

ME204-U
Model

3E101-U

3E102-U

3E104-U
E101-U

E201-U
ME204
3101-U
3E102

3E104

PLC4

PLC2
Feature

DALI Power Supply          

DALI Channels 2 4 1 1 4 1 1 2 4 1 4 4 2
DALI Emergency Lights Test             
Constant Light Controller           
Sunblind Controller         
LCD Display with Jog Dial          
LON TP/FT-10      
LON IP-852 (Ethernet/IP)        
BACnet MS/TP     
BACnet IP and SC      
Modbus RTU 1 1  
Modbus TCP       
Configuration via WEB UI            
Configuration via Software             
Serial Console   
LWEB-802/803 Hosting       
OPC XML-DA            
OPC UA       
OPC Client       
SNMP       
SSH, HTTPS, Firewall, VPN       
WLAN (with LWLAN-80x)       
Ethernet Switch/Hub         
USB       
EnOcean (with LENO-80x)       
SMI (with LSMI-804)       
RS232 (with LRS232-802)       
DALI-2 support       
Script Support       
Asset Tracking 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Programmable controller  
1
A license LIC_MOD5 must be purchased
2
A license LIC_ASSET must be purchased
Table 1: Available features in different L-DALI models.

Important: In the following text models with BACnet interface are referred to as LDALI-20X and
models with LONMARK/CEA-709 interface are referred to as LDALI-10X.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 15 LOYTEC

1.3 Scope
This document covers L-DALI devices with firmware version 8.0 and the L-INX
Configuration Software version 8.0. Basic device operations are covered in the LOYTEC
Device User Manual [1] and device configuration using the PC configuration software is
covered by the LINX Configurator User Manual [2]. Detailed information about LDALI
devices is covered by the LOYTEC LDALI Device User Manual [13].

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 16 LOYTEC

2 Disclaimer Cyber Security

LOYTEC offers a portfolio of products, solutions and systems with cyber security functions
that enable the secure operation of devices, systems and networks in the field of building
automation and control technology. To ensure that devices, systems, and networks are always
protected against online threats, a holistic security concept is required that is implemented
using the latest technology and is being kept up-to-date. The LOYTEC portfolio is only one
component of such an overall concept.

The customer is responsible for preventing unauthorized access to the devices, systems and
networks. These should only be connected to a network or the Internet if adequate security
measures are in place (e.g. firewalls, separate networks) and a connection is required for
operation. In addition, LOYTEC’s recommendations for securing devices in the Security
Hardening Guide (Chapter 10) must be followed. For additional information, please contact
your support person at LOYTEC or visit our website.

LOYTEC is constantly working on improving the existing products in order to follow the
latest cyber security standards. Therefore, LOYTEC strongly recommends installing updates
as soon as they become available and always using the latest software versions. LOYTEC
explicitly points out that using older versions or refraining from updates increases the risk of
online security threats.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 17 LOYTEC

3 Safety Instructions

ATTENTION

General Safety Instructions

Please regard the following general instructions for project planning and
execution:

 Regard all measures or prohibitions of the respective country to avoid

danger of electricity and high voltage.
 Other relevant regulations of the respective country.
 House installation regulations of the respective country.
 Regulations of the utility company.
 Any specifications, diagrams, dispositions, cable lists and regulations
of the customer or system integrator.
 Any third-party regulations (e.g., general contractor or client).

ATTENTION

Country-specific Safety Regulations

Failure to observe country-specific safety regulations can lead to property

damage and personal injury. Therefore, comply with the country-specific
regulations and the corresponding safety guidelines.

CAUTION

Electrical Safety

Essentially, electrical safety in building automation systems from LOYTEC

is based on the use of extra-low voltage and safe isolation from mains
voltage.

CAUTION

IEC (SELV, PELV) (world-wide)

Depending on the extra-low voltage earthing (24VAC), this results in an

application according to SELV or PELV in accordance with IEC 60364-4-
41:

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 18 LOYTEC

 Ungrounded = SELV (Safety Extra Low Voltage),

 Earth ground = PELV (Protected Extra Low Voltage).

CAUTION

NEC (North America)

Class 2 transformers with energy limitation to 100 VA or Class 2 circuits

with max. 100 VA (using a non-energy-limiting transformer of max. 400VA)
combined with overcurrent limits (T-4A fuses) can be used for each
individual 24VAC device. Several fuses for several isolated secondary
circuits per transformer are possible. The same applies to power supplies
with 24VDC.

CAUTION

Device Safety

Device safety is guaranteed by supply with low voltage 24VAC or 24VDC

and a double insulation between mains voltage 230VAC, 24VAC circuits
and the housing or by supply via Power over Ethernet (PoE Class 1). In
addition, the specific regulations for electrical wiring according to this
manual must be observed.

ATTENTION

Installation Personnel

Only qualified staff may carry out electrical installations.

CAUTION

Installation according Safety Class II

LOYTEC devices, which are designed in compliance with safety class II,
must be mounted accordingly.

The following requirements apply:

 Protection against electric shock has to be ensured by an appropriate

enclosure.
 Ensure proper working cable relief for installation in safety class II
equipment.

ATTENTION

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 19 LOYTEC

Mounting Location

LOYTEC devices are designed to be installed in an enclosure:

 Switching cabinets
 Distribution boxes
 Mounting in false ceilings
 Luminaire integration

ATTENTION

Environment Conditions

LOYTEC devices have to be installed in a dry and clean environment. In

addition the permissible environment conditions specified in the product data
sheet must be observed.

CAUTION

Earth Ground of (System Zero AC/DC 24V)

The following items must be observed when earth-grounding system zero

24VAC:

 In principle, both earth-grounding and non-grounding of system zero

of the operating voltage 24VAC is permitted. Important are the local
regulations and customs. Due to functional requirements, earth ground
may be necessary or inadmissible.
 It is recommended to ground 24VAC systems unless this contradicts
the manufacturer’s instructions.
 To avoid earth loops, systems with PELV may only be connected to
earth ground at one point in the system. Unless otherwise stated,
usually at the transformer.
 The same applies to 24VDC power supplies.

CAUTION

Functional Earth

Functional earth must be connected to the building’s protective earthing (PE)

system on the installation side.

CAUTION

Operating Voltage 24V AC/DC

The power supply must meet the requirements for SELV or PELV. Permitted
deviation of the nominal voltage:

 At the transformer or power supply: 24V AC/DC ±10%

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 20 LOYTEC

 At the device: 24V AC or DC ±10 %

CAUTION

Specification for 24VAC Transformers

IEC: safety transformers according to IEC 61558 with double insulation,

designed for 100% duty cycle to supply SELV or PELV circuits.
U.S.: Class 2 circuits according to UL 5085-3.
For efficiency reasons, the power drawn from the transformer should be at
least 50% of the nominal load.
The nominal power of the transformer must be at least 25 VA. Using a
transformer of smaller size, the ratio of open circuit voltage to voltage at full
load becomes unfavorable (> + 20%).

CAUTION

Specification for 24VDC Power Supplies

Power supplies must be designed for 100% duty cycle to supply SELV or
PELV circuits.
U.S.: Class 2 circuits according to UL 5085-3.
For efficiency reasons, the power drawn from the power supply should be at
least 50% of the nominal load.

CAUTION

Protection of the 24VAC Supply Voltage

Transformers must be protected on the secondary circuit, according to the

transformer dimensions and the effective load of all connected devices:
Always protect the 24VAC conductor (system potential),
Additionally protect the conductor (system zero) where required.

CAUTION

Protection of the 24VDC Supply Voltage

24 VDC power supplies must be short-circuit proof or have an internal

microfuse.
Local regulations must be observed.

CAUTION

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 21 LOYTEC

Protection of Mains Voltage

Transformers/24VDC power supplies must be protected on the primary

circuit using a control cabinet fuse.

CAUTION

Power over Ethernet (PoE)

LPAD-7 Touch Panels require a PoE Class 1 power supply (max. 12W),
which must be compliant to IEEE 802.3at-2009.
For the power supply of the PoE switches observe the manufacturer’s
specifications.

CAUTION

Device Installation/Removal in De-Energized State Only

Ensure that power supply is switched off before starting to install or uninstall
LOYTEC devices. Do NOT connect or disconnect equipment with the power
switched on, unless instructed otherwise. Do NOT assemble or disassemble
devices with power switched on, unless instructed otherwise.

CAUTION

Power supply protection

When installing LOYTEC devices, ensure that the power source is

adequately protected by means of a suitably-rated fuse or thermal circuit
breaker.

CAUTION

Power supply voltage

Do not connect a voltage supply greater than the specified maximum rating.
Refer to product label and/or datasheet for the correct voltage.

CAUTION

DALI is FELV (Functional Extra Low Voltage)

A DALI-line is treated to be FELV. Since it is non-SELV the relevant

installation regulations for low voltage apply.

ATTENTION

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 22 LOYTEC

DALI wiring

A DALI-line may be installed within the same cable or as single conductors

within the same tube as mains supply. The DALI-line is either limited to a
maximum length of 300 m using a minimum cross-section of 1.5 mm2
(AWG15) or it must be ensured that the voltage drop on the DALI-line does
not exceed 2 V.

CAUTION

Attention to External Voltages

Any kind of introduction or spreading of dangerous voltages onto the low-

voltage circuits of the system (e.g. due to incorrect wiring) must be avoided
at any circumstance and represents an immediate life danger or can lead to
the entire or partial destruction of the building automation system.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 23 LOYTEC

4 What’s New in L-DALI

This section describes the major changes and new features. For a full list of changes refer to
the Readme file.

4.1 New in L-DALI 8.0

Support for LDALI-PWM8 types

Support has been added for the LDALI-PWM8, a constant voltage LED-driver with 8 output
channels, each of which can be controlled via as separate DALI-address. The LDALI
controller also supports the Loytec devices LDALI-PWM8-TC and LDALI-PWM8-
RGBW. These modules support colour control either of tunable white (acc. IEC62386-209,
colour type Tc) or colour (acc. IEC62386, colour type RGBWAF) constant voltage LED-
ballasts.

Support for LOY-DALI-SBM1 sunblind module on LDALI-PLCx/LROC types

The LOY-DALI-SBM1 sunblind module is now supported on programmable controller

types. That is, instead of relays of a LROC or LIOB controller a LOY-DALI-SBM1 module
can be used for sunblind control. The module is connected via the DALI-line and operated
in a manufacturer specific mode that is perfectly suited for sunblind control.

For detailed information about the module refer to the LOYTEC DALI Device User Manual
[13] and the LOYTEC Device User Manual [1].

Persistent datapoints for colour control

Improvement on the datapoints for colour control of LDALI-devices. On the BACnet

controllers the BACnet properties Colour_Temp, Hue and Saturation are stored persistently.
On the programmable controllers the datapoints Colour, Hue and Saturation provided by the
LampActuatorColourContol.ldali template and the datapoints ColourGrp, HueGrp and
SaturationGrp provided by the LampActuatorColourContol_XY_TC_HSV.ldali template
are persistent. This allows to recover the last colour after a power cycle.

Improved Mains-Off handling

The Mains-Off handling for all channels has been improved. For a detailed description refer
to the LOYTEC Device User Manual [1].

Refinement of DALI-statistics

Detailed information about the DALI-devices going offline and sending power cycle seen
eventmessages are provided via a tooltip window when scrolling over the corresponding
counter-parameter on the DALI-statistics site.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 24 LOYTEC

Figure 3: Detailed power cycle seen statistics

New iCalendar Schedulers

LOYTEC devices support a new scheduler object class that is based on iCalendar events.
This scheduler class can be selected as an alternative to the generic scheduler class. It
supports extended features such as events that span over midnight or last for several days,
flexible recurrence patterns known from Outlook, and booking information. The Web
interface has been extended to display an event view of the scheduler. External iCalendar
data sources can be imported by using a calendar URL, which allows pulling in data from
published Outlook or Google calendars.

Figure 4: New iCalendar scheduler view on the Web interface.

The new upcomingEvent and upcomingTime data points can be used to display booking
information of a meeting room, while the known timeToNext and nextEvent data points allow
optimum start algorithms on the controller.

Edge Trigger Mode

Trends and alarms can be based on trigger conditions. There are two new trigger modes
available: rising edge and falling edge. These can be used to trigger a recording, if the trigger
data point changes from inactive to active (rising) or from active to inactive (falling).

Folder Component Placeholder for Alarm Messages

In addition to the full data point path, individual folder components of the path can now be
addressed using the %{fN} placeholder, where N refers to the N-th folder part above the data
point. For example on the data point “/User Registers/Building2/Floor3/Room101/temp” the
placeholder %{f1} expands to “Room101” and %{f2} to “Floor3”. This way, individual
compositions of the folder components can be assembled to form the alarm message.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 25 LOYTEC

New WLAN Configuration Tabs and System Registers

The WLAN configuration of the port configuration has been re-modelled to better match the
client and access point (AP) use cases. The tabs are now labelled WLAN Client and WLAN
Access Point. These tabs are restricted to settings that apply to their respective use.

Figure 5: New WLAN configuration tabs

The system registers have also been moved to sub-folders named WLAN Client and WLAN
Access Point. Setting SSID, Key and writing the new Enable system register under either
port allows enabling the client or AP, respectively.

BACnet/SC

LOYTEC devices support the BACnet/SC node function. This allows LOYTEC devices to
register with BACnet/SC hubs and be integrated in BACnet/SC networks, thus benefitting
from increased security including TLS encryption and authentication. On devices with a
BACnet router, BACnet/SC can be enabled in addition to or as a replacement of BACnet/IP.
Devices without the BACnet routing function can enable either BACnet/SC or BACnet/IP.

The internal device certificate can be used out-of-the-box, and CA-signed operational
certificates can be installed as needed. When BACnet/SC and BACnet/IP and/or MS/TP are
enabled, the device acts as a router between those interfaces. It is also possible to run
BACnet/SC on a separate network than BACnet/IP.

Figure 6: BACnet/SC configuration on EthernetNode-RED™ 3.0

The scripting support on LOYTEC devices has been improved by supporting Node-RED™
3.0. This includes new editor UI features. The underlying node.js has been updated to 18.x.
This allows up-to-date palettes and script packages to work on LOYTEC devices.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 26 LOYTEC

4.2 New in L-DALI 7.6

LDALI-PWM4-Tc and LDALI-PWM4-RGBW support

The LDALI controller now supports the Loytec devices LDALI-PWM4-TC and LDALI-
PWM4-RGBW. These modules support colour control either of tunable white (acc.
IEC62386-209, colour type Tc) or colour (acc. IEC62386, colour type RGBWAF) constant
voltage LED-ballasts. In addition for RGB-capable DALI-ballasts the conversion from Hue
and Saturation datapoints to DALI RGBWAF values has been improved.

Improvements on DALI communication and LDALI-Devices Firmware Update

procedure

The reliability of DALI-communication, especially with high traffic on multiple channels,

has been increased. Moreover, the stability of the firmware update of LDALI-devices has
been improved and the process is now also documented in the systemlog.

Minor Changes on WebUI

 The first line of DALI scene and DALI group tables is still shown when scrolling.
 GTIN of a DALI-device in the info field is shown as decimal number
 DALI-Statistics: added new statistical values for current DALI bandwidth
utilization

Figure 7: DALI-Statistics

Support for pre-addressed DALI-devices on programmable controllers

A workflow for automatic integration of pre-addressed DALI-devices has been added.

The “Manage DALI-devices”-dialog in the configurator offers the option to define DALI
short addresses for each lamp actuator object.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 27 LOYTEC

Figure 8: LINXCFG - Manage DALI-devices

After downloading the configuration the LDALI-PLCx or LROC initiates a search and assign
procedure. If the short-address of a DALI-device on the DALI-line matches the
“precommissioned” address it is automatically assigned. If there is no DALI-device with the
“precommissioned” address available on the bus the device is considered as “Offline”.

Figure 9: Automatically found and assigned pre-addressed DALI-devices

The new datapoint DeviceCfg in the device template allows to activate/deactivate the
automatic assignment procedure for the device and also to hide the device from the list of
Unassigned Devices.

New System Registers

The system registers have been re-organized under a folder structure. The old system register
locations are available for back-ward compatibility. A new system register “Time Zone
Name” has been added that allows configuration of the time zone offset and DST settings
according to the timezone database. Writing a valid time zone name to that register sets the
new timezone information, e.g., “CET” for Central European Time.

Figure 10: New system register layout.

WiFi Enterprise

To further increase security in a WiFi network, IT departments support the 802.1X

authentication method on WiFi also known as WiFi Enterprise. LOYTEC devices can enable
WiFi Enterprise in the WiFi settings by selecting WPA2-ENTERPRISE key management.
The authentication methods Protected EAP (PEAP), Tunneled TLS (TTLS) and EAP-TLS
(using certificates) are supported.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 28 LOYTEC

Figure 11: Configure WiFi Enterprise

Historic Filters

A new filter item type has been added to historic filters: The Offset Correction item. This
item allows correcting the underlying meter value by a given offset. That offset will be added
to the measured value before the value is processed by other historic filters. After replacing
a meter, the offset correction can be used to maintain continuous consumption.

In addition, historic filter items can now be written to on the Web interface to set historic
values. For example, it is now possible to set the value of Jan 1 or any other historic value.
On the details page, all historic filter values can be exported to a CSV file. That file can be
imported on other historic filter data points allowing the simple transfer of historic values.

Node-RED™ 2.0

The scripting support on LOYTEC devices has been improved by supporting Node-RED™
2.0. This includes new editor UI features. A new safe mode allows debugging problems in
third-party packages.

BTL Testplan 16 Certified

The BACnet certification of all BACnet models has been updated to comply with protocol
revision 16. All new device models are now BTL certified. New BACnet features in that
release include

 Support Fault_Type and Fault_Parameters in the Event Enrollment object,

 Fault_High_Limit and Fault_Low_Limit properties,

 Support extended “jumbo” MS/TP frames.

4.3 New in L-DALI 7.4

LDALI-RM5/RM6, LDALI-PWM4 and LDALI-PD1 support

The LDALI controller now supports the Loytec devices LDALI-RM5 and LDALI-RM6.
These modules can either be used as simple relay-modules (according to IEC62386-208
Switching function) or as converter for a control gear with 1-10V interface (according to
IEC62386-206 converter).

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 29 LOYTEC

Support has been added for the LDALI-PWM4, a constant voltage LED-driver with 4 output
channels, each of which can be controlled via as separate DALI-address.

Support is also provided for the LDALI-PD1, a phase-cut dimmer module suited for
integration of LED-retrofit and halogen bulbs in DALI-lighting applications.

For detailed information refer to the LOYTEC Device User Manual [1]. Supported devices
are listed in the “L-DALI Compatibility List (AN011E)” [10].

New datapoints for bluetooth-based functions of LDALI-MS2/4-BT:

LDALI-MS2-BT and LDALI-MS4-BT come with bluetooth interface and thus can broadcast
bluetooth beacon information as well as scan for other beacons in their radio range. This
opens various application scenarios:

 iBeacon or Eddystone-UID beacon used for indoor localization and navigation by a

mobile device
 LWEB-beacon: support for advanced mobile room control functions using the new
LWEB-app for iOS and Android smartphones.
 detect beacons nearby each sensor, the collected information can be used for asset
tracking (license LIC-ASSET is required to enable this function)

For a detailed description of the bluetooth functions refer to [12]

L-DALI models with BACnet interface (LDALI-20X, LDALI PLCx): A new BT-sensor
object contains the datapoints UUID, Major and Minor for configuration of iBeacons and
Name and Instance for Eddystone-UID beacons. The beacon is automatically enabled if
UUID or Name are configured. The datapoints LocalName, ClientConfig, View1 and View2
and the system register Beacon Authentication Code are used for the configuration of the
LWEB beacon. Scanned beacons are represented by AssetCount and AssetData.

On L-DALI models with LON-interface (LDALI-10x), the datapoints are provided as user
registers.

New datapoints: sensitivity for PIR and acoustic presence detection

L-DALI models with BACnet interface (LDALI-20X, LDALI PLCx):

Pir_Sensitivity and Acoustic_Sensitivity data points were added to the occupancy sensor
objects/template, allowing easy setup of sensitivity for different detection methods. Note:
Acoustic_Sensitivity datapoint only works for LDALI-MS2-BT and LDALI-MS4-BT,
whereas the Pir_Sensitivity can be used for any sensor supporting sensitivity according to
IEC62386-303.

L-DALI models with LONMARK interface (LDALI-10X):

The configuration network variables nciPirSen and nciAcousticSen in the occupancy sensor
object have been added.

Integration of DiiA vendor database

The certification database of the DiiA, also known as DALI Alliance, is integrated and used
for device recognition. DALI-2 certified devices are identified based on their GTIN and
shown with correct type and brand in the scan results. The database is also used for
improvements e.g. on current consumption calculation.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 30 LOYTEC

DALI-Scan: partial scan & recovery of LDALI devices in bootloader

In addition to the “Full scan”, two new options have been added to the DALI-scan. A “Partial
Scan (unaddressed only)” does only scan for unaddressed devices, which is useful if new
devices are added to an existing installation. “Search for lost LDALI devices” is a tool which
can help to find devices that have been lost (e.g caused by a power loss during firmware
update). This feature searches exclusively for LDALI-devices in this state.

Figure 12: Options for DALI-scan

Improvements on Usability and WebUI

The progress visualization of DALI-scan, firmware update and assign procedure is now
embedded in the installation site.

The light behavior during firmware update can be configured.

Furthermore there are some minor improvements on DALI statistics, DALI protocol
analyzer, DALI communication, scene and group configuration site and naming of groups
and devices.

New Menu Structure on Web UI

The menu structure on the Web UI has been redesigned to be more intuitive and group
frequent actions together. New top-level menus help keeping the menus organized into
typical tasks, such as statistics, data viewing, commissioning, configuration, programming,
security, and maintenance.

User Management on the Device

LOYTEC devices now provide a simple user management to create users and passwords on
the go. Users can be assigned roles, such as ‘admin’, ‘operator’ or ‘lweb’ roles. Users having
the ‘lweb’ role are limited to using LWEB-802/803 visualization projects only and have no
other device operation capabilities.

The Web UI on the device allows creating, deleting and modifying users and assigning roles.
As an example, an additional admin user can be created who is allowed to configure the
device without knowing the master admin password. This user account can easily be disabled
again.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 31 LOYTEC

Figure 13: User management on the device.

Support for LRS232-802

The new LRS232-802 interface supports two RS-232 ports and is connected to the device’s
USB port. LOYTEC devices that support the LRS232-802 can be configured to run Modbus
ASCII on it or a custom RS-232 serial protocol implemented by a script module. The protocol
settings can be found on port tabs under the USB port.

Figure 14: Configure Modbus ASCII on LRS232-802.

BACnet Features for AMEV AS-B Profile and Protocol Rev 1.15

The BACnet implementation now supports additional features to comply with the AMEV
AS-B profile. This includes:

 Additional properties for the Loop object,

 New properties for intrinsic reporting, including event and reliability inhibition, alarm
message texts config, time delay normal,

 External Notification-B (AE-N-E-B) in the Event_Enrollment object,

 Minimum_On/Off_Time properties for commandable binary objects,

 Min/Max_Pres_Value properties for Analog Value objects,

 Current_Command_Priority for all commandable objects.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 32 LOYTEC

Alarming

Both BACnet and generic alarms now support an option to define a different delay for the to-
normal transition. Simply select the Time delay normal option and set a delay in the alarm
condition dialog. On BACnet, intrinsic reporting and algorithmic reporting facilitate the
property Time_Delay_Normal to carry this value. Also, the layout of the alarm dialog has
been reorganized to better group the settings by the different alarm transitions.

Figure 15: Option to define a different to-normal delay.

Network Port Authentication

To further increase security in a network installation, IT departments support the 802.1X port
authentication method. This standard requires a device to authenticate its port on the network
switch, before traffic into the network is allowed.

LOYTEC devices can enable 802.1X port authentication in the port mode settings. The
authentication methods Protected EAP (PEAP), Tunneled TLS (TTLS) and EAP-TLS (using
certificates) are supported.

Figure 16: Configure 802.1X port authentication

4.4 New in L-DALI 7.2

DALI-2 certified interface

With this firmware version the LDALI-controllers come with a DALI-2 compliant interface
according to the standards IEC62386-101:2014+AMD1:2018 and IEC62386-
103:2014+AMD1:2018. The first certified products are the BacNet types LDALI-ME201-U
and LDALI-ME204-U, both now marked with the DALI-2 logo.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 33 LOYTEC

Internal buspower enabled on 2- and 4-channel devices

LDALI-controllers with programmable logic (“PLCx”) or ending with an “-U” in the model
type provide an integrated DALI-bus power supply for each channel. This internal supply
can be enabled and disabled on all new devices, which are delivered with firmware version
7.2 and higher.

LDALI RM3/RM4 and RM8 support

The LDALI controller now supports the Loytec devices LDALI-RM3 and LDALI-RM4.
These modules can either be used as simple relay-modules (according to IEC62386-208
Switching function) or as converter for a control gear with 1-10V interface (according to
IEC62386-206 converter).

Furthermore the firmware provides support for the LDALI-RM8. The module comes with 8
built-in relay contacts, each of which can be controlled individually by a separate DALI-
address. An override on the relay modules (100%) caused by the digital inputs on the module
is indicated in the WebUI (the information is available on datapoint level as well).

For DALI devices with multiple logical units the number of the logical units has been added
to the serial number (and to the type). Hence all logical units (or DALI-addresses) which are
part of the same physical device can be identified easily.

Figure 17: Web-UI - relay modules LDALI-RM3 and LDALI-RM8

For all relay modules the number of relay operations is shown in the info-field.

For detailed information refer to the LOYTEC Device User Manual [1]. Supported devices
are listed in the “L-DALI Compatibility List (AN011E)” [10].

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 34 LOYTEC

Button Function: Support feedback feature for DALI input instances

The feedback feature for button instances according to IEC62386-332 is now configurable.
The feedback-LEDs of a button module can either be switched On/Off permanently or be
used to indicate the state (or inverted state) of the assigned area (destination of the button
function). As an alternative the feedback LEDs can be controlled via a network data point.

Figure 18: Button configuration with feedback feature

New datapoints: mains on, temperature and humidity, button input feedback

L-DALI models with BACnet interface (LDALI-20X, LDALI PLCx):

Humidity and Temperature data points were added to the Light Sensor objects/template,
allowing easy monitoring of these values measured by the new DALI MS2 sensor.

For the feedback feature of DALI-2 compliant push button instances the feedback-LED can
be controlled via the Feedback INx datapoint in the button object/template.

The status of the Mains On/Off algorithm is now provided by the Mains On datapoint in the
channel object/template.

L-DALI models with LONMARK interface (LDALI-10X):

The network variables nvoTemperature and nvoHumidity in the sensor object have been
added as well as the network variable nviFeedbackState in the button object to control the
button-feedback LEDs.
The MainsOnx datapoints are available in the system registers.

Web-UI: Improvements on DALI-Installation page

Some actions in the drop-down menu have been improved or changed to improve usability:

Unassign: by performing an “unassign”-action the physical DALI device (afterwards listed

under “Scanned Devices not in Database”) is separated from the lamp/sensor/button object
(afterwards listed under “Unassigned Devices”).

Delete: this action can only be executed on “Unassigned Devices”, deleting the configuration
of the object and restoring factory default settings to the object.

New entry “Reset converter settings”: allows to reset the device type specific parameters
of DALI converters (device type 5).

Additional DALI-related actions have been added for scanned (but not assigned) devices:

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 35 LOYTEC

Figure 19: WebUI: Additional actions for scanned devices

“On”/”Off”-Buttons in addition to the Wink-Button for easy identification and/or control

of an unassigned DALI-device. Pressing the “Reset”-Button sends a “DALI Reset”-
command to the DALI-device which sets all parameters in the device to default. The “Delete
SA” deletes the DALI short address.

Furthermore the DALI-scan procedure can be aborted now.

Improved button function for sunblinds

The button function “Up/Down/Auto” for sunblind control has been improved – now the
current state of the sunblind control is considered.

Support for LTE

LOYTEC devices now support the LTE-800 mobile interface. This interface is connected via
the USB port and offers LTE/UMTS/GSM mobile network access. A SIM card from your
provider needs to be inserted and the LOYTEC device is ready on the mobile network. A
Mobile tab has been added to the port configuration interface for configuring the LTE-800.
Simply enable Mobile Network, enter your APN data and select which protocols shall be run
on LTE.

New system registers offer mobile communication statistics such as Bytes transferred or SMS
sent. The VPN client is also ready to be used on the LTE mobile network.

Figure 20: LTE-800 mobile configuration

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 36 LOYTEC

Internet Connection Sharing

Combined with an LTE-800 mobile interface a LOYTEC device can act as a NAT router to
share the mobile Internet connection with other devices on the LAN. For doing so, the
Internet connection sharing feature can be enabled on the IP Host tab, where the default
router interface is selected. Other devices on the LAN need to specify the IP address of the
LOYTEC device offering connection sharing as their default gateway. This way, local
devices can use NTP, VPN client or other Internet services.

Figure 21: Internet connection sharing

Dynamic DNS

LOYTEC devices can now make use of a dynamic DNS service to register a public DNS
name. This makes the device reachable over a publich IP address that can change over time,
for instance an LTE-800 mobile interface using a public IP address assigned by the mobile
carrier. A number of dynamic DNS providers are preconfigured and can be selected on the
IP Host tab of the port configuration as shown in Figure 22.

Figure 22: Dynamic DNS Settings

Secure Building Automation Protocols using VPN

This firmware version enhances flexibility and control over which building automation
protocols are directly available on the VPN. A separate VPN tab has been added to the port
configuration that allows configuring IP-based control protocols to be running directly on the
VPN client. This effectively secures otherwise unsecured automation protocols such as
BACnet/IP, Modbus TCP, KNXnet/IP or CEA-852. When running on the VPN interface, the
protocols are assigned the VPN’s IP address and as a protocol node, the LOYTEC device is
also reachable over multi-NAT access networks, such as LTE.

For example, simply set up the CEA-852 configuration server on the VPN interface and add
all other CEA-852 clients on the same VPN. The same can be done for BACnet/IP. Each
node establishes a secure channel to the OpenVPN server hub, which routes the traffic
between the communicating peer nodes. No unencrypted traffic will ever be transmitted.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 37 LOYTEC

Figure 23: VPN tab on the port configuration interface.

SMS Delivery

The new SMS template message type can be used to configure SMS transmittion just like E-
Mail templates for E-Mail transmission. SMS can be triggered and contain arbitrary variable
text and placeholders. One application is SMS alarm delivery.

Figure 24: SMS template configuration.

SMS can be sent using a locally attached LTE-800 mobile interface or over the network using
another LOYTEC device acting as an SMS proxy for its LTE-800 mobile interface. SMS
proxy mode can be configured in the new SMS configuration menu on the Web UI. As a
result, only one LTE-800 is required to offer SMS service for an entire local network.

Node-RED™ Integration

LOYTEC devices that support the scripting feature now also natively integrate the
Node-RED™ run-time. The Web interface provides a configuration menu to open the
Node-RED™ editor UI. As a default, the run-time is not executing and needs to be enabled.
Once enabled, the run-time automatically starts the configured flows. An example is shown
in Figure 25.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 38 LOYTEC

Figure 25: Node-RED™ editor UI on the device.

The user can access data points on the device using the pre-installed ‘readDP’ and ‘writeDP’
palette items. Custom palette items can also be installed, like the ‘worldmap’. The editor UI
is also accessible on a stand-alone Web browser page under the ‘/nodered’ device URL.

Parameter and Default Values

A new Parameter Value property has been introduced in the data point configuration that
tracks the current parameter value on the device. This is in addition to the Default Value
property. When uploading parameter values from the device into the configuration, the
parameter value property is updated where selected so in the parameter merge dialog. The
default value property remains unaffected by a parameter upload. This way it is possible to
track current parameter values while still keeping their original default values. When desired,
parameter values can be reset to their default values.

Figure 26: The new Parameter Value property.

IPv6

LOYTEC devices now support IPv6 using stateless address autoconfiguration (SLAAC) or
having a configured, fixed IPv6 address. The IPv6 feature is available on all Ethernet and
WLAN ports. With SLAAC no further configuration (except the required IPv6 router
equipment) is required. The static IPv6 address can be configured on the TCP/IP settings on
the port configuration.

Protocols that support IPv6 are the Web interface, SSH, HTTPS, NTP and BACnet/IPv6.
Additional IPv6 statistics have been added to the IP statistics pages for troubleshooting.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 39 LOYTEC

BACnet Dynamic Object Creation and Event Enrollment

New BACnet protocol features have been added to LOYTEC devices. First, dynamic object
creation is now supported for Trend_Log, Scheduler, Calendar, Notification_Class objects.
This means that a BACnet OWS can dynamically create and delete those objects during run-
time. No reserved BACnet objects are required in the data point configuration.

Second, algorithmic reporting has been implemented in the Event_Enrollment object. This
object can be created and configured by a BACnet OWS to dynamically add and remove
alarm conditions on any BACnet object in the device.

In combination with IPv6 support, the BACnet protocol can be configured to run on the
BACnet/IPv6 data link. Simply choose IPv6 in the BACnet/IP protocol configuration.

4.5 New in L-DALI 7.0

Support of additional features for DALI input instances

Analog input devices (e.g. slider, dial, etc.) according to IEC62386-302 are supported now.
Furthermore minor changes due to the DiiA clarifications on input device instance types (part
IEC 62386-3xx) have been implemented.

A new button function for simulating occupancy/vacancy has been added.

Figure 27: Occupancy Triggered by Button

Improved Troubleshooting in WebUI & DALI-Scan:

 Detection of duplicate DALI random addresses during scan

 Show LDALI field devices with missing firmware (after failed firmware update)
 Show firmware info for DALI devices in web UI
 Minor improvements in DALI sensor calibration web UI

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 40 LOYTEC

Alarming

The data point alarming brings two new features for alarm messages: First, the new
placeholders %{bacName}, %{bacDescr} have been added. These expand to the native
BACnet server object name and description. Since these may be updated by an OWS at run-
time, alarm messages will now reflect those updates when using the new placeholders.

Another change to alarmed data points are new property relation data points for alarm
message texts: msgNormal, msgOffnormal, msgHigh, msgLow, and msgFault. The content
of these property data point overwrite the pre-configured alarm messages and can be changed
at run-time. This allows easy configuration of alarm messages by linking to common string
data points that are parameters. For example, all temperature alarms may lnk their msgHigh
property relation to the string parameter msgTempHigh configured to a local text such as
“Temperature %{name} exceeds %{hi}”.

VPN

LOYTEC devices support joining a virtual private network (VPN). This feature is based on
the widely-used and open-protocol OpenVPN technology. An OpenVPN configuration file
(.ovpn) can be installed on the Web interface and makes the LOYTEC device a VPN client
and dial into the OpenVPN server defined by that file. Any standard OpenVPN configuration
file can be used, which is auto-login, i.e. does not require entering a password when
connecting. After having registered, the LOYTEC device can be reached via its VPN address.

Figure 28: VPN client configuration on the Web interface

Setting up a VPN client on the LOYTEC device may solve NAT router issues, because no
port forwarding rules need to be configured. The device dials out to the OpenVPN server
running on a public IP and establishes the VPN channel. This VPN channel provides a secure
connection for building automation protocols, such as BACnet/IP, Modbus TCP or CEA-
852. Being part of a VPN the LOYTEC device is also reachable over multi-NAT access
networks, such as LTE.

An alternative method is to enable simple server mode on the LOYTEC device. In this mode,
the device provides an OpenVPN server and allows downloading a client configuration file
from the Web interface. This file can be installed on any OpenVPN client and allows that
client connect to the LOYTEC device over the secure VPN channel. Only one client may
connect at a time.

Data Point Web UI

The LOYTEC device is now tracking information on the source of a written value for each
data point. This information is shown on the data point details Web UI next to the

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 41 LOYTEC

modification timestamp and can be used for troubleshooting, for example, whether a value
was modified over the Web UI or is written by a local connection.

Figure 29: Write source info on the data point Web interface

Make protocol logs more verbose

LOYTEC devices have been improved to decode protocol logs of its supported technologies
to be displayed in a more verbose manner. This makes it easier for Modbus, M-Bus, MP-
Bus, SMI, DALI, EnOcean to analyze communication problems with other third-party
devices. Simply click the Protocol Analyzer link on the statistics Web page of the respective
protocol.

EnOcean over L-STAT

L-STAT devices with EnOcean capability can now be used by LOYTEC devices as remote
EnOcean antennas like a LENO-800 interface. This EnOcean over Modbus feature expands
the air coverage of EnOcean in a multi-room setup. An EnOcean repeater setup that is
cumbersome and difficult to troubleshoot is no longer needed. Simply add EnOcean L-
STATs to extend the wireless reach of the LOYTEC device.

BACnet for Japan

This software release includes some minor changes to improve BACnet interoperability in
Japan. First, a new client mapping mode was added: COV unsolicited + poll. In this mode
the client map not only accepts updates via unsolicited broadcast messages but also actively
polls the remote devices. Second, any kind of UnconfirmedEventNotification broadcast
(event or alarm) can be used to receive value updates. Third, also status flags of client
mappings are updated by event/COV notifications that include status flags.

Support Custom Serial Port in JavaScript

A new API has been added that allows using the serial port on a LOYTEC device in
JavaScript. This feature can be used to implement custom serial protocols. The port Web
interface offers a choice to select such a custom serial implementation based on meta data
provided by the JavaScript module. An example for such custom protocol support is DMX,
which is distributed as an add-on script resource.

Figure 30: New Web interface to select custom serial protocols.

Other scripting features added to this release are defining debug filter keywords on the Web
interface, enabling and disabling scripts, and a new system API to allow firewall ports on the
LOYTEC device.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 42 LOYTEC

4.6 New in L-DALI 6.4

Unified Firmware

The L-DALI firmware is now included in the unified LOYTEC controller firmware package
for L-INX, L-ROC, L-GATE and L-IOB devices.

Colour control via data points

On L-DALI models with BACnet interface (LDALI-20X), Hue and Saturation data points
were added to the Lamp Actuator, Group Actuator and Channel Actuator objects, allowing
easy control of DALI ballasts with colour control functionality (device type 8, DT8). For
more information, see Section 8.2.2.10.

On L-DALI models with LONMARK interface (LDALI-10X), the network variables

nviGPSetting (Group Actuator) and nviCHSetting (Channel Actuator) can now be used to
change output colour. For more information, see Section 8.1.1.11.

Support for DALI primary-N and RGBWAF colour control options

In addition to the DALI colour control options colour temperature Tc and xy-coordinate the
L-DALI now supports DALI device type 8 (DT8) devises using primary-N and RGBWAF
colour control. Colour control is possible via scenes or via the new data points for colour
control (see above).

Improved DALI Installation web-UI

The DALI Installation web-UI was redesigned for improved usability (see Figure 31).
Besides many more smaller improvements buttons and selection check boxes were moved to
left side of screen to avoid scrolling. For more information on the DALI Installation web-UI
see the LOYTEC Device User Manual [1].

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 43 LOYTEC

Figure 31: New DALI Installation web-UI layout.

Localized Web Interface

The entire Web interface of the device has been localized to German, French, and Chinese
language. Simply change the language on the LCD display or directly on the Web interface
via the new flag symbol on the upper right corner. Changing language is instant and does not
require a reboot.

Figure 32: Language selection on the Web interface

Safe Reboot and Auto-Login

Changing IP settings and rebooting could end in a device unreachable, if something was
different than expected. The new safe reboot feature helps out by reverting the changes made,
if not logged in on the Web interface within 5 minutes after the reboot. Locking oneself out
by entering a mistaken IP address is no longer possible.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 44 LOYTEC

Figure 33: Safe reboot screen suggesting new IP address.

Another new feature that helps getting logged in again is the session auto-login. After a
device has rebooted the Web interface restores the session and automatically logs in again.
Even when changing a static IP address the device tries to connect to the new IP or suggests
links for opening the device info page under the new IP address.

Backup before Upgrade

The firmware upgrade feature has been made safer by creating a backup before executing the
upgrade. This feature has been added to firmware and Configurator upgrade paths. It is,
however, optional and can be turned off by deselecting the check box.

Figure 34: Backup before Upgrade on the Web interface.

Support Custom Protocols and IoT by Scripting

All L-DALI models now include a JavaSript-based scripting engine. This engine allows users
to implement their own protocol support for the IoT world using RESTful APIs, JSON or
Web services. The LOYTEC data point server allows integrating data points into the scripting
language using the dpal-js API. The script modules can be embedded into and deployed along
with the data point configuration.

Figure 35: Web interface for scripting engine

The Web interface of the device offers an overview of installed script modules and allows
starting scripts in debug mode. Use the Google Chrome inspector to debug JavaScript on the

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 45 LOYTEC

device. For more information read the new Scripting Chapter in the LINX Configurator User
Manual [2].

4.7 New in L-DALI 6.3

Support for DALI 2.0 Input Devices

The L-DALI now supports DALI input device based on the new DALI-2 standard. The term
“input devices” covers sensors (occupancy, lux, etc.) and buttons (push-buttons, switches,
sliders, etc.).

Prior to DALI-2 sensors and buttons were not covered by the DALI standard. Different
vendors, including LOYTEC, were using proprietary extensions of the DALI protocol to be
able to connect this type of devices to the DALI network. As each vendor was using it’s own
proprietary extension the L-DALI controllers were supporting many but by far not all such
proprietary extensions. Supported sensors and buttons were listed in the “L-DALI
Compatibility List (AN011E)” [10].

With DALI-2 those type of devices is standardized in the IEC 62386-103, with different
profiles (push-button, absolute input, occupancy sensor, lux sensor, etc.) specified in the parts
IEC 62386-3XX (XX = 00..99). Similar to DALI ballasts, this allows supporting a wide range
of sensors and button devices from many different vendors in the L-DALI as long as they are
compliant to the DALI-2 standard.

To ensure device interoperability DALI-2 compliant devices – input devices and ballasts –
can be certified by the Digital Illumination Interface Association (DiiA). Only certified
devices may bear the DALI-2 logo shown in Figure 36 and are listed in the product database
on the DiiA website (https://www.digitalilluminationinterface.org).

Figure 36: DALI-2 Logo.

LOYTEC recommends using only DALI-2 certified devices wherever possible. For more
information on DALI-2 input devices support see the LOYTEC Device User Manual [1].

Improved Button Functions

In addition to DALI buttons, button function are now applicable to EnOcean buttons and
binary data points. Binary data points can be used to configure button functions for buttons
created in L-WEB graphic projects, for buttons connected to digital inputs of remote IO
modules and for DALI buttons connected to DALI channels on other LDALI controllers.
Consequently, the button function configuration was moved to a separate page on the web-
UI (see Figure 37).

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 46 LOYTEC

Figure 37: Button function configuration web-UI.

Further, new button function allowing control of sunblind were added. These button
functions interact with the sunblind controller application of the L-DALI.

For more information on the button functions see Section 8.4.3.

Bindings Support for EnOcean Devices

Any analog data point can now be used in Constant Light Controller bindings and Sunblind
Controller bindings as lux level inputs. Similar any binary data point can be uses as
occupancy input (see Figure 38). This allows to use EnOcean multi-sensors in a more
convenient way with the L-DALI’s lighting and sunblind control applications. For more
information please refer to Sections 8.4.1 and 8.4.2.

Figure 38: Use data point as CLC input.

New Objects for BACnet Interface on LDALI-20X Models

New objects were added to the BACnet interface of the LDALI-20X models:
 Multi-State Output objects (see Section 8.2.2.16): This object allows to issue commands
to single DALI ballasts, DALI groups or DALI channels (start/stop emergency test or
burn-in, change color temperature, etc.).
 Analog Input objects (see Section 8.2.2.17): This object allows to determine the battery
status of self-contained emergency lights.

With these two new object types, additional functionality becomes available via the BACnet
interface:

 Starting and stopping self-tests of DALI self-contained emergency lights.

 Reading the battery status of DALI self-contained emergency lights.

 Starting and stopping the burn-in function.

 Resetting run hours and energy counters.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 47 LOYTEC

 Relative dimming (up/down).

 Relative changes of colour temperature (warmer/cooler) for DALI lamps with tunable
white support.

In addition, the L-DALI’s project settings allow configuring which BACnet object are
available with a much finer granularity (see Figure 39). This allows removing BACnet
objects not required in a specific application, thus, reducing the number of objects on the
L-DALI’s BACnet interface. For more information see Section 8.2.

Figure 39: BACnet interface configuration.

Calculation of Sun Position

The L-DALI has two new system registers for sun azimuth and elevation, which are
calculated based on the current day time and the geographical location. These system
registers can be used for the corresponding inputs of the sunblind controller application. For
more information see the LINX Configurator User Manual [2].

LCD Interface

The user interface on the LCD display has been extended by a firmware upgrade menu. This
menu allows installing a new firmware image from an attached USB memory stick. This is
beneficial for WLAN-only devices. When plugging in a USB memory stick, a menu pops up
(Figure 40) on the LCD interface that shows selected quick options, including firmware
upgrade and backup.

Figure 40: LCD pop-up menu for USB storage

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 48 LOYTEC

Web UI

The data point details page on the Web UI provides write usage information. This information
can now be used to determine by which objects a certain data point is being written to. The
Web UI design has also been reworked according to the latest security standards, now
suggesting usage of strong passwords.

4.8 New in L-DALI 6.1

Enhanced Sunblind Functionality

The LDALI-ME20X-U and LDALI-3E10X-U models offer additional functionality to

control sunblinds in addition to the artificial light in a room or area:

 SMI Support: The LDALI-ME20X-U and LDALI-3E10X-U models now support the
LSMI-804 interface. This is a four-channel SMI interface connected to the USB port of
the L-DALI. SMI (Standardized Motor Interface) is a bus system used for controlling
sunblinds. The LSMI-804 also contains four relays for SMI channel power-on
functionality. This saves energy while the SMI bus is idle. The LINX Configurator
provides SMI device templates, which can be commissioned on the L-DALI Web
interface. The Web interface supports manual address assignment, scanning for SMI
devices and calibration. For more information on SMI read the respective Chapters in
the LOYTEC Device User Manual [1] and the LINX Configurator User Manual [2].

 BACnet Sunblind Controller: The L-DALI sunblind controller application was

equipped with a BACnet interface and added to the L-DALI BACnet models with SMI
support. The BACnet sunblind controller application provides similar functionality as
the LONMARK version (e.g. glare protection, heating/cooling optimization, constant light
controller interaction etc.). For more information on the BACnet sunblind controller
application see Section 8.2.6.

Figure 41: Sunblind Controller Bindings web UI.

 Sunblind Controller Bindings: To facilitate the usage of SMI sunblinds with the
L-DALI’s sunblind controller application a sunblind controller bindings functionality
similar to the constant light controller bindings functionality was added to the SMI
capable L-DALI models. Using sunblind controller bindings, DALI multi-sensors can
be selected as lux and occupancy sensor inputs and SMI devices as an output of a
sunblind controller instance. For more information on sunblind controller bindings see
Section 8.4.2 and the respective Chapters in the LINX Configurator User Manual [2].

With the enhance sunblind controller functionality and SMI support the L-DALI becomes a
powerful solution to fully integrate lights and sunblind control of a room or an area.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 49 LOYTEC

Constant Light Controller Improvements

The constant light controller application was extended by some new functions:

 A new regulator and controller mode was added, which does not switch on lights
automatically when an area becomes occupied but requires manual activation (e.g. by a
button). When the area becomes unoccupied lights are switched off. Depending on
whether the CLC stays active during times with enough natural light or requires manual
activation in any case when lights were switched off, the mode is called
REGULATOR_MANUAL/CONTROL_MANUAL or REGULATOR_MANUAL_
LUX/CONTROL_MANUAL_LUX respectively. For more information on the new
operating modes see Sections 8.1.4.3 (LONMARK) and 8.2.4.3 (BACnet), respectively.

 The new function “neighboring CLCs” allows defining adjacent Constant Light
Controller instances as typically found in open office spaces, where different CLC
instances are used to control the different zones of the space. Whenever a zone is
occupied and its lights are on, all neighboring zones/CLCs are also kept at a defined
minimum level even if they are not occupied. Neighboring CLC instances can be
configured using the Constant Light Controller Bindings web UI (see Section 8.4.1) and
the DALI Parameters tab in the LINX Configurator (LINX Configurator User Manual
[2]).

 The artificial light factor of a constant light controller parameterizes the amount of light
(in lux) provided by the artificial light sources controlled by the controller at a certain
dim level. The new firmware will try to determine the artificial light factor automatically
instead of using a default value for this parameter. Thus, the calibration process to
determine the artificial light factor in untypical lighting setups can be omitted.

User NVs on LDALI-10X Models

On LDALI-10X models (LONMARK) user NVs can be created in addition to the static
interface of the controller. The NVs created can be used as inputs and outputs to Math objects
and similar functions of the L-DALI controller, adding more flexibility when custom
adoptions to the standard lighting and sunblind application of the L-DALI are required.

Tunable White Support on LDALI-20X Models

On LDALI-20X models, a new custom property (Colour_Temp) was added to Lamp

Actuator, Group Actuator and Channel Actuator objects which allows changing the color
temperature of DALI tunable white lights based on the DALI standard IEC 62386 209
(Colour control, device type 8, DT8). See Section 8.2.2.10 for details.

Selective Backup and Restore

The backup and restore interface on the Web interface has been extended by content options.
It is now possible to decide whether a created backup shall contains passwords, IP settings
or historical data (trend logs, alarm logs). Also when restoring a backup archive it can be
selected whether password and IP settings shall be accepted from the backup or not. This
makes it easier to replicate devices without scarifying the IP configuration and password
settings. An example is shown in Figure 42.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 50 LOYTEC

Figure 42: Backup and restore options on the Web UI.

Advanced WLAN Mesh Configuration

The WLAN Mesh configuration has been enhanced by a graphical floorplan editor as well as
an online monitor of inter-link communication quality. This tool allows not only easier setup
of a Mesh network but also simple troubleshooting by identifying radio bottleneck between
Mesh points (see Figure 43).

Figure 43: Mesh floorplan and online link quality monitor

LCD Interface

The user interface on the LCD display has been localized for the Chinese simplified and
traditional language sets. The language can be selected from the main page and is switched
immediately without a device reboot.

Another feature on the LCD display is the option to rotate the display 180 degrees. This is a
useful setting, if the device is mounted upside down.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 51 LOYTEC

4.9 New in L-DALI 6.0

New User Manual Structure

The L-DALI User Manual has been split up into three parts: The L-DALI User Manual,
which now covers the specific functions of the L-DALI device models. The LINX
Configurator User Manual [2] is a common description for using the Configurator software
for the L-INX, L-GATE, L-ROC, L-IOB, and L-DALI product line. And the LOYTEC
Device User Manual [1] covers hardware, Web interface, LCD display and operating
interfaces topics common to all LOYTEC devices.

New L-DALI Models

A new generation of L-DALI models replaces the existing models. The LDALI-ME20X-U
replaces the LDALI-ME204 and LDALI-E201-U, while the LDALI-3E10X-U models
replace the LDALI-3E104, LDALI-3E102, LDALI-E101-U and LDALI-3101-U models
respectively. The new generation offers a higher performance and has more resources
available. It therefore allows to host LWEB-802/803 projects directly on the device.
Furthermore, it comes with a number of interfaces (USB, LIOB-Connect), which allows
extending the capabilities of the device by connecting different peripherals directly to the
controller, e.g. LENO-80x modules add EnOcean , while the LWLAN-800 module provides
Wi-Fi connectivity.

Constant Light Controller Improvements

The constant light controller application was extended by some new functions:

 The constant light controller can be reactivated from manual override by recalling a
special scene on a linked group.

 A new data point – nvoOccupState (CEA-709/LDALI-10X) or Occupancy_State

(BACnet/LDALI-20X) – shows the current occupancy state as calculated by the constant
light controller application.

 Two new data points – Override and Auto_Mode – were added to the constant light
controller BACnet interface (LDALI-20X) to provide similar functionality as via the
CEA-709/LONMARK interface (LDALI-10X).

New DALI Button Functions

The state of a button device input can now be forwarded to a BACnet Binary Input object as
an alternative to directly control DALI lights on LDALI-20X models, too (see Section 8.2.5).

DALI Status CSV-File

A new file on the device provides the current status of the devices on the DALI channel in
CSV file format. The file is dynamically generated when read and therefore always reflects
the most recent status of all devices. It can be downloaded from the device (e.g. via FTP) or
sent as an e-mail attachment. In addition to detailed status and error information on every
ballast, the file contains test results and battery status for the DALI emergency lights on the
channel.

DALI Protocol Analyzer

A DALI protocol analyzer was added to the LINX Configurator and the devices web-UI. In
the LINX Configurator the protocol analyzer is available via the DALI Installation tab, while
on the web-UI it is available via the DALI statistics Web interface. Logging can be started
and stopped. Filters allow showing only relevant traffic. Protocol logs can be stored in a disk
file in CSV format.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 52 LOYTEC

Figure 44: LINX Configurator DALI protocol analyzer window.

DALI Scene Tab in LINX Configurator

DALI scene configuration tab was added to the LINX Configurator. Similar to the DALI
scene web-UI introduced in L-DALI firmware version 5.2 it also supports colour scenes with
colour temperature and changeable light colour. Scenes can be configured online and offline.

Figure 45: LINX Configurator DALI scene configuration.

DALI Physical Selection Workflow support in LINX Configurator

Identification of a DALI sensor or DALI button device via physical selection is now also
possible via the LINX Configurator software.

Override Function for Data Points

The data point model in LOYTEC devices has been extended with a manual override
function. On the Web interface and on the LCD display data point values can be overwritten
to manual values. If an override value is set, the running control logic no longer affects the
data point value, neither does network communication. The override value is in effect until
it is removed again by the user.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 53 LOYTEC

Figure 46: Overriding a data point on the Web interface.

Manual overrides done on the DALI Installation web-UI (for the channel) or the DALI
Groups web-UI result in an override of all the data point which can be used to control any
lights on the channel or group respectively (Lamp Actuators, Group Actuators, Channel
Actuators).

Enhanced Structure Support on the Web UI

The display of data point structures has been improved on the Web UI. The data point listing
shows a textual short version of the structured value instead of a hexadecimal Byte buffer.
Also CEA-709 structures of NVs without sub-data points are displayed and can be edited.

4.10 New in L-DALI 5.3

Print L-DALI Configuration

The complete configuration of a L-DALI device including all DALI specific configuration
data can now be printed using the Print function of the LINX Configurator. The Print option
allows selecting, which parts of the configuration shall be included in the output. The output
format can be either HTML or PDF.

New DALI Button Functions

The functions, which can be executed when pressing a DALI button was extended by the
function Auto. This will reactivate the constant light controller linked to the functions target
group in case it was manually overridden.

4.11 New in L-DALI 5.2

LINX Configurator replaces LDALI Configurator

The L-DALI models are now supported by the LINX Configurator PC software. The LDALI
Configurator software therefore is no longer available.

LINX Configurator support for LDALI-20X models

The LINX Configurator now supports LDALI-20X models, including DALI offline
configuration workflow and the configuration of alarming, scheduling and trend log objects,
e-mail templates, math objects, data point connections etc. Custom user registers and BACnet
objects can be created and data points belonging to the static L-DALI application interface
can be OPC exposed. Further, the BACnet network can be scanned and client maps can be
created from local BACnet objects to remote BACnet objects.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 54 LOYTEC

Support for LOYTEC LDALI-MS1, LDALI-BM1 and LDALI-RM1

The L-DALI now supports the LDALI-MS1 multi-sensor, the LDALI-BM1 push-button
coupler and the LDALI-RM1 relay module. These devices are an optimal addition to the
L-DALI controller and allow designing cost effective and flexible DALI lighting systems.
For more information on these devices see the corresponding datasheet and the LOYTEC
Device User Manual [1].

DALI Button Functions

For DALI button devices supporting configurable button functions these functions can be
configured using the Web-UI (online) and the LINX Configurator (online and offline). The
following functions are available to control DALI groups (see LOYTEC Device User Manual
[1] and LINX Configurator User Manual [2]):

 Dim up, dim down,

 Off,

 On with last dimming value,

 Scene recall: 1–15,

 Dim to a specified value in %,

 Color temperature warmer/colder.

On LDALI-10X models the state of a button device input can be forwarded to a network
variable as an alternative to directly control DALI lights (see Section 8.1.7.1).

DALI Scene Configuration

A new page was added to the L-DALI Web-UI allowing configuration of DALI scenes (see
LOYTEC Device User Manual [1]). Scene configuration also supports colour scenes with
colour temperature and changeable light colour.

DALI Installation Wizards

A DALI search wizard was added to the DALI installation Web-UI to quickly locate and
assign DALI devices. When preconfiguring DALI devices in an offline workflow (name,
group assignment, DALI parameters etc.) the wizard assists in locating the corresponding
physical device once online (see LOYTEC Device User Manual [1]).

On the Constant Light Controller Web-UI a sensor search wizard was added. Once groups
were configured to a CLC instance this wizard allows to automatically search for
corresponding DALI sensors in the areas lit by these groups (see Section 8.4.1).

Identification of DALI Devices using Physical Selection

Devices which can be physically selected can be identified by selection during the installation
and commissioning process of the DALI network. A DALI button can be selected by pressing
one of the buttons, an occupancy sensor can be selected by triggering occupancy. Now the
last physically selected device is marked in the DALI scan results on the DALI Installation
Web-UI and can be therefore identified.

Online Commissioning

The Web interface of the device now provides an online commissioning tool for the
respective networking technologies. Using this tool, data point configurations can be created

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 55 LOYTEC

based on placeholder devices, which are marked to be commissioned later. The necessary
addressing information can be assigned later on the Web interface by scanning for devices
online or be entered manually. Device replacement is also possible in the commissioning
Web interface without the need to edit devices in the data point configuration. For more
information on the commissioning Web UI please refer to the LOYTEC Device User Manual
[1].

Web Interface

The Web interface of the device offers a number of new features:

 A new device info page provides a quick overview of all relevant operational parameters,
such as CPU load, active protocols, time synchronization and many more.

 The trend log configuration on the Web UI now also provides a preview tab, which
shows a chart of the trend log data. The trend chart allows zoom, scrolling and hiding
specific data curves, as shown in Figure 47.

Figure 47: New trend chart on the Web UI

 An improved DALI sensor calibration Web-UI allows to dim DALI groups directly from
the sensor calibration Web-UI page making it easier to adjust the artificial light near the
calibrated sensor. Further the calibration page can be accessed directly from the CLC
Bindings page.

Scheduler

The scheduler objects have been extended by the following new features:

 Color support in BACnet and generic schedulers allows consistent assignment and
display of preset colors in L-WEB, L-VIS and the Configurator scheduler UIs.

 Event auto-prune removes passed events, if the capacity of exception events in a

scheduler gets low.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 56 LOYTEC

 The scheduler default for LONMARK and generic schedulers is extended by a “silent”
mode. In this mode the scheduler becomes inactive as soon as the last event is withdrawn.
This mode can be used in event-driven scheduler models.

 Generic schedulers allow specifying an existing value preset as the schedule default.
LONMARK and BACnet schedulers try identifying a matching preset name from the
schedule default value.

Format Strings in E-Mails

Data point variables used in e-mail templates can now use format strings to specify their
numeric appearance in the e-mail text.

Storing Project Documentation directly on the Device

A new page on the L-DALI Web-UI allows uploading project documentation and setting-up
links to external documentation files (see LOYTEC Device User Manual [1]). Storing
documentation directly on the device ensures its availability (e.g. for a service technician)
later on.

4.12 New in L-DALI 3.2

This section describes the major changes and new features. For a full list of changes refer to
the Readme file.

New Constant Light Controller Modes

The constant light controller application offers some new Modes:

 The modes CONTROL, REGULATOR and PRESENCE are now available in variations
with the extension AUTO. In these modes any active override will be automatically
relinquished when the room enters “unoccupied” state. This allows to reactivate
automatic mode when the room is unoccupied. The light will be switched off and – if
necessary – switched on when someone enters the room.

 As a special variation of the AUTO modes, modes with the extension BEDROOM are
available. In this mode the manual override is only relinquished when the lights are
switched on. This ensures lights are switched off when the room is unoccupied, but stay
off when commanded to off manually.

 The mode AMBIENT allows switching on and off lights depending on the measured lux
level. It is therefore suitable for decorative lighting (facade illumination, shop window
lighting, floor lighting, etc.).

The modes CONTROL and REGULATOR (incl. all variations) now consider the configured
Unoccupied Level when switching off, similar to the mode PRESENCE. This allows
dimming down to a configured level when the room is unoccupied instead of switching off.
Typical applications are a reception area or similar areas where the light is never turned off
completely.

Note: If the an LDALI-10X device was not shipped with firmware 3.2 the new modes are only
available after the datapoint configuration was up- and downloaded again using the LINX
Configurator.

Further information on the constant light controller modes can be found in Sections 8.1.4.3
and 8.2.4.3 and for the behavior when switching off in Sections 8.1.4.8 and 8.2.4.8.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 57 LOYTEC

Overriding the Constant Light Control with DALI Buttons

When using internal manual bindings the constant light controller now detects when one of
the groups it controls is dimmed by another DALI master. Such and override is interpreted
similar to an override using the CEA-709/LONMARK or BACnet interface. Typically such a
DALI master is a DALI push-button coupler or a similar device for manual control of DALI
lights. As these devices directly control the DALI groups, they allow local operation of the
lights independent of the L-DALI.

Constant Light Controller Bindings across Channels

DALI groups and DALI sensors can be linked to constant lights controller instances using
internal bindings across DALI channels (see Sections 8.4.1 and LINX Configurator User
Manual [2]).

Support for DALI ballasts with Colour Control

In the LDALI-10X models DALI ballasts of type “colour control” (device type 8, DT8) can
be controlled. The LDALI-10X supports devices with changeable colour temperature and
with coloured light. The latter can be used for effect lighting, while the previous can be used
to simulate the colour temperature of the sun during the course of a day (warmer white during
morning and evening, cooler white at noon).

Support for additional DALI Sensors

Support for the ThebenHTS PlanoSpot 360 DALI multi-sensor was added.

Change the DALI Short Address

If required the DALI short address, which was assigned to a DALI device by the L-DALI,
can be changed via the Web-UI (see Section LOYTEC Device User Manual [1]).

Generic Scheduler

Generic schedulers – like generic trends and alarms – can now be created, that are neither
CEA-709 nor BACnet objects. Generic schedulers appear next to the generic alarm folder
and are ready-to-use on any device. This is beneficial for creating technology-independent
applications. Generic schedulers can write to any technology as well as data point favorites
and are the ideal solution, if configured via LWEB-900 only. For more information on
creating generic schedulers refer to the LOYTEC Device User Manual [1].

Web Interface

The Web interface of the device offers a number of new features:

 Live update of values in the data point list. This allows monitoring values without
repeated pressing of reload. Data point structures can be expanded or collapsed for better
overview.

 Breadcrumb navigation has been added to the data point list. This gives faster access to
sub-folders.

 A new firmware upgrade menu on the Web interface allows online checking for
firmware updates and upgrading by selecting a local firmware file. All this is possible
without starting the Configurator.

 The trend overview page displays current trend log states and provides controls for easy
trend data upload in CSV format.

 The DALI group page allows switching groups on and off to test the group assignment.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 58 LOYTEC

Application Objects

Application objects such as math objects, e-mail templates, and alarm logs can now be
organized in folders. Copy and paste of application objects between Configurators has been
improved. Math objects now allow single constants and single variable assignments, such as
“=5” or “=v1”. Input variables can be configured to trigger a new calculation or not.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 59 LOYTEC

5 Quick-Start Guide

This Chapter contains step-by-step instructions on how to configure the L-DALI for the
simple project shown in Figure 48.

The project consists of a single room (Room 306) which is illuminated by four DALI lamps.
Two of those lamps form a light band near the windows of the room and the other two lamps
form a light band near the corridor. The room is equipped with a DALI multi-sensor which
acts as both a light sensor and an occupancy sensor. The build-in constant light controller of
the L-DALI device uses the input from the DALI multi-sensor and dims the DALI ballasts
accordingly. For manual override a DALI push-button is installed. The sunblind controller is
not used in this quick-start example.

Figure 48: Quick-Start Example Project.

5.1 Hardware Installation

5.1.1 Models without built-in DALI Bus Power Supply
For models without built-in DALI bus power supply it is recommended to use the
LDALI-PWR4-U or LDALI-PWR2-U power supply together with the L-DALI. Connect the
L-DALI to the LDALI-PWR4-U and to the DALI network as shown in Figure 49. To allow
for easy configuration it is recommended to always connect the L-DALI to the Ethernet
network. More detailed instructions are given in Chapter 6.

Important: Do not connect terminal 26 to earth ground!

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 60 LOYTEC

Figure 49: Basic Hardware Installation with external DALI bus power.

5.1.2 Models with built-in DALI Bus Power Supply

Connect the L-DALI to the power and to the DALI network as shown in Figure 50. To allow
for easy configuration it is recommended to always connect the L-DALI to the Ethernet
network (if available). More detailed instructions are given in Chapter 6.

Figure 50: Basic Hardware Installation with integrated DALI bus power.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 61 LOYTEC

5.2 Test proper wiring of DALI devices

After the DALI ballasts have been installed and connected to the DALI network, the
installation can be tested by following these steps:

5.2.1 Models without LCD display

1. Check that the DALI LEDs (“DALI x ACT”, where x is 1 to 4) do not light up red. If
one of these LEDs is red, check the proper connection of the bus power supply for the
corresponding channel and check the DALI wiring for short-circuits.

2. Press the DALI mode button (“ON/OFF/AUTO”) on the front panel of the L-DALI once.
Now all DALI ballasts should be switched on (maximum level) and the DALI LEDs on
the L-DALI should light up green.

3. Press the DALI mode button again. Now all DALI ballasts should be switched off and
the DALI LEDs on the L-DALI should light up orange.

4. Press the DALI mode button again. This should not change the state of the DALI ballasts
but return the L-DALI to the auto-mode (control via CEA-709/BACnet interface).

5.2.2 Models with LCD display

1. On LDALI models with only one DALI channel check that status LED does not light up
red, on models with multiple DALI channels check the DALI LEDs (“DALI x ACT”,
where x is 1 to 4). If the LED is red, check the DALI wiring for short-circuits. In case
an external bus-power supply is used check the proper connection of the bus power
supply for the corresponding channel.

2. Turn the jog dial to navigate to the DALI menu item.

3. Press down to jog dial to enter the DALI menu.

4. On devices with multiple DALI channels select menu item “Channel” and select the
DALI channel to be tested.

5. Turn the jog dial to navigate to the menu item “Manual Override: Auto”.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 62 LOYTEC

6. Press down the jog dial. Then turn it one step to the right. The manual override must
change to “On”.

Now all DALI ballasts should be switched on and the status LED on the L-DALI should
light up green.

7. Turning the dial one more step right the manual override must change to “Off”.

Now all DALI ballasts should be switched off and the status LED on the L-DALI should
light up orange.

8. Turn the dial one step right once more. This should not change the state of the DALI
ballasts but return the manual override back to the auto-mode (control via L-DALI light
application).

5.3 Device configuration

The L-DALI can be configured via a console interface or via the Web interface. To configure
the L-DALI, the following steps have to be performed:

1. Setup IP configuration (see Sections 5.3).

2. Setup the DALI network (see Section 5.5 or 5.6).

Note: This setup procedure assumes the use of the IP interface.

5.4 Configuration of IP Address

5.4.1 IP Configuration via the LCD Display
Device models with an LCD display can also be configured to their basic settings through
jog dial navigation on the LCD UI. Turn the jog dial to navigate between menu items and
press to enter a menu or go into selection mode. When in selection mode turn the jog dial to
alter the value and press again to quit the selection. Some input fields provide acceleration.
This means turning faster changes the value in larger increments.

To Set the IP Address on the LCD Display

1. On the LCD main screen set the desired language. Navigate to the flag symbol, press the
button and choose the desired language.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 63 LOYTEC

2. Navigate to the IP address on the main screen and press the button.

3. There navigate to the needed input fields, press and change the value. Press again to set
the value. Continue to the next field.

4. Finally navigate to Save and reboot and press.

5. Acknowledge the reboot and the device reboots with the new IP address.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 64 LOYTEC

5.4.2 IP Configuration via the Web Interface

LOYTEC devices are shipped with DHCP and will acquire an IP address as soon as they are
connected to the network. To use a static IP you can use the Web interface to configure the
client device. In a Web browser enter the IP address of the device which can be read on the
LCD display. Note that your PC must be attached to the same subnet as the device. For
devices with a default IP address choose the setup on the LCD display.

Configuration of the Device

1. Open your Web browser and type in the default IP address.

Figure 51: Example Start Screen.

2. Click on Config in the left menu. You will be asked to enter passwords for the
administrator and operator accounts before proceeding

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 65 LOYTEC

Figure 52: Enter passwords for admin and operator accounts

3. The Config menu opens. Click on Port Config in the Config menu and select Ethernet
1 (LAN) tab. Enter the IP address, the IP netmask, and IP gateway for this device as
shown in Figure 53 .

Figure 53: Enter IP-address and gateway

4. Press Save Settings and then reset the device by selecting Reset in the highlighted text.
This changes the IP settings of the device.

5.5 Configuration with PC Software

For the LDALI product family a PC based configuration software – the LINX Configurator
– is available. As an alternative the web interface can be used for configuration (see Section
5.6).

Install the LINX Configurator software from the setup.exe. This file can be downloaded from
www.loytec.com. This tool can be used as a stand-alone tool or as LNS plug-in. In this
example we will use the LINX Configurator software as a stand-alone tool.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 66 LOYTEC

A detailed description of the LINX Configurator configuration software can be found in the
LINX Configurator User Manual [2].

Figure 54: LINX Configurator software, Start.

5.5.1 Connect to Device in Stand-Alone Mode

1. Select the IP connection method by clicking on the Connect to device button in the tool
bar as shown in Figure 55.

Figure 55: LINX Configurator software, Connect to device

2. In the Connection dialog (see Figure 56) choose connection type “Web Service”, enter
the IP address or hostname of the L-DALI and the devices “admin” password. The
default “admin” password is ‘loytec4u’ (older firmware versions used ‘admin’).

3. Optionally, click on New and enter a user-defined name for this connection. That name
can be selected later to connect. Click on Save to store that connection.

4. Click on Connect. This establishes the connection to the device.

5. The LINX Configurator software asks if you want to upload the current configuration of
the device. You can cancel this dialog because in this quick-start we configure the device
from scratch.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 67 LOYTEC

Figure 56: LINX Configurator software, Connection Dialog.

6. In the Settings -> ProjectSettings menu the LDALI BacNet Interface or CEA709 NV
interface can be set up. The interface can be configured to provide several DALI-specific
parameters as datapoints or network variables like humidity, temperature, button-
feedback or battery charge (emergency). Not all of the parameters are supported by the
default interface.

5.5.2 Scan DALI Channel

1. Change to the DALI Installation tab.

2. Select the DALI channel and click on the Scan Channel button shown in Figure 57.

Figure 57: LINX Configurator software, scan DALI Channel.

3. The L-DALI device scans the selected channel and displays all detected devices as
shown in Figure 58. In case an error occurs see the LOYTEC Device User Manual [1]
for a description of the error codes and possible reasons.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 68 LOYTEC

Figure 58: LINX Configurator software, detected DALI devices.

5.5.3 Assign Lamps, Sensor and Button to LONMARK/BACnet Objects

1. To identity which of the four detected DALI ballasts is which physical lamp, select one
and click the Wink button. The corresponding lamp blinks for the configured wink
duration.

Figure 59: LINX Configurator software, Wink button.

Figure 60: LINX Configurator software, assigned Lamp Actuator objects.

2. To assign an DALI ballast to an object, select the ballast in the list of DALI Devices and
drag it to the desired position in the Lamp Actuator objects list on the left side. You

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 69 LOYTEC

can change the names of the lamp actuator objects. After you have assigned all lamps
and changed the names the configuration should look as shown in Figure 60.

3. To assign the DALI multi-sensor to an object, select the sensor in the list of DALI
Devices and drag it to the desired position in the Light/Occupancy Sensor objects list
on the lower left side. After you have changed the names of the sensor object the
configuration should look as shown in Figure 61.

Figure 61: LINX Configurator software, Assigned Light/Occupancy Sensor Object.

4. Similar, assign the DALI button by dragging it to the desired position in the Button
objects list.

5.5.4 Grouping Lamps

Lamps which are assigned to a group can be controlled together by the corresponding group
object. We will create three groups: One for the lamps near the window, one for the lamps
near the corridor and one for all lamps in the room.

1. In the LINX Configurator software switch to the DALI Groups tab.

2. Add the two lamps near the window to group 0, the two lamps near the corridor to group
1 and add all lamps in the room to group 2. Assign names to the groups as shown in
Figure 62.

Figure 62: LINX Configurator software, DALI group configuration.

5.5.5 Parameterize the Constant Light Controller

1. In the LINX Configurator software switch to the DALI Parameters tab.

2. Select the constant light controller with index 0 as shown in Figure 63. The parameters
of the selected constant light controller are displayed in the middle of the window (1).

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 70 LOYTEC

Figure 63: Parameterize Constant Light Controller.

3. Change the parameter nciClMode to CL_MODE_REGULATOR. This parameter selects

the operating mode. The REGULATOR mode is used if a light/occupancy sensor is
installed which measures the indoor illumination.

4. Change the setpoint of the constant light controller (nciLuxSetpoint) to the desired light
level (e.g. 400 lux).

5. You can leave the default values for the remaining parameters. For a description of the
constant light controller functionality and the parameters refer to Section 0.

6. Determine which sensors (occupancy & lux) are used as inputs to the constant light
controller instance and which groups are controlled in the lower part of the window (2).

7. Click on the to add an input or output. Use the drop down box to select a sensor
(input) or a light group (output). In our example we use “sensor_306” for lux and
occupancy sensor inputs, group “306_corridor” as output of the first (brighter) light band
and group “306_window” as output for the second (darker) light band.

5.5.6 Parameterize the DALI button

1. Stay on the DALI Parameters tab and select the button object to which you have
assigned your DALI button as shown in Figure 64.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 71 LOYTEC

Figure 64: Parameterize DALI button functions.

2. Determine which function is executed and which group is controlled by which button
input in the lower part of the window. In our example we use button T1 for “On/Up” and
T2 for “Off/Down”, both controlling group “room_306”. This will allow us to control
all lights in the room together.

5.5.7 Download Configuration

1. To download the configuration into the L-DALI device click on the Download
Configuration button in the toolbar.

Figure 65: LINX Configurator software, Download Configuration.

2. Because we have changed only the DALI configuration and the parameters it is sufficient
to check only DALI Configuration and Parameters in the following dialog. This speeds
up the download process.

Figure 66: LINX Configurator software, Download DALI Configuration and Parameters.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 72 LOYTEC

3. After the download is complete, go back to the DALI Installation tab and press the Get
Status button. Now the assigned DALI devices are displayed on a green background
(see Figure 67). The green background color indicates that the communication with the
device is OK. If there is a communication error, the device will be displayed with a red
background color.

Figure 67: LINX Configurator software, After Configuration Download.

5.5.8 Calibrate Light Sensor

The L-DALI device allows calibrating the light sensor under up to seven different light
conditions to counter any non-linearity of the sensor. However, in many cases it is enough to
calibrate the sensor with a single light condition which is near the setpoint. In this quick-start
only one lux measurement is performed.

1. In the LINX Configurator software switch to the Parameters tab.

2. Select the light sensor index 0 and click on the Calibrate Light Sensor… button as
shown in Figure 68. The light sensor calibration window as shown in Figure 69 in
displayed.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 73 LOYTEC

Figure 68: Parameterize Light Sensor.

3. Measure the current lux level at the reference area (e.g. desk) using a luxmeter.

4. Enter the measured lux level in the input field and select the index 0.

5. Press the Calibrate button.

6. Close the dialog by pressing the Done button.

Figure 69: Calibrate Light Sensor.

5.6 Configuration using Web Interface

As an alternative to the LINX Configurator PC Software the Web interface of the L-DALI
can be used. In a Web browser enter the IP address as set up in Section 5.4.

A detailed description of the L-DALI Web interface can be found in the LOYTEC Device
User Manual [1].

5.6.1 Scan DALI Channel

1. In the L-DALI Web interface click on Commission in the left menu. If not already
logged in you will be asked to enter the administrator password. Enter the password and
select Login.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 74 LOYTEC

2. The Commission menu opens. Click on DALI Installation in the Commission menu.
The DALI installation page opens as shown in Figure 70.

Figure 70: DALI Installation Web Interface: Initial view.

3. If the device supports more than one DALI channel select the DALI channel by clicking
on the different tabs at the top of the page labeled Channel 1, Channel 2, etc. and press
the Scan button.

Figure 71: DALI Installation Web Interface: Detected DALI devices.

4. The L-DALI scans the DALI channel and lists the detected devices under Scanned
Devices not in Database in the lower halve of the Web interface (see Figure 71). In case
an error occurs see the LOYTEC Device User Manual [1] for a description of the error
codes and possible reasons.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 75 LOYTEC

5.6.2 Assign Lamps, Sensor and Button to LONMARK/BACnet Objects

1. To identity which of the four detected DALI ballasts is which physical lamp, select one
and click the Wink button. The corresponding lamp blinks for the configured wink
duration.

2. To assign a DALI device to a LONMARK or BACnet object, use the drop-down list
available for each device in the Scanned Devices not in Database section (left column).
This list contains all available fieldbus objects. When you are done, press the button
Save Assignment. Alternatively to manual assignment press the button Auto Assign for
random assignment. After you have assigned all lamps the configuration should look as
shown in Figure 72.

Figure 72: DALI Installation Web Interface: Device assignment done.

5.6.3 Grouping Lamps

Lamps which are assigned to a group can be controlled together by the corresponding
LONMARK or BACnet group object. We will create two groups: One for the lamps near the
window and one for the lamps near the corridor.

1. Click on DALI Groups in the Config menu. The DALI Groups page opens.

2. Again, selected the DALI channel by clicking on the different tabs at the top of the page
labeled Channel 1, Channel 2, etc.

3. Add the two lamps near the window to group 0, the two lamps near the corridor to group
1 and all lamps to group 2 by checking the corresponding check boxes. Press the Save
button. The result will look like in Figure 73.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 76 LOYTEC

Figure 73: DALI Installation Web Interface: Group Configuration.

4. To test the group assignment, lights can be switched on and off by clicking on the bulb
below the group name. Similar entering a value in the override row will dim the
corresponding group. Entering – in the field will relinquish an active override.

5.6.4 Calibrate Light Sensor

The L-DALI device allows calibrating the light sensor under up to seven different light
conditions to counter any non-linearity of the sensor. However, in many cases it is enough to
calibrate the sensor with a single light condition which is near the setpoint. In this quick-start
only one lux measurement is performed.

1. Go to the DALI Installation page and press the Calibrate button next to the sensor that
is to be calibrated. The DALI sensor calibration page is shown in Figure 74.

Figure 74: DALI Installation Web Interface: Sensor Calibration.

2. Measure the current lux level at the reference area (e.g. desk) using a luxmeter.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 77 LOYTEC

3. If possible dim artificial light in room until luxmeter show desired lux setpoint. To dim
the light select the rooms DALI group in the Dim lights drop down box, enter a desired
dim value in the field Level and press the Set button.

4. Enter the measured lux level in the input field and select index 0.

5. Press the Calibrate button.

5.6.5 Parameterize the DALI button

1. On the Buttons page, stay on the DALI tab (see Figure 75) and click on the Configure
button next to the button device that is to be configured. The dialog shown in Figure 76
appears.

Figure 75: Button Functions.

2. Use the drop-down boxes to determine which function is executed and which group is
controlled by which button input. In our example we use button T1 for “On/Up” and T2
for “Off/Down”, both controlling group 2. This will allow us to control all lights in the
room together.

Figure 76: Configure DALI button functions.

3. Click on Save to write the configuration to the button device.

5.6.6 Parameterize the Constant Light Controller

1. Go to the Data Points page and select the data point path of constant light controller
application instance 0.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 78 LOYTEC

Figure 77: DALI Installation Web Interface: Parameters.

BACnet L-DALI: /BACnet Port/Datapoints/Channel 1/Constant Light

Controllers/Constant Light Controller 0/

CEA-709 L-DALI: /CEA709 DALI Channel 1/Datapoints/Constant Light

Controllers/Constant Light Controller 0/

The page will look like in Figure 77.

2. The parameters of the selected constant light controller are displayed on the right side.
Change the constant light controller mode (parameter nciClMode or Mode) to
REGULATOR. This parameter selects the operating mode. The REGULATOR mode is
used if a light/occupancy sensor is installed which measures the indoor illumination.

Figure 78: DALI Installation Web Interface: CLC Bindings.

3. Change the setpoint of the constant light controller (parameter nciLuxSetpoint or

Setpoint) to the desired light level (e.g. 400 lux).

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 79 LOYTEC

4. You can leave the default values for the remaining parameters. For a description of the
constant light controller functionality and the parameters refer to Section 0 (CEA-709)
and 0 (BACnet).

5. To determine which sensors (occupancy & lux) are used as inputs to and which light
groups are controlled by a constant light controller instance go to the CLC Bindings
page (see Figure 78).

6. Again, selected the DALI channel by clicking on the different tabs at the top of the page
labeled Channel 1, Channel 2, etc.

7. Click on the Add to add an input or output. Use the drop down box to select a sensor
(input) or a light group (output). In our example we use “sensor_306” for lux and
occupancy sensor inputs, group “306_corridor” as output of the first (brighter) light band
and group “306_window” as output for the second (darker) light band.

5.7 Configuration of BACnet Interface (LDALI-20X only)

5.7.1 Configure BACnet Interface
To allow integrating the L-DALI to a BACnet network a network wide unique device ID and
device name must be configured. This is best done using the web interface:

1. Similar to the configuration of the IP address connect to the L-DALI using your Internet
browser.

2. Click on Config and then BACnet Config in the left menu.

Figure 79: BACnet Device Configuration.

3. Enter a unique device ID and device name as shown in Figure 79.

For further details see the LOYTEC Device User Manual [1].

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 80 LOYTEC

6 Hardware Installation

6.1 Enclosure
The enclosure of the product and its terminal layout are shown on the installation sheet found
in the product’s box.

6.2 Product Label

The product label on the side of the L-DALI contains the following information:

 Order number (e.g. LDALI-3E104-U),

 Serial number with bar-code (Ser#).

Unless stated otherwise, all bar codes are encoded using “Code 128”. An additional label is
also supplied with the L-DALI for documentation purposes. The specific contents of the
product label are shown on the installation sheet found in the product’s box.

6.3 Mounting
The device comes prepared for mounting on DIN rails following DIN EN 50 022. The device
can be mounted in any position. However, an installation place with proper airflow must be
selected to ensure that the temperature of the L-DALI device does not exceed the specified
range (see Chapter 11).

6.4 LED signals

6.4.1 LDALI-3E10X-U and LDALI-ME20X-U
6.4.1.1 FT Activity LED (LDALI-10X only)
The FT port on the LDALI-3E10X-U has a three-color LED (green, red, and orange). Table
2 shows different LED patterns of the port and their meaning.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 81 LOYTEC

Behavior Description Comment

GREEN flashing fast Traffic

GREEN flashing at 1Hz L-DALI is unconfigured
RED permanent Port damaged
RED flashing fast Traffic with high amount of errors
RED flashing at 1 Hz Firmware image corrupt
(all ports) Please upload new firmware
ORANGE permanent Port disabled e.g. using LSD Tool
Table 2: CEA-709 Activity LED Patterns.

6.4.1.2 MSTP Activity LED (LDALI-20X only)

The MS/TP port on the LDALI-ME20X-U has a three-color MSTP Activity LED. Table 3
shows the different LED patterns of the port and their meaning. A permanent color reflects a
state. Flicker is for 25 ms when there is activity on the MS/TP data link layer.

Behavior Description Comment

GREEN permanently, Multi-Master, token ok, flicker when traffic Normal condition on a multi-master
flicker off MS/TP network.
ORANGE flicker Sole master, flicker when traffic Normal condition on a single-master
MS/TP network.
RED permanent, flicker Token lost state, flicker when transmit Cable might be broken.
GREEN attempt
RED flash fast Transmission or receive errors This indicates bad cabling.
Table 3: MS/TP Activity LED Patterns.

6.4.1.3 DALI Activity LEDs

Each DALI interface on the L-DALI has a three color LED (green, red and orange). Table 4
shows different LED patterns and their meaning.

Behavior Description

GREEN flashing Traffic

RED flashing fast Traffic with errors
RED permanent No bus power-supply/bus-power supply failed
ORANGE permanent Manual override to off or interface is selected
GREEN permanent Manual override to on
Table 4: DALI Activity LED patterns.

6.4.1.4 Status LED

On the LDALI-3E10X the Status LED is a three color LED that indicates different operating
states of the L-DALI’s CEA-852 device.

Green: The CEA-852 device is fully functional and all CEA-852 configuration data (channel
routing info, channel membership list, send list) are up-to-date.

Green flicker: If a valid CEA-709 packet is received or transmitted over the IP channel, the
CNIP LED turns off for 50 ms. Only valid CEA-709 IP packets sent to the IP address of the
L-DALI can be seen. Stale packets or packets not addressed to the L-DALI are not seen.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 82 LOYTEC

Yellow: The CEA-852 device is functional but some configuration data is not up-to-date
(device cannot contact configuration server but has configuration data saved in Flash
memory)

Red: The CEA-852 device is non-functional because it was rejected from the CEA-852 IP
channel or shut-down itself due to an internal error condition.

Off: The CEA-852 device is non-functional because it has not been started. This can be the
case if the L-DALI uses DHCP and it has not received a valid IP configuration (address) from
the DHCP server.

Flashing Red at 1 Hz: The CEA-852 device is non-functional because it is started but has not
been configured. Please add the device to a CEA-852 IP channel (register in configuration
server).

Flashing green or orange at 1 Hz: The L-DALI’s CEA-709 side of the gateway has not been
commissioned yet. The color indicates the CEA-852 IP channel status as described above.

On the LDALI-ME20X-U the Status LED reflects the status of the BACnet/IP
communication. It flashes green for 25 ms when BACnet packets are transmitted or received
over the BACnet/IP interface.

6.4.2 LDALI-3E10X and LDALI-ME204

6.4.2.1 Power LED
The L-DALI power LED lights up green when power is supplied to terminals 24, 25, and 26.

6.4.2.2 Status LED

The L-DALI is equipped with a red status LED. This LED is normally off. During boot-up
the status LED is used to signal error conditions (red). If the fall-back image is executed the
status LED flashes red once every second.

6.4.2.3 FT Activity LED (LDALI-10X only)

The FT port on the LDALI-3E10X has a three-color LED (green, red, and orange). Table 2
shows different LED patterns of the port and their meaning.

6.4.2.4 MSTP Activity LED (LDALI-20X only)

The MS/TP port on the LDALI-ME20X has a three-color MSTP Activity LED. Table 3
shows the different LED patterns of the port and their meaning. A permanent color reflects a
state. Flicker is for 25 ms when there is activity on the MS/TP data link layer.

6.4.2.5 Ethernet Link LED

The Ethernet Link LED lights up green whenever an Ethernet cable is plugged-in and a
physical connection with a switch, hub, or PC can be established.

6.4.2.6 Ethernet Activity LED

The Ethernet Activity LED lights up green for 6 ms whenever a packet is transmitted or
received or when a collision is detected on the network cable.

6.4.2.7 Ethernet Config LED

Currently the Ethernet Config LED has no function.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 83 LOYTEC

6.4.2.8 CN/IP LED

On the LDALI-3E10X the CNIP LED is a three color LED that indicates different operating
states of the L-DALI’s CEA-852 device.

Green: The CEA-852 device is fully functional and all CEA-852 configuration data (channel
routing info, channel membership list, send list) are up-to-date.

Green flicker: If a valid CEA-709 packet is received or transmitted over the IP channel, the
CNIP LED turns off for 50 ms. Only valid CEA-709 IP packets sent to the IP address of the
L-DALI can be seen. Stale packets or packets not addressed to the L-DALI are not seen.

Yellow: The CEA-852 device is functional but some configuration data is not up-to-date
(device cannot contact configuration server but has configuration data saved in Flash
memory)

Red: The CEA-852 device is non-functional because it was rejected from the CEA-852 IP
channel or shut-down itself due to an internal error condition.

Off: The CEA-852 device is non-functional because it has not been started. This can be the
case if the L-DALI uses DHCP and it has not received a valid IP configuration (address) from
the DHCP server.

Flashing Red at 1 Hz: The CEA-852 device is non-functional because it is started but has not
been configured. Please add the device to a CEA-852 IP channel (register in configuration
server).

Flashing green or orange at 1 Hz: The L-DALI’s CEA-709 side of the gateway has not been
commissioned yet. The color indicates the CEA-852 IP channel status as described above.

On the LDALI-ME20X the CNIP LED reflects the status of the BACnet/IP communication.
It flashes green for 25 ms when BACnet packets are transmitted or received over the
BACnet/IP interface.

6.4.2.9 DALI Activity LEDs

Each DALI interface on the L-DALI has a three color LED (green, red and orange). Table 4
shows different LED patterns and their meaning.

6.4.3 LDALI-E101-U, LDALI-3101-U and LDALI-E101-U

6.4.3.1 Status LED
The L-DALI has a three color status LED (green, red and orange). Table 5 shows different
LED patterns and their meaning.

Behavior Description

GREEN flashing DALI Traffic

RED flashing fast DALI Traffic with errors
RED permanent DALI bus-power supply failed/short
ORANGE permanent Manual override to off
GREEN permanent Manual override to on
Table 5: Status LED patterns.

6.4.4 Wink Action

If the L-DALI receives a wink command on any of its network ports, it shows a blink pattern
on the

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 84 LOYTEC

 CEA-709 or CNIP activity LEDs and the DALI activity LEDs (LDALI-3E10X and
LDALI-ME204) or

 Status LED (LDALI-E101-U, LDALI-3101-U and LDALI-E101-U).

The LEDs turn green/orange/red (each 0.15 s). This pattern is repeated six times. After that,
the activity LED of the DALI channel corresponding to the CEA-709 node on which the wink
was received flashes orange six times. After that the L-DALI LEDs resume their normal
behavior.

6.5 Buttons
6.5.1 Status Button
Some L-DALI models are equipped with a status button. When pressing the status button
shortly during normal operation of the L-DALI, it sends a “Service Pin Message” on every
active CEA-709 node or a BACnet “I Am” message on all active BACnet data link layers
respectively.

LDALI-10X only: Note that there is one CEA-709 node for each DALI channel and each has
its own unique node ID (“Neuron ID”). Pressing the status button longer than 2 seconds will
allow you to select the node to send out the “Service Pin Message” message: The DALI port
LED of the currently selected node will light up orange. After 2 seconds the next available
node will be selected. When the status button is released the “Service Pin Message” is sent
out on the currently selected node.

As an alternative to pressing the status button, a service pin message can be sent via the Web
interface (see LOYTEC Device User Manual [1]).

The status button can also be used to switch the device back to factory default state. Press the
service button and power-cycle the device. Keep the button pressed until the LEDs illuminate
orange permanently. Release the button within five seconds from that time on to reset the
device to factory defaults.

6.5.2 DALI Mode Button

L-DALI without LCD display are equipped with a DALI mode button (“ON/OFF/AUTO”).
It is used to manually override the dim values of the attached DALI devices and constant
light controller instances. Press it once and all DALI devices on the selected channels are
switched on (“on mode”), press it again and all DALI devices on the selected channels are
switched off (“off mode”), press it a third time and the selected channels go back to “auto
mode”.

In the “on mode” and “off mode” the dim levels of the DALI devices and constant light
controller instance cannot be changed via the CEA-709 or BACnet interface (“manual
override”). In the “auto mode” the dim level of the DALI devices is controlled via the
CEA-709 or BACnet interface respectively.

Channels are selected via the DALI Channel button (see Section 6.5.3). The current state of
a DALI channel can be determined based on the corresponding DALI Activity LED (see
Section 6.4.2.9).

The main purpose of the mode button is to test the wiring during installation of the DALI
system.

6.5.3 DALI Channel Button

L-DALI without LCD display are equipped with a DALI Channel button (“CHANNEL”). It
is used to select a specific channel. All other functions which can be performed via the DALI

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 85 LOYTEC

button interface (e.g. select DALI mode, see Section 6.5.2) are applied only to the selected
DALI channel(s).

By default all DALI channels are selected. If the DALI Channel button is pressed once the
first channel is selected and the corresponding DALI Activity LED lights up orange. Now
each time the button is pressed the next channel is selected. If the last DALI channel is
selected and the button is pressed once again, all DALI channels are selected. If no button is
pressed for more than 15 seconds, the current selection is canceled.

6.5.4 DALI Program Button

L-DALI without LCD display are equipped with a DALI Program button (“PROG”). It is
used to replace a broken ballast. When the button is pressed, the L-DALI scans the selected
DALI channel for missing and unconfigured ballasts. If exactly one missing ballast and one
unconfigured ballast are found on a channel, the unconfigured ballast is used to replace the
missing ballast. That is, the unconfigured ballast is configured with the address and the
configuration parameters of the missing ballast. If multiple missing ballasts or multiple
unconfigured ballasts are found, the Web UI or LINX Configurator software must be used to
replace the missing ballast(s) (see LOYTEC Device User Manual [1] and LINX Configurator
User Manual [2]).

During the replace operation, the DALI Activity LED of the corresponding channel lights up
orange. If the operation was successful, the LED lights up green for 0.5 seconds, if it failed,
the LED lights up red for 0.5 seconds.

Which channels are selected can be controlled via the DALI Channel button (see Section
6.5.3).

6.6 DIP Switch Settings

L-DALI models without LCD display are equipped with a DIP switch. The DIP switch
assignment is shown in Table 6. Please leave all switches at default state.

DIP Switch # Function Factory Default

1 Must be OFF OFF

2 Must be OFF OFF
3 Must be OFF OFF
4 Must be OFF OFF
5 Must be OFF OFF
6 Must be OFF OFF
7 Must be OFF OFF
Table 6: DIP Switch Settings for L-DALI.

6.7 Wiring
The wiring information of the product and its terminal layout are shown on the installation
sheet found in the product’s box.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 86 LOYTEC

7 Workflows for the L-DALI

This section discusses a number of work flows for configuring the L-DALI in different use
cases in addition to the simple use case in the quick-start scenario (see Chapter 5). The
description is intended to be high-level and is depicted in flow diagrams. The individual steps
refer to later sections, which describe each step in more detail. The following use cases are
defined:
 On-Line using LINX Configurator (see Section 7.1.1)
 Off-Line (see Section 7.1.2)

7.1.1 On-Line
The flow diagram in Figure 80 shows the steps that need to be followed in order to configure
the L-DALI when the device and the DALI network including all DALI devices (e.g. ballasts,
sensors, etc.) are available on-line. For details on the LINX Configurator see LINX
Configurator User Manual [2].

START

CEA-709 only: Add L-DALI to LNS

Start the Configurator as a plug-in or stand-alone

Scan DALI network and setup DALI devices and

groups

Configure L-DALI application parameters

Optional: Configure DALI scenes

Setup alarming, scheduling & trending

Download configuration to L-DALI

Section 7.4.4

DONE

Figure 80: Basic on-line design-flow.

In case of LDALI-10X models are used in a LonWorks network, which is managed by an

LNS network management tool, in the first step the L-DALI device must be added to LNS.
Then the LINX Configurator must be started to configure the L-DALI. Use Plug-In mode if
working with an LNS based tool (CEA-709 only) or stand-alone mode otherwise. In the
Configurator, the DALI network is scanned for DALI devices and the devices are setup and
assigned to DALI groups. Then the parameters for the light application and the sunblind

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 87 LOYTEC

application can be configured. Optionally, DALI scenes and alarming, scheduling and
trending functionality can be set up. Finally, the configuration needs to be downloaded to the
L-DALI. It is recommended to save the complete configuration to a file for being able to
replace an L-DALI in the network. Additionally a backup should be created.

To add more DALI devices, change DALI group assignment or application parameters
simply repeat the steps described above.

7.1.2 Off-Line
The flow diagram in Figure 81 shows the steps that need to be followed in order to configure
the L-DALI off-line. In this scenario the first steps can be performed without the L-DALI
and the DALI network being physically available. This allows to prepare the on-line
commissioning and thus to speed up the time required for on-site installation. Further, some
steps of the on-line commissioning part can be performed by less skilled personnel using the
L-DALI Web Interface.

START OFF-LINE START ON-LINE

CEA-709 only: Commission L-DALI in

CEA-709 only: Add L-DALI to LNS
LNS

Start the Configurator as a plug-in or stand-alone Start the Configurator as a plug-in or stand-alone

Load configuration file created during off-line

Select correct L-DALI model in the Model menu
preparation

Setup DALI device names, groups, and ballast types Download configuration to L-DALI

Configure L-DALI application parameters

Scan DALI channels and assign devices

Optional: Configure DALI scenes

DONE ON-LINE

Setup alarming, scheduling & trending

Save configuration to file

DONE OFF-LINE

Figure 81: Basic off-line design-flow.

In case of LDALI-10X models are used in a LonWorks network, which is managed by an

LNS network management tool, in the first step the L-DALI device must be added to LNS.
Then the LINX Configurator must be started to configure the L-DALI. Use Plug-In mode if
working with an LNS based tool (CEA-709 only) or stand-alone mode otherwise. Select the
correct L-DALI model in the Model menu. Note, that the device is off-line. Next setup
names, groups and optionally device type for the DALI devices. The names assigned must
allow identifying physical devices later on (e.g. “Room 301-1” for first ballast in room 301).
The device type (e.g. emergency light) must be selected if any device type specific parameters
shall be configured in the next step. Then configure the parameters for the light application
and the sunblind application. Optionally, DALI scenes and alarming, scheduling and trending
functionality can be set up. Save the created configuration to a file.

When the L-DALI is physically available, in case of a LDALI-10X model, first commission
all ports of the device in LNS. Then again start the Configurator in plug-in mode. Load the

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 88 LOYTEC

file created during the off-line preparation and download the configuration to the L-DALI.
Now, scan the DALI channels, either using the Configurator or the Web Interface and assign
the DALI devices found to the names entered during off-line preparation. Finally, it is
recommended to upload and save the complete configuration to a file for being able to replace
an L-DALI in the network. Additionally a backup should be created.

To add more DALI devices, change DALI group assignment or application parameters it is
recommended to use the on-line work flow (see Section 7.1.1).

7.1.3 Replace an L-DALI

An L-DALI can be replaced in the network by another unit. This might be necessary if a
hardware defect occurs. If a backup of the latest configuration is available, restoring the
backup is the best option.

The work flow to restore a device from the corresponding LINX Configurator project file is
depicted in Figure 82. First of all, the replacement L-DALI needs to be configured with the
appropriate IP settings and all relevant system settings (BACnet device ID, CEA-852 device
settings, etc).

Start the LINX Configurator software stand-alone and connect via direct method. Load the
LINX Configurator project file from the directory, which has been saved when the original
L-DALI has been configured or modified. Double-check, if the DALI configuration seems
ok and all DALI devices in use are assigned, that is, have a valid short address assigned. Then
download the configuration to the L-DALI.

START

Start the Configurator stand-alone

Load a saved L-DALI project file

Download configuration to L-DALI

CEA-709 only: Replace all ports of L-DALI in

LNS

DONE

Figure 82: Basic work flow to configure a replacement device.

If using an LNS-based tool, all ports of the L-DALI device need to be replaced in that tool at
some later point in time as the NID has changed. If you are not using LNS, then refer to your
network management tool’s reference manual on how to replace a device.

7.1.4 Enable Legacy NM Mode (LDALI-10X only)

For CEA-709/LonWorks network management tools, which do not support the ECS
(extended command set) network management commands, the legacy network management
mode must be configured. Please contact the tool’s vendor for information whether ECS is
supported or not. Note, that changing to legacy network management mode changes the static
interface of the device and thus requires different XIF files.

The legacy mode can be enabled using the Web Interface (see LOYTEC Device User Manual
[1]) or the System Settings tab in the Project Settings dialog of the Configurator Software
(see LINX Configurator User Manual [2]).

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 89 LOYTEC

7.1.5 Configuration Upload and Download

When uploading or downloading the configuration of an L-DALI device using the LINX
Configurator the following items are available for download (see Figure 83):

 Datapoint Configuration: Contains everything configured on the Datapoints

tab, the Local and Global connections tabs and in the project settings except for
the system settings. Typically this includes any changes to the L-DALI’s NV
or BACnet interface (Project Settings), local alarm, scheduler, calendar, and
trendlog objects, e-mail templates, math objects and user created data points.

Figure 83: Download Options Dialog.

 System settings: Contains the configuration setup in the System Settings tab of
the Project Settings.

 Scheduler and calendar patterns: Contains the schedule and calendar

configuration (“contents” of scheduler and calendar objects).

 Global connections: Contains everything configured in the Global connections

tab. Do not download Global connections using the LINX Configurator if using
LWEB-900 software to configure and manage global connections!

 DALI Configuration and Parameters: The DALI Configuration contains the

configuration of the DALI network, including device names, device types,
device assignment (DALI short address), scene values, group names and group
assignment as configured on the DALI Installation, DALI Groups, DALI
Channel and DALI Scenes tabs. The Parameters contain the parameters of the
L-DALI light and (if available) sunblind applications, including CLC Bindings
and button functions as configured on the Parameters tab.

In the default settings all items are uploaded and downloaded. The Project Settings allow to
select items for the download in the tab General (see Figure 84).

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 90 LOYTEC

Figure 84: Device Configuration Download settings.

Tip! To speed up your work flow only download the configuration items changed. In applications
where no AST features are used it is sufficient to download DALI Configuration and
Parameters!

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 91 LOYTEC

8 L-DALI Lighting Application

The L-DALI controllers come with a standard lighting application. The behavior of the
application and the data points available are slightly different for the BACnet and the
CEA-709 version of the L-DALI. The following sections describe the application, the data
point interface available and the web interface specific for the L-DALI lighting application.

8.1 CEA-709 Interface and Application (LDALI-10X only)

Depending on the L-DALI device type 1
(LDALI-3E101-U/LDALI-E101-U/LDALI-3101-U), 2 (LDALI-3E102/ LDALI-3E102-U),
or 4 (LDALI-3E104/ LDALI-3E104-U) DALI channels are supported. Each DALI channel
is implemented as a separated CEA-709 node. Every one of these up to four CEA-709 nodes
is a full grown CEA-709 node, including its own unique node id (“Neuron ID”), network
address, network variable tables etc. However, all these nodes share one common physical
network connection.

All configuration properties listed in this section are implemented as Configuration

Parameters using configuration files (CPT, CPV, and CPC files). File access is provided via
LONMARK FTP.

Note: It is recommended to start the LINX Configurator as LNS-Plug-In, whenever using a

LDALI-10X with an LNS based network management tool (LonMaker, NL220, etc.)! This
allows the Plug-In to keep the device configuration in-sync with the LNS database.

The L-DALI can be used with different static network interface configurations. Depending
on the application the different object types can be enabled or disabled to add functionality
(e.g. button support or additional network variables for applications with emergency lights)
or to reduce the number of objects, network variables and configuration properties
respectively.

The interface configuration can be chosen via the Project Settings in the Configurator
Software (see LINX Configurator User Manual [2]).

The LONMARK objects not specific to the L-DALI (Node Object, Real-Time Keeper Object,
Calendar Object, Scheduler Object, etc.) are described in the LOYTEC Device User Manual
[1].

8.1.1 Lamp actuator Object #3040

There are three different types of the lamp actuator objects:

 Lamp actuator object: related to DALI lamp (64 per channel)

 Group actuator object: related to DALI group (16 per channel).

 Channel actuator object: related to the DALI channel (1 per channel).

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 92 LOYTEC

Lamp Actuator #3040

nviLAValue nvoLAValueFb
SNVT_switch SNVT_switch

nviLAOverride nvoLARunHours*
SNVT_switch SNVT_elapsed_tm

nvoLABattCharge*
SNVT_lev_percent

nciLocation
nciRunHrInit
nciEnCntInit
nciGroups
nciOnDelay
nciOffDelay
nciAutoOffDelay
nciAutoOffRestart
nciAutoOffBreak
nciOffWarningDly
nciMinLevel
nciMaxLevel
nciPowerUpLev
nciSysFailurLev
nciFadeRate
nciFadeTime
nciNominalPwr
nciDaliCfg

* only available if Emergency interface is enabled

Figure 85: Lamp Actuator Object

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 93 LOYTEC

Group Actuator #3040

nviGPValue nvoGPValueFb
SNVT_switch SNVT_switch

nviGPSetting nvoGPRunHours
SNVT_setting SNVT_elapsed_time

nviGPOverride nvoGPEnergyCnt
SNVT_switch SNVT_elec_kwh

nviGPScene nvoGPFailure
SNVT_scene SNVT_switch

nviEmergTest nvoPowerOff
SNVT_switch SNVT_switch

nvoBatteryCharge
SNVT_lev_percent

nciLocation
nciOnDelay
nciOffDelay
nciAutoOffDelay
nciAutoOffRestart
nciAutoOffBreak
nciOffWarningDly
nciEmTestDelay
nciEmTestValue

Figure 86: Group Actuator Object

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 94 LOYTEC

Channel Actuator #3040

nviCHValue nvoCHValueFb
SNVT_switch SNVT_switch

nviCHSetting nvoCHRunHours
SNVT_setting SNVT_elapsed_time

nviCHOverride nvoCHEnergyCnt
SNVT_switch SNVT_elec_kwh

nviCommand nvoCHFailure
UNVT_dali_cmd SNVT_switch

nvoLampFailure
SNVT_state_64

nvoManOverFb
SNVT_switch

nvoBallastFail*
SNVT_state_64

nvoLampFail*
SNVT_state_64

nvoBatteryFail*
SNVT_state_64

nvoFuncTestFail*
SNVT_state_64

nvoDurTestFail*
SNVT_state_64

nciLocation
nciOnDelay
nciOffDelay
nciAutoOffDelay
nciAutoOffRestart
nciAutoOffBreak
nciOffWarningDly
nciBurnInTime

* only available if Emergency interface is enabled

Figure 87: Object for channel

These object types are enabled in the default interface. They can be disabled.

Note: If the Lamp Actuator objects are disabled, the functional blocks are still present, but only contain the
configuration properties corresponding to the DALI parameters of the corresponding ballast.

8.1.1.1 Control
The L-DALI offers different methods to control lamps. All network variables described
below have the same priority. This means that the last network variable update determines
the state of the lamp.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 95 LOYTEC

Individual Control

Each lamp can be controlled individually via the switch input network variable nviLAValue
of the lamp actuator object. Any new value received is transmitting to the corresponding
DALI lamp in fading mode (configuration property nciFadeTime is used).

Group Control

Lamps belonging to a group can be controlled together by the following network variables
of the group actuator object.

 nviGPValue: This network variable has the same functionality as nviLAValue but
controls a whole group. Any new value received is transmitting to the DALI lamps
in the group using fading mode (configuration property nciFadeTime is used).

 nviGPSetting: Using this input network variable of type SNVT_setting dimming

devices can change the brightness relatively. By function = SET_UP or function =
SET_DOWN the light is dimmed relatively by the amount defined in the
corresponding setting field. By function = SET_STOP ongoing fades are stopped.
When the light is switched off by function = SET_OFF, the last light level is saved
temporarily. When the light is switched on again (function = SET_ON) the
remembered light level is restored. An absolute light level can be set by function =
SET_STATE. The corresponding setting field defines the target light level. The
light value is changed in ramping mode (configuration property nciFadeRate is
used).

 nviGPScene: Using this input network variable of type SNVT_scene up to 16 DALI

scenes can be saved and recalled. The command SC_LEARN stores the current light
levels of all lamps of the group in the specified scene number. Alternatively DALI
scenes can be configured using the DALI Scenes page in the web interface (see
LOYTEC Device User Manual [1]) or the DALI Scenes tab in the LINX
Configurator (see LINX Configurator User Manual [2]). By a SC_RECALL
command previously stored scenes can be recalled. Recalling scene 255 will
relinquish any manual override and (re-)activate a constant light controller linked to
the group (see Section 8.1.4.4). Scenes can be deleted by a SC_RESET command.
When a new scene is selected the lamp values are adjusted in fading mode
(configuration property nciFadeTime is used). As scene numbers in SNVT_scene
start with 1, while DALI scene numbers start with 0, SNVT_scene number minus 1
will give the DALI scene number (SNVT_scene number 1 maps to DALI scene
number 0, SNVT_scene number 2 maps to DALI scene number 1 etc.).

Channel Control

All lamps on the same DALI channel can be controlled together by the following network
variables of the channel actuator object.

 nviCHValue: This input network variable works in the same way as nviLAvalue and
nviGPvalue but affects all lamps on a channel.

 nviCHSetting: This input network variable works in the same way as nviGPSetting
but affects all lamps on a channel.

8.1.1.2 Maximum and Minimum Light Level

For a dimmable lamp the maximum and minimum light level of a lamp can be configured
via the configuration properties nciMinLevel and nciMaxLevel of type SNVT_switch.

For a non-dimmable lamp set nciMinLevel = nciMaxLevel = 100%.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 96 LOYTEC

8.1.1.3 Timing Parameters

Figure 88 shows the behavior of the lamp actuator if the light is switched on/off via one of
the switch (nviLAValue, nviGAValue, nviCHValue) or via one of the setting input network
variables (nviGASetting, nviCHSetting). When the ON command is received, the lamp is
switched to the specified value after the time nciOnDelay has expired. When the lamp is
already on and a new ON command is received the lamp is switched to the new value
immediately. If the lamp is on and an OFF command is received the lamp is switched off
after the time nciOffDelay.

Figure 88: Timing Parameters

For staircase lighting an automatic cutoff can be configured in nciAutoOffDelay as shown in

Figure 89. When this time expires, the lamp switches off automatically. To warn the user that
the light is going to turn off, an off-warning delay (nciOffWarningDly) can be configured.
During this time the light is dimmed to 50% of the previous level. For non-dimmable lights
(nciMinLevel=nciMaxLevel) the light is blinking.

Figure 89: Timing Parameters with nciAutoOffDelay and nciOffWarningDly

The behavior of the auto-off timer can be modified with the two configuration properties
nciAutoOffRestart and nciAutoOffBreak. If nciAutoOffRestart is set to ST_ON, the auto-off
timer can be restarted by a new ON command (see Figure 90). If nciAutoOffBreak is set to
ST_ON the auto-off timer can be stopped before the time has expired by switching the light
off via one of the applicable input network variables (see Figure 91).

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 97 LOYTEC

Figure 90: Timing Parameters (nciAutoOffRestart=ST_ON)

Figure 91: Timing Parameters (nciAutoOffBreak=ST_ON)

8.1.1.4 Prioritized Control

Lamp values can be overridden by the following network variables:

 nviLAOverride: This input network variable of type SNVT_switch overrides the

value of nviLAValue.

 nviGPOverride: This input network variable of type SNVT_switch overrides the

value of nviGPValue, nviGPSetting, and nviGPScene.

 nviCHOverride: This input network variable of type SNVT_switch overrides the

value of nviCHValue and nviCHSetting.

If nviXXOverride is valid (.state=0/1) it controls the lamp/group/channel output. Updates of

on the non-priorized input network variables (see Section 8.1.1.1) are ignored. If
nviXXOverride is set to invalid (.state=-1) control of the lamp/group/channel output is
returned to the non-priorized input network variable.

The light value is changed in fading mode (configuration property nciFadeTime is used).

Prioritized control commands are not affected by the timing parameters described in Section
8.1.1.3.

8.1.1.5 Feedback
The lamp object, group object and channel object each report the current state via a feedback
variable of type SNVT_switch:

 nvoLAValueFb: lamp object feedback

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 98 LOYTEC

 nvoGPValueFb: group object feedback

 nvoCHValueFb: channel object feedback

The channel object reports if it is in manual override mode via the network variable
nvoManOverFb.

8.1.1.6 Emergency Lights

The L-DALI supports testing of emergency lights using its CEA-709 interface. The test is
started and stopped by using the network variable input nviEmergTest, which is available in
each Group Actuator object. To start the test the state part of the SNVT_switch must be set to
SW_ON (1). The value part selects one of the following tests:
 Function test (value = 1%): Starts the function test of all DALI emergency lights
in this group, which support this function. For details on the DALI emergency
lighting function test see IEC 62386-202. If the Emergency interface is enabled the
nvoFuncTestFail will show whether the last function test performed has failed (see
below).
 Duration test (value = 2 %): Starts the duration test of all DALI emergency lights
in this group, which support this function. For details on the DALI emergency
lighting duration test see IEC 62386-202. If the Emergency interface is enabled the
nvoDurTestFail will show whether the last duration test performed has failed (see
below).
 Mains test (value = 100%): Typically used in a central battery system, to verify
lights are dimmed to the emergency level when mains fail. When the test is started
via nviEmergTest, the power of the emergency lamps is cut by setting the switch
network variable output nvoPowerOff to ON. After the delays nciEmTestDelay, the
value of all lamps in the group is compared to the reference value specified in
nciEmTestValue. If a lamp does not reach the reference value (dim value above or
below reference value) or if a lamp is offline, an alarm is generated as shown in
Figure 92.

Test results will be stored in the appropriate emergency light test log (see LOYTEC Device
User Manual [1]). To abort any active test the SNVT_switch must be set to {SW_OFF, 0%}.
To periodically execute tests a scheduler controlling nviEmergTest can be configured.

Figure 92: Emergency Light Test Alarm

If the interface configuration Emergency is selected the following additional, emergency

light related network variables are available:
 nvoLARunHour (Lamp Actuator): Report run-hours per ballast.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 99 LOYTEC

 nvoLABattCharge (Lamp Actuator): Report battery charge per emergency light

ballast (if ballast supports it).
 nvoBatteryFail (Channel Actuator): Report battery failure for each emergency light
ballast.
 nvoFuncTestFail (Channel Actuator): Report whether last function test failed for
each emergency light ballast.
 nvoDurTestFail (Channel Actuator): Report whether last function test failed for
each emergency light ballast.

8.1.1.7 Status Monitoring

The L-DALI monitors the DALI lamps and reports any failure in the output network variables
nvoGPFailure (group object) and nvoCHFailure (channel object).

A lamp failure is reported if either

 bus power for the related DALI channel fails,

 the DALI ballast is not reachable via the DALI channel, or

 the DALI ballast reports a failure (e.g. lamp failure) in its DALI status register.

The value of the network variable nvoGPFailure of the group object reflects the percentage
of failed ballasts in this group.

The value of the network variable nvoCHFailure of the channel object reflects the percentage
of failed ballasts in this channel.

The network variable nvoLampFailure of type SNVT_state_64 reports the status of the all
lamps in a channel. Each bit corresponds to the lamp with the same index. In case of a failure
the bit is set.

8.1.1.8 Statistics
The L-DALI reports the run hours and energy consumptions of the DALI lamps.

Run Hours

The L-DALI determines how long each DALI lamp was switched on. If a lamp is replaced
the run hours can be initialized via the configuration property nciRunHrInit of the lamp
object. To limit the number of network variables the run hours are reported not separately for
each lamp but for a whole group or channel.

The group object reports the maximum run hours of all lamps in the groups via the output
network variable nvoGPRunHours.

The channel object reports the maximum run hours of all lamps on the channel via the output
network variable nvoCHRunHours.

Energy Consumption

The L-DALI device can calculate the energy consumption of the DALI lamps. For that
purpose it needs to know the nominal power of all connected DALI lamps. If the
configuration property nciNominalPwr of the lamp object is set to 0 (AUTO), the L-DALI
tries to obtain the energy consumption from the DALI device. However, not all DALI ballasts
support this proprietary extension. In this case the nciNominalPwr has to be configured with
the nominal power of the ballast. The energy consumption can be initialized via the
configuration property nciEnrgyCntInit of the lamp object.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 100 LOYTEC

To reduce the number of network variables the energy consumption is reported not separately
for each lamp but for a whole group or channel. The group object reports the sum of energy
consumed by all lamps in the groups via the output network variable nvoGPEnergyCnt.
Equally the network variable nvoCHEnergyCnt reports the sum of energy consumed by all
lamps on the channel.

8.1.1.9 Burn-In Function

Some lamps require a burn-in time during which they must not be dimmed. The burn-in mode
can be activated by setting the nviCommand network variable of the channel object to
START_BURN_IN. The burn-in time is defined by the configuration property
nciBurnInTime. During this time the lamps will only be switched to on (100%) or off (0%)
but not dimmed. To abort the burn-in mode prematurely nviCommand can be set to
STOP_BURN_IN.

8.1.1.10 Fail Safe Functions

The light level a lamp adopts after power-up is defined in the configuration property
nciPowerUpLev.

The light level a lamp adopts in case of a DALI system failure is defined in the configuration
property nciSysFailureLev. According to the DALI standard a DALI device will enter system
failure state if DALI bus power is interrupted for more than 550 ms.

8.1.1.11 Colour Control

Controlling the colour of devices of type “colour control” (device type 8) is possible

 absolute using nviCommand (Channel actuator object): Using the command (.cmd field)
DALI_CMD_SET_COLOUR, DALI native colour control commands can be triggered.
For details see the description of nviCommand below (Section 8.1.1.12).

 absolute using nviGPSetting (Group actuator object) and nviCHSetting (Channel

actuator object): For a more convenient operation via a UI, colour control is possible via
two additional functions of the nviXXSetting NVs. The function (.function field) SET_TC
(126) allows to set the colour temperature in Kelvin, while SET_COLOUR (127) allows
to change the lamp colour by supplying hue and saturation values. In the latter case the
different native DALI colour control methods (xy-coordinate, RGBWAF, primary-N)
are abstracted (converted). Hue is an angular value, starting at the red primary at 0°,
passing through the green primary at 120° and the blue primary at 240°, and then
wrapping back to red at 360°. Saturation can be in the range of 0% to 100%. For details
see the description of nviXXSetting below (Section 8.1.1.12).

 via scene using nviGPScene (Group actuator object): This NV allows recalling DALI
scenes. DALI scenes can contain lamp colour settings (for ballasts with DT8 support) as
well as dim levels. These scenes can be defined using the DALI scenes tab in the LINX
Configurator (see LINX Configurator User Manual [2]) or in the DALI scenes web-UI
(see LOYTEC Device User Manual [1]). Note, that DALI scenes can be used to change
lamp colour without affecting the dim level (and vice versa). For details see the
description of nviGPScene below (Section 8.1.1.12).

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 101 LOYTEC

8.1.1.12 Input Network Variables

nviXXValue

Type SNVT_switch
Valid Range .value: 0..100%
.state: 0, 1
On: .state = 1 and .value > 0
Off: .state = 0 and .value=any or .state=1 and .value = 0
Default Value -
Description Used to control the lamp/group/channel. This input is effective only if nviXXOverride.state is
invalid (-1).
If an update is received on this network variable the corresponding DALI lamp/group/channel
is dimmed in fading mode (constant time, configuration property nciFadeTime is used).
Lamp actuator only: If an invalid value is received, the lamp adopts the level defined by the
nciSysFailurLev.

nviXXSetting

Type SNVT_setting
Valid Range .function: SET_OFF, SET_ON, SET_UP, SET_DOWN, SET_STATE
.setting: 0..100%
Default Value -
Description Used to control the group/channel. This input is effective only if nviXXOverride.state is invalid (-1).

Function Description

SET_UP, The light is dimmed relatively by the amount defined in the .setting
SET_DOWN field.
SET_STOP Stop an ongoing fade.
SET_OFF The light is switched off and the last light level is saved temporarily.
SET_ON The light is switched on to the light level saved at the time of the last
SET_OFF command.
SET_STATE Set the light to the level defined by the .setting field.
SET_TC (126) Set the colour temperature of a luminaire supporting DT8 Tc colour
control (tunable white) to the value given in the .rotation field. The
value in the .rotation field is interpreted as raw value in Kelvin (0-
32767 Kelvin, 1 Kelvin resolution).
SET_COLOUR(127) Set the lamp colour of a luminaire supporting DT8 xy-coordinate,
RGBWAF or primary-N colour control. The value in the .rotation
field is interpreted hue, while the .setting field is interpreted as
saturation. Hue is an angular value, starting at the red primary at 0°,
passing through the green primary at 120° and the blue primary at
240°, and then wrapping back to red at 360°. Saturation can be in the
range of 0% to 100%. The controller converts the hue and saturation
values given to the respective native DALI colour control values (xy-
coordinate, RGBWAF or primary-N) as supported by the luminaire.
This abstraction allows to use a control algorithm or user interface
independent of the supported DALI colour control method

The light is dimmed in ramping mode (constant rate, configuration property nciFadeRate is used).
For colour changes the nciFateTime is used.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 102 LOYTEC

nviXXOverride

Type SNVT_switch
Valid Range .value: 0..100%
.state: 0, 1, -1
Default Value -
Description If nviXXOverride is valid (.state=0/1), the current lamp/group/channel output is saved temporarily
and the lamp/group/channel output is set to the specified value.
If nviXXOverride is set to invalid (.state=-1), the lamp/group/channel output is set to the previously
saved value.
The light is dimmed in fading mode (constant time, configuration property nciFadeTime is used).

nviGPScene

Type SNVT_scene
Valid Range .function: SC_LEARN, SC_RECALL, SC_RESET
.scene_number: 1..16, 255
Default Value -
Description Using this input network variable up to 16 DALI scenes can be saved and recalled.

Function Description

SC_LEARN Stores the current light levels of all lamps of the group in the specified
scene number.
SC_RECALL Recall a previously stored scenes.
SC_RESET Delete a scene.

As values for scene_number start with 1, while DALI scene numbers start with 0, the DALI scene
number is scene_number minus 1 (scene_number 1 maps to DALI scene number 0, scene_number 2
maps to DALI scene number 1 etc.).
Recalling scene 255 will relinquish any manual override and (re-)activate a constant light controller
linked to the group (see Section 8.1.4.4).
When a new scene is selected the lamp values are adjusted in fading mode (configuration property
nciFadeTime is used).

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 103 LOYTEC

nviEmergTest

Type SNVT_switch
Valid Range .value: 0..100%
.state: 0, 1
Default Value -
Description Used to start the test of emergency lamps in a group. To start the test the state part of the
SNVT_switch must be set to SW_ON (1). The value part selects one of the following tests:
 Function test (value = 1%): Starts the function test of all DALI emergency lights in this
group, which support this function. For details on the DALI emergency lighting function test
see IEC 62386-202. If the Emergency interface is enabled the nvoFuncTestFail will show
whether the last function test performed has failed.
 Duration test (value = 2 %): Starts the duration test of all DALI emergency lights in this
group, which support this function. For details on the DALI emergency lighting duration test
see IEC 62386-202. If the Emergency interface is enabled the nvoDurTestFail will show
whether the last duration test performed has failed.
 Mains test (value = 100%): Typically used in a central battery system, to verify lights are
dimmed to the emergency level when mains fail. When the test is started via nviEmergTest,
the power of the emergency lamps is cut by setting the switch network variable output
nvoPowerOff to ON. After the delays nciEmTestDelay, the value of all lamps in the group is
compared to the reference value specified in nciEmTestValue. If a lamp does not reach the
reference value (dim value above or below reference value) or if a lamp is offline, an alarm
is generated as shown in Figure 92.

Test results will be stored in the appropriate emergency light test log (see LINX Configurator
User Manual [2]). To abort any active test the SNVT_switch must be set to {SW_OFF, 0%}.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 104 LOYTEC

nviCommand

Type UNVT_dali_cmd
Valid Range .cmd: START_BURN_IN=0, STOP_BURN_IN=1, DALI_CMD_SET_COLOUR=2
.data.type: BALLAST=0, GROUP=1, CHANNEL=2
.data.index: 0..63
.data.arg: Union containing arguments depending on selected command.
Default Value -

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 105 LOYTEC

nviCommand

Type UNVT_dali_cmd
Description Used to start and stop the burn-in mode.

Function Description

START_BURN_IN Start the burn-in mode for a ballast, group, or channel. The
burn-in time is defined by the configuration property
nciBurnInTime.
STOP_BURN_IN Abort the burn-in mode for a ballast, group, or channel.
DALI_CMD_SET_COLOUR Change light color for ballast, group, or channel. The
argument field is defined as follows:
struct set_colour {
dali_colour_type_t type;
union value {
struct xy_coordinate {
uint16 x;
uint16 y;
};
uint16 colour_temperature_tc;
uint16 primary_n_dim_level[6];
struct rgbwaf {
uint8 control;
uint8 red;
uint8 green;
uint8 blue;
uint8 white;
uint8 amber;
uint8 freecolour;
};
};
};
The field type defines the way the colour is specified:
 DALI_COLOUR_TYPE_XY_COORDINATE (0): The
light colour is defined by the x any y coordinates in the
CIE1931 colour space chromaticity diagram. The x and
y values are given in the structure value.xy_coordinate.
 DALI_COLOUR_TYPE_TC (1): The light colour is
defined by the colour temperature Tc. Its value is given
in the field value.colour_temperature_tc. The value has
to be supplied in Mirak (=1.000.000/T).
 DALI_COLOUR_TYPE_PRIMARY_N (2): The light
colour is defined by the dim level of up to 6 channels.
The corresponding values are given in the array
value.primary_n_dim_level.
 DALI_COLOUR_TYPE_RGBWAF (3): The light
colour is defined by colour channels red, green, blue,
white, amber and freecolour. See IEC 62386-209 on
details. The corresponding values ar given in the
structure value.rgbwaf.
Note: Not all colour control types are supported by all
DALI colour control ballasts. Check the documentation of
the DALI ballast on which types are supported.
If the command requires an address the field data.type defines whether the command addresses a
single ballast, a group or the all devices on the channel (broadcast). The field data.index gives the
index of the associated lamp actuator (0-63) or group actuator (0-15) object, respectively. In case of
type CHANNEL the index is ignored.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 106 LOYTEC

8.1.1.13 Output Network Variables

nvoXXValueFb

Type SNVT_switch
Valid Range .value: 0..100%
.state: 0, 1
On: .state = 1 and .value > 0
Off: .state = 0 and .value=any or .state=1 and .value = 0
Default Value -
Description Feedback value of the lamp/group/channel object.
For a lamp actuator object this value is the current state and percentage of level intensity of the
corresponding DALI ballast. The .state part is –1 (invalid) if the ballast is not present.
For a group actuator or channel actuator object this value changes, whenever all ballasts of the
group/channel adopt the same dim vale.

nvoXXRunHours

Type SNVT_elapsed_tm
Valid Range .day: 0..65534
.hour: 0..23
.minute: 0..59
.second: 0..59
Default Value -
Description Reports the run (ON) hours.
L-DALI calculates the run hours of each DALI ballast.
The network variable nvoGPRunHours reports the maximum run hours of the lamps in a group.
The network variable nvoCHRunHours reports the maximum run hours of the lamps in a
channel.
The network variable nvoLARunHours reports the run hours of each lamp. This network
variable is only present if the Emergency interface is enabled (see Section 8.1). To reduce the
number of network variables, the value is not available as a network variable on the Standard
interface.
If a lamp is replaced the run hours of a lamp can be initialized using the configuration property
nciRunHrInit. If the ballast is capable of maintaining the run hours by itself (e.g. some DALI
emergency lights), resetting the run hours via nciRunHrInit will also reset the run hours counter
in the ballast.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 107 LOYTEC

nvoXXEnergyCnt

Type SNVT_elec_kwh
Valid Range 0..65534
Resolution: 1kWh
Default Value -
Description This network variable reports the energy consumption of a group or channel.
L-DALI calculates the energy consumption of each DALI ballast. To reduce the number of
network variables, the calculated value is not available as a network variable on the lamp
actuator object but is used to calculate the total energy consumption for the group and channel
actuator objects.
The network variable nvoGPEnergyCnt reports the total energy consumption of all lamps in a
group.
The network variable nvoCHEnergyCnt reports the total energy consumption of all lamps in a
channel.
The nominal power of a lamp can be configured using the configuration property
nciNominalPwr. The energy consumption of a lamp can be initialized with the configuration
property nciEnCntInit.

nvoXXFailure

Type SNVT_switch
Valid Range .value: 0..100%
.state: 0, 1, -1
Default Value -
Description This network variable reports the status of the lamps in a group or channel.
The network variable nvoGPFailure reports the percentage of failed ballasts in a group.
The network variable nvoCHFailure reports the percentage of failed ballasts in a channel.
A ballast failure is reported if either
 Bus power for the related DALI channel fails,
 The DALI ballast is not reachable via the DALI channel, or
 The DALI ballast reports a failure (e.g. lamp failure) in its DALI status register.

nvoPowerOff

Type SNVT_switch
Valid Range .value: 0, 100
.state: 0, 1
Default Value -
Description This network variable is used during the emergency light test to cut the power.
The power is cut with an ON value (100.0, 1) and reapplied with an OFF value (0.0, 0).

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 108 LOYTEC

nvoLampFailure

Type SNVT_state_64
Valid Range .bit0: 0, 1
…
.bit63: 0, 1
Default Value -
Description This network variable reports the status of the ballasts in the channel.
Each bit corresponds to the lamp with the same index. In case of a failure the bit is set. A failure
occurs if the corresponding ballast is offline or if it indicates a lamp failure or a ballast failure.

nvoBatteryCharge, nvoLABattCharge

Type SNVT_lev_percent
Valid Range -163.840..163.830
Resolution: 0.005
Default Value -
Description Reports the battery charge of a self-contained emergency light or a group of self-contained
emergency lights (if supported by the emergency light).
The network variable nvoBatteryCharge reports the minimum battery charge of the emergency
lights in a group.
The network variable nvoLABattCharge reports the battery charge of each self-contained
emergency light. This network variable is only present if the Emergency interface is enabled
(see Section 8.1). To reduce the number of network variables, the value is not available as a
network variable on the Standard interface.

nvoManOverFb

Type SNVT_switch
Valid Range .value: 0, 100
.state: 0, 1, -1
On: .state=1 and .value=100
Off: .state=0 and .value=0
Auto: .state=-1 and .value=0
Default Value -
Description This network variable reports the current state of manual override for a channel.

nvoBallastFail

Type SNVT_state_64
Valid Range .bit0: 0, 1
…
.bit63: 0, 1
Default Value -
Description This network variable reports the status of the ballasts in the channel.
Each bit corresponds to the ballast with the same index. In case the ballast indicates a ballast
failure the bit is set.
This network variable is only available if the Emergency interface is enabled (see Section
8.1.1.6).

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 109 LOYTEC

nvoLampFail

Type SNVT_state_64
Valid Range .bit0: 0, 1
…
.bit63: 0, 1
Default Value -
Description This network variable reports the status of the lamps in the channel.
Each bit corresponds to the ballast with the same index. In case the ballast indicates a lamp
failure the bit is set.
This network variable is only available if the Emergency interface is enabled (see Section
8.1.1.6).

nvoBatteryFail

Type SNVT_state_64
Valid Range .bit0: 0, 1
…
.bit63: 0, 1
Default Value -
Description This network variable reports the battery status of the self-contained emergency lights in the
channel.
Each bit corresponds to the ballast with the same index. In case the ballast indicates a battery
failure the bit is set. Note, that this function is not supported by all types of self-contained
emergency lights.
This network variable is only available if the Emergency interface is enabled (see Section
8.1.1.6).

nvoFuncTestFail

Type SNVT_state_64
Valid Range .bit0: 0, 1
…
.bit63: 0, 1
Default Value -
Description This network variable reports the result of the last function test performed by each self-
contained emergency light in the channel.
Each bit corresponds to the ballast with the same index. In case the ballast indicates a failed
function test the bit is set. Note, that this function is not supported by all types of self-contained
emergency lights.
This network variable is only available if the Emergency interface is enabled (see Section
8.1.1.6).

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 110 LOYTEC

nvoDurTestFail

Type SNVT_state_64
Valid Range .bit0: 0, 1
…
.bit63: 0, 1
Default Value -
Description This network variable reports the result of the last duration test performed by each self-
contained emergency light in the channel.
Each bit corresponds to the ballast with the same index. In case the ballast indicates a failed
duration test the bit is set. Note, that this function is not supported by all types of self-contained
emergency lights.
This network variable is only available if the Emergency interface is enabled (see Section
8.1.1.6).

Additional Network Variables (not available in standard interface):

nvoDigitalInputOverride

Type SNVT_state_64
Valid Range .bit0: 0, 1
…
.bit63: 0, 1
Default Value -
Description This network variable reports the digital input override state of the ballasts in the channel (e.g.
LDALI RM8).
Each bit corresponds to the lamp with the same index. In case of a digital input override the bit is
set.

8.1.1.14 Configuration Properties

All configuration properties listed in this section are implemented as Configuration
Parameters using configuration files (CPT, CPV, and CPC files). File access is provided via
LONMARK FTP.

nciLocation

Type SCPTLocation (SNVT_str_asc)

Valid Range 31 ASCII characters
Default Value Lamp X/Group X/Channel X
Description This configuration property can be used to specify the name of the lamp/group/channel.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 111 LOYTEC

nciRunHrInit

Type SCPTrunHrInit (SNVT_elapsed_tm)

Valid Range .day: 0..65534
.hour: 0..23
.minute: 0..59
.second: 0..59
Default Value 0
Description This configuration property is used to store or reset the initial value of the run hours counter
nvoRunHours (only for lamp actuator objects).
To reset the value set it to its invalid value (all 0xFF).

nciEnCntInit

Type UCPTenrgyCntInit (SNVT_elec_whr_f)

Valid Range 0..3.40282E38 Wh
Default Value 0
Description This configuration property is used to store or reset the initial value of the energy counter
nvoEnergyCnt (only for a lamp actuator objects).
To reset the value set it to its invalid value (NaN).

nciGroups

Type UCPTgroups (SNVT_state)

Valid Range .bit0: 0, 1
…
.bit15: 0, 1
Default Value 0
Description This configuration property defines the group membership of a lamp. Each bit corresponds to
the group of the same index. If the bit is set, the lamp is member of the group.

nciOnDelay

Type UCPTonDelay (SNVT_time_sec)

Valid Range 0..6553.4 sec
Resolution: 0.1 sec
Default Value 0
Description This configuration property determines the delay after which the lamp value output is switched
on.

nciOffDelay

Type UCPTOffDelay (SNVT_time_sec)

Valid Range 0..6553.4 sec
Resolution: 0.1 sec
Default Value 0
Description This configuration property determines the delay after which the lamp value output is switched
off.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 112 LOYTEC

nciAutoOffDelay

Type UCPTautoOffDelay (SNVT_time_sec)

Valid Range 0..6553.4 sec
Resolution: 0.1 sec
0s means disabled (no delay)
Default Value 0
Description This configuration property determines the delay after which the lamp output is switched off
automatically. The timer is started after receiving a lamp ON command via the nviXXValue or
nviXXSetting network variable inputs.
The configuration properties nciAutoOffRestart and nciAutoOffBreak modify the behavior of
the auto-off timer.

nciAutoOffRestart

Type UCPTautoOffRestart (SNVT_lev_disc)

Valid Range ST_ON, ST_OFF
Default Value ST_OFF
Description This configuration property determines if the auto off timer can be restarted by an ON
command via the nviXXValue or nviXXSetting network variable inputs.

Function Description

ST_ON While the auto-off timer is running, the timer can be restarted by an
ON command via the nviXXValue or nviXXSetting network variable
inputs.
ST_OFF While the auto-off timer is running, all ON command via the
nviXXValue or nviXXSetting network variable inputs are ignored.

nciAutoOffBreak

Type UCPTautoOffBreak (SNVT_lev_disc)

Valid Range ST_ON, ST_OFF
Default Value ST_OFF
Description This configuration property determines if the auto off timer can be aborted prematurely by an
OFF command via the nviXXValue or nviXXSetting network variable inputs.

Function Description

ST_ON While the auto-off timer is running, the timer can be aborted
prematurely by an OFF command via the nviXXValue or
nviXXSetting network variable inputs.
ST_OFF While the auto-off timer is running, all OFF command via the
nviXXValue or nviXXSetting network variable inputs are ignored.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 113 LOYTEC

nciOffWarningDly

Type UCPToffWarningDly (SNVT_time_sec)

Valid Range 0..6553.4 sec
Resolution: 0.1 sec
0s means disabled (no delay)
Default Value 0
Description This configuration property defines the time during which the user will be notified that the light
will be switched off shortly. During this time, the light is dimmed to 50% of the current level.
Lamps which cannot be dimmed (nciMinLevel = nciMaxLevel) blink during this time.

nciMinLevel

Type UCPTminLevel (SNVT_lev_cont)

Valid Range 0..100%
Resolution: 0.5
Default Value 0.1%
Description This configuration property specifies the minimum dim level of a lamp. Corresponds to the
DALI-Register MIN LEVEL.

nciMaxLevel

Type UCPTmaxLevel (SNVT_lev_cont)

Valid Range 0..100%
Resolution: 0.5
Default Value 100%
Description This configuration property specifies the maximum dim level of a lamp. Corresponds to the
DALI-Register MAX LEVEL.

nciPowerUpLev

Type UCPTpowerUpLevel (SNVT_lev_cont)

Valid Range 0..100% (for some ballasts 0% is not allowed)
Resolution: 0.5
Default Value 100%
Description Initial dim level of DALI lamp after power has been applied to lamp. Corresponds to the DALI-
Register POWER ON LEVEL.

nciSysFailurLev

Type UCPTsysFailureLevel (SNVT_lev_cont)

Valid Range 0..100%
Resolution: 0.5
255/invalid value means keep current dim level
Default Value 100%
Description This configuration property determines the dim value of a DALI lamp in case of a DALI system
failure. Corresponds to the DALI-Register SYSTEM FAILURE LEVEL.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 114 LOYTEC

nciFadeRate

Type UCPTfadeRate
Valid Range 2.8..360 steps/s
Default Value 45 steps/s
Description This configuration property determines the fade rate of a lamp in percent per second in ramping
mode. Corresponds to the DALI-Register FADE RATE.

nciFadeTime

Type UCPTfadeTime (SNVT_time_sec)

Valid Range 0..100 sec
Default Value 0 sec
Description This configuration property determines the duration of a fade time in fading mode. Corresponds
to the DALI-Register FADE TIME.

nciNominalPwr

Type UCPTnominalPwr (SNVT_power)

Valid Range 0..6553.5 W
Resolution: 0.1 W
0 means AUTO
Default Value AUTO
Description This configuration property specifies the nominal power of the lamp. It is used to calculate the
energy consumption.
Some DALI ballasts can report their nominal power. In this case the configuration property
should be set to 0 (AUTO).

nciEmTestDelay

Type UCPTtestDelay (SNVT_time_sec)

Valid Range 0..6553.4 sec
Resolution: 0.1 sec
Default Value 0
Description This configuration property is used for the emergency light test which is started by the network
variable input nviEmergTest. It defines the time after which the dim level of the emergency
lamps is compared with the reference value nciEmTestValue.

nciEmTestValue

Type UCPTtestValue (SNVT_lev_cont)

Valid Range 0..100%
Resolution: 0.5
Default Value 0
Description This configuration property is used for the emergency light test which is started by the network
variable input nviEmergTest. It defines the reference value to which the dim level of the
emergency lamps will be compared.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 115 LOYTEC

nciBurnInTime

Type UCPTburnInTime (SNVT_time_hour)

Valid Range 0..65,535 h
Default Value 100 h
Description This configuration defines the burn-in time for new lamp. The burn-in mode is started via the
network variable input nviCommand.

nciDaliCfg

Type UCPTdaliCfg
Valid Range -
Default Value -
Description This configuration property contains the device type specific DALI-Registers. It is only
available if the device type of a device is known, either because it was assigned or because the
device type was set in the DALI Installation tab.

8.1.2 Light Sensor Object #1010

The L-DALI provides 16 light sensor objects for each DALI channel. A light sensor object
makes the measured lux level of a DALI light sensor available on the CEA-709 network.

Light Sensor #1010

nvoLuxLevel
SNVT_lux

nciLocation
nciFieldCalibr
nciGain
nciMinSendTime
nciMaxSendTime
nciMinDelta

Figure 93: Light Sensor Object

This object type is enabled in the default interface. It can be disabled (together with the
Occupancy Sensor objects).

8.1.2.1 Sensor Calibration

To provide a reliable measurement the light sensor needs to be calibrated. The calibration is
best performed with the LINX Configurator software (see LINX Configurator User Manual
[2]) or using the Web Interface (see LOYTEC Device User Manual [1]).

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 116 LOYTEC

8.1.2.2 Output Network Variables

nvoLuxLevel

Type SNVT_lux
Valid Range 0..65,335 lux
Default Value 0
Description This network variable provides the lux level measured by the light sensor.
If no corresponding light sensor is present on the DALI network the value is 0.

Additional Network Variables (not available in standard interface, activation in project settings required):

nvoTemperature

Type SNVT_temp_p
Valid Range -273.17°C...327.66°C
Resolution: 0.01°C
Default Value -
Description This network variable provides the temperature measured by the sensor.
If no corresponding sensor is present on the DALI network the value is invalid.

nvoHumidity

Type SNVT_lev_percent
Valid Range -163.840..163.830
Resolution: 0.005
Default Value -
Description This network variable provides the humidity measured by the sensor.
If no corresponding sensor is present on the DALI network the value is invalid

8.1.2.3 Configuration Properties

All configuration properties listed in this section are implemented as Configuration
Parameters using configuration files (CPT, CPV, and CPC files). File access is provided via
LONMARK FTP.

nciLocation

Type SCPTLocation (SNVT_str_asc)

Valid Range 31 ASCII characters
Default Value Sensor X
Description This configuration property can be used to specify the name of the light sensor.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 117 LOYTEC

nciFieldCalibr

Type UCPTfieldCalibArray
Valid Range .index: 0..6
.value: 0..65,535 lux
Default Value 0/0
Description This configuration property is used to calibrate the light sensor. To counter any non-linearity
the sensor can be calibrated under up to seven different illumination levels (table with index 0-
6).
The .index field specifies the index into the gain table (nciGain) for different illumination
levels.
The .value field is used to specify the lux value measured with an external luxmeter. It is used
together with the lux value reported by the sensor to compute the corresponding entry in the
gain table.
When reading the value from the device (CP upload) the value 0/0 will be returned. Writing this
value will be ignored. This protects the calibration values from accidently being overwritten
during (re-)commissioning.

nciGain

Type UCPTgainArray
Valid Range .gain_mul[7]: 0..65,535 lux
.gain_div[7]: 0..65,535 lux
Default Value All 0/0.
Description This configuration property is used to store the calibration data.
.gain_mul[i] contains the lux value measured by a luxmeter.
.gain_div[i] contains the lux value measured by the light sensor.
Default values 0/0 are ignored.

nciMinSendTime

Type SCPTminSendTime (SNVT_time_sec)

Valid Range 0..6553.4 sec
Resolution: 0.1 sec
Default Value 1.0 sec
Description Minimum time between updates of the nvoLuxLevel output.

nciMaxSendTime

Type SCPTmaxSendTime (SNVT_time_sec)

Valid Range 0..6553.4 sec
Resolution: 0.1 sec
Default Value 60.0 sec
Description Maximum time between updates of the nvoLuxLevel output (heartbeat functionality).

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 118 LOYTEC

nciMinDelta

Type SCPTminDeltaLevel (SNVT_lev_cont)

Valid Range 0..100%
Resolution: 0.5
Default Value 2.5%
Description This configuration property specifies the amount by which the lux level must change before
nvoLuxLevel is updated.

8.1.3 Occupancy Sensor Object #1060

The L-DALI provides 16 occupancy sensor objects for each DALI channel. The occupancy
sensor object makes the state of a DALI occupancy sensor available on the CEA-709
network.

Occupancy Sensor #1060

nvoOccup
SNVT_occupancy

nciHeartBeat
nciDebounce
nciUnoccupValue
nciOccupValue
nciUnoccupDly

Figure 94: Occupancy Sensor Object.

This object type is enabled in the default interface. It can be disabled (together with the Light
Sensor objects).

8.1.3.1 Timing Description

The timing diagram shown in Figure 95 defines the different timers used by the occupancy
sensor object.

Figure 95: Timing of occupancy detection.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 119 LOYTEC

8.1.3.2 Output Network Variables

nvoOccup

Type SNVT_occupancy
Valid Range OC_NUL (-1): Invalid Value
OC_OCCUPIED (0): Area is occupied
OC_UNOCCUPIED (1): Area is unoccupied
OC_BYPASS (2): Area is temporarily occupied for the bypass period
OC_STANDBY (3): Area is temporarily unoccupied
Default Value OC_NUL
Description This network variable provides the occupancy state measured by the occupancy sensor.
If no corresponding occupancy sensor is present on the DALI network the value is OC_NUL.

8.1.3.3 Configuration Properties

All configuration properties listed in this section are implemented as Configuration
Parameters using configuration files (CPT, CPV, and CPC files). File access is provided via
LONMARK FTP.

nciHeartBeat

Type SCPTheartbeat (SNVT_time_sec)

Valid Range 0..6553.4 sec
Resolution: 0.1 sec
Default Value 120.0 sec
Description Maximum period of time that expires before the object automatically transmits the present
value of the nvoOccup output NV.

nciDebounce

Type SCPTdebounce (SNVT_time_sec)

Valid Range 0..6553.4 sec
Resolution: 0.1 sec
Default Value 0 sec
Description Debouncing time to generate the detection envelope for occupancy detection and the
OCCUPIED and NON OCCUPIED message.

nciUnoccupValue

Type UCPTunoccupiedValue (SNVT_occupancy)

Valid Range OC_NUL (-1): Invalid Value
OC_OCCUPIED (0): Area is occupied
OC_UNOCCUPIED (1): Area is unoccupied
OC_BYPASS (2): Area is temporarily occupied for the bypass period
OC_STANDBY (3): Area is temporarily unoccupied
Default Value OC_UNOCCUPIED
Description This configuration property defines what value is transmitted via nvoOccup when the sensor
detects that the room is unoccupied.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 120 LOYTEC

nciOccupValue

Type UCPToccupiedValue (SNVT_occupancy)

Valid Range OC_NUL (-1): Invalid Value
OC_OCCUPIED (0): Area is occupied
OC_UNOCCUPIED (1): Area is unoccupied
OC_BYPASS (2): Area is temporarily occupied for the bypass period
OC_STANDBY (3): Area is temporarily unoccupied
Default Value OC_ OCCUPIED
Description This configuration property defines what value is transmitted via nvoOccup when the sensor
detects that the room is occupied.

nciUnoccupDly

Type UCPTunoccupDly (SNVT_time_sec)

Valid Range 0..6553.4 sec
Resolution: 0.1 sec
0s means disabled (no delay)
Default Value 0 sec
Description This configuration property specifies the delay after which nvoOccup adopts the unoccupied
value. The timer is started when the occupancy sensor detects that the room is unoccupied

nciPirSen

Type SNVT_lev_cont
Valid Range 0%-100%
Default Value 100%
Description PIR-sensitivity (0% disables detection)

nciAcousticSen

Type SNVT_lev_cont
Valid Range 0%-100%
Default Value 0%
Description Acoustic sensitivity (0% disables detection)

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 121 LOYTEC

8.1.4 Constant Light Controller Object #3050

The L-DALI provides 16 constant light controller objects with built in occupancy controller
functionality for each DALI channel.

Constant Light Controller

#3050

nviLuxLevel nvoLampValue
SNVT_lux SNVT_switch

nviCLSetting nvoLamp2Value
SNVT_setting SNVT_switch

nviOccup nvoCLAutoMode
SNVT_occupancy SNVT_switch

nviCLOverride
SNVT_switch

nciCLMode nciHoldTime
nciLuxSetpoint nciPrimeVal
nciLocation nciUnoccupiedLevel
nciLuxUpperLimit nciIgnoreTime
nciLamp2Offset nciMinSendTime
nciLamp2Limit nciMaxSendTime
nciStep nciMaxRcvTime
nciOnHysteresis nciArtificialLight
nciOffHysteresis nciGain
nciCLOnDelay nciSblndHyst
nciCLOffDelay nciDimCurve

Figure 96: Constant Light Controller Object

This object type is enabled in the default interface. It can be disabled.

8.1.4.1 Interaction with other LONMARK Objects

To minimize the number of bindings that have to be created the constant light controller uses
default connections to the local light sensor, occupancy sensor, and group objects in case no
“real” bindings are done. This function is referred to as Automatic Internal Bindings.
Figure 97 shows these default connections of the constant light controller object. Per default
the constant light controller with index X controls the group object with index X. The current
lux level is received from the light sensor object with index X and the occupancy state is
received from the occupancy sensor X. The default connections can be changed by creating
bindings with the network management tool. A detailed description under which conditions
the default connections apply is given in Table 7.

Light Sensor X
Constant Light Controller X

nvoLuxLevel nviLuxLevel
SNVT_lux SNVT_lux Group Object X

nvoLampValue nviGPValue
SNVT_switch SNVT_switch

Occupancy Sensor X

nvoOccup nviOccup
SNVT_occupied SNVT_occupied

Figure 97: Default Connections to other LONMARK Objects

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 122 LOYTEC

Per default automatic bindings are disabled. They can be enabled using the project settings
in the LINX Configurator software (see LINX Configurator User Manual [2]) or the Web-
Interface (see Section 8.4.1).

Default Connection Condition

Lux Level The default connection applies if the following network variables
are not bound:
 nviLuxLevel (Constant Light Controller X)
 nviOccup (Constant Light Controller X)
Occupancy State The default connection applies if the following network variables
are not bound:
 nviLuxLevel (Constant Light Controller X)
 nviOccup (Constant Light Controller X)
Lamp Value The default connection applies if the following network variables
are not bound:
 nvoLampValue (Constant Light Controller X)
 nviGPValue (Group Object X)
 nviGPSetting (Group Object X)
 nviGPOverride (Group Object X)
 nviGPScene (Group Object X)
Table 7: Default Connections for Automatic Internal Bindings.

When using local DALI sensors and/or DALI groups internal manual CLC bindings can be
configured in the DALI Parameters tab of the LINX Configurator software (see LINX
Configurator User Manual [2]) or the Web-Interface (see Section 8.4.1). The Web-Interface
for CLC Bindings can also be used to verify the current status of all bindings (internal and
NVs).

8.1.4.2 Setpoint
The desired setpoint for the illumination level is configured via the configuration property
nciLuxSetpoint. The input network variable nviCLSetting of type SNVT_setting switches the
constant light controller on or off. Furthermore this network variable can be used to
temporarily adjust the setpoint.

8.1.4.3 Operating Modes

The operating mode of the constant light controller is set via the configuration property
nciCLMode. The main modes are:

 REGULATOR: closed loop constant lighting control using an local light sensor as direct
feedback for the illuminance (typ.: indoor sensor in a room)

 CONTROL: open loop lighting control using an global light sensor as set point indicator
for light level for the luminaires (typ.: sensor for outdoor illuminance)

 PRESENCE: no lighting control. This mode works with fixed output levels.

These basic modes may have different behaviors on how automatic lighting control is
switched On/Off and how overrides of automatic dimming is handled. Table 8 shows the
different operating modes and under which conditions they are used:

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 123 LOYTEC

Automatic Dimming based

Automatic Dimming based

Parameter

on Global Lightsensor
on Local Lightsensor

Relinquish Override
Override Automatic
Mode

Occupancy Sensor

Dimming (Button)
Lighting Control:

Lighting Control:
OFF-Event
ON-Event
REGULATOR  -  Occ UnOcc  Man
REGULATOR_NO_OCC  - - Man Man  Man
REGULATOR_AUTO  -  Occ UnOcc  UnOcc
REGULATOR_BEDROOM  -  Occ UnOcc  UnOcc/NotOff
REGULATOR_MANUAL  -  Man UnOcc  Man
REGULATOR_MANUAL_LUX  -  Man Lux  Man
REGULATOR_NO_MANUAL  -  Occ UnOcc - Man
CONTROL -   Occ UnOcc  Man
CONTROL_NO_OCC -  - Man Man  Man
CONTROL_AUTO -   Occ UnOcc  UnOcc
CONTROL_BEDROOM -   Occ UnOcc  UnOcc/NotOff
CONTROL_MANUAL -   Man UnOcc  Man
CONTROL_MANUAL_LUX -   Man Lux  Man
CONTROL_NO_MANUAL -   Occ UnOcc - Man
PRESENCE - -  Occ UnOcc  Man
PRESENCE_AUTO - -  Occ UnOcc  UnOcc
PRESENCE_NO_MANUAL - -  Occ UnOcc - Man
MANUAL_ON_AUTO_OFF - -  Man Occ  Man
AMBIENT O O - Lux Lux  Man
UPDATER O O O - - - -
Table 8: Constant Light Controller Operating Modes

… in use; O … optional; Man … Manually, Occ … Occupied; UnOcc … UnOccupied; UnOcc/NotOff

… UnOccupied if Light is not Off; Lux …at defined LuxLevel

Note: Changing CLC operating mode during runtime is not allowed, after mode setup a reboot is
required to initialize the CLC correctly.

Regulator Mode

The REGULATOR mode has to be selected if the installed light sensor measures the indoor
illuminance of the area of interest and this quantity is directly used as actual value for a closed
loop control. The constant light controller receives the current indoor lux level via the input
network variable nviLuxLevel and adjusts the lamp level (from 0% to 100%) by means of a
fuzzy control algorithm.

When the light is switched on the control algorithm tries to select a lamp value which results
in a lux level close to the desired setpoint, the minimum starting value is defined by
nciPrimeVal. After a minute at this value the control algorithm becomes active and adjusts
the lamp value in increments once every second until the configured setpoint is reached. The
size of increments is adjusted dynamically but will never exceed the percentage value defined
in the configuration property nciStep (Exception: at least one luminaire in the group
controlled by the CLC is in burn-in mode).

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 124 LOYTEC

Note: Setting the nciPrimeVal to invalid, will always result in switching on to the calculated value,
which is effected by the difference between nviLuxLevel and nciLuxSetpoint and nciGain.

The regulator mode is available in different flavors:

 With or without occupancy sensor: If an occupancy sensor is installed and the room
becomes unoccupied, the current light level is saved and the light is dimmed to
unoccupied level (see Section 8.1.4.8). If the room becomes occupied before the light
has reached the unoccupied level, the saved light level is restored.

 With automatic relinquish of manual override: Any manual override will be

automatically relinquished when the room becomes unoccupied. In a special bedroom
mode the automatic relinquish will only take place if the lights are on. If they were
switched off manually, the controller does not return to automatic mode when the area
turns unoccupied.

 With manual activation: In this flavor, the automatic lighting control must be manually
activated (e.g. via a button) and lights will not be switched on automatically when the
room becomes occupied. To give the user some visual feedback lights will be switched
on, even if the light level in the room is above the setpoint, whenever the automatic mode
is activated (either via a data point or via a DALI button). When the room becomes
unoccupied the automatic mode is deactivated (REGULATOR_MANUAL). In the
REGULATOR_MANUAL_LUX flavor, the lighting control is deactivated whenever
lights are switched off (e.g. due to the natural light being above the setpoint).

Control Mode

The CONTROL mode has to be selected if the installed light sensor measures the outdoor
illumination and this quantity shall be used as reference value for an open loop lighting
control. The constant light controller receives the current outdoor lux level via the input
network variable nviLuxLevel and sets the lamp level (from 0% to 100%) accordingly (see
Figure 98).

Figure 98: Control Mode

The configuration property nciStep ensures that the light level does not change abruptly. Per
second the light level is not changed more than the percentage value defined by this
configuration property. When the light is switched on or off, nciStep is not taken into account.

To ensure that the setpoint is reached under all weather conditions, the control curve shown
Figure 98 has to be adjusted by calibrating the constant light controller. The calibration of
the constant light controller is best performed with the LINX Configurator software (DALI
Parameters tab, see LINX Configurator User Manual [2]).

The control mode is available in different flavors:

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 125 LOYTEC

 With or without occupancy sensor: If an occupancy sensor is installed and the room
becomes unoccupied, the current light level is saved and the light is dimmed to
unoccupied level (see Section 8.1.4.8). If the room becomes occupied before the light
has reached the unoccupied level, the saved light level is restored.

 With automatic relinquish of manual override: Any manual override will be

automatically relinquished when the room becomes unoccupied. In a special bedroom
mode the automatic relinquish will only take place if the lights are on. If they were
switched off manually, the controller does not return to automatic mode when the area
turns unoccupied.

 With manual activation: In this flavor, the automatic lighting control must be manually
activated (e.g. via a button) and lights will not be switched on automatically when the
room becomes occupied. To give the user some visual feedback lights will be switched
on, even if the light level in the room is above the setpoint, whenever the automatic mode
is activated (either via a data point or via a DALI button). When the room becomes
unoccupied the automatic mode is deactivated. In the CONTROL_MANUAL_LUX
flavor, the automatic mode is deactivated whenever lights are switched off (e.g. due to
the natural light being above the setpoint).

Presence Mode

In PRESENCE mode the constant light controller shall operate as pure occupancy controller.
In this mode the light is switched to the value nciPrimeVal if the room is occupied and to the
unoccupied level (see Section 8.1.4.8) once the room becomes unoccupied. Different to the
Regulator and Control Mode, the light is switched on/off to a constant output level and is not
dimmed depending on the current lux level.

Optionally, a light sensor can be used to switch on the light only when the ambient light is
below a predefined value (conditional switching). That is, as soon as the network variable
input nviLuxLevel is bound (optional), the light is switched to the value nciPrimeVal only if
the lux level is below nciLuxSetpoint and the room is occupied.

The presence mode is available in different flavors:

 With or without automatic relinquish of override: If automatic relinquish is active

any manual override will be automatically relinquished when the room becomes
unoccupied (PRESENCE_AUTO).

Manual-On/Auto-Off Mode

The MANUAL_ON_AUTO_OFF mode is a variation of the PRESENCE mode. However,

in this mode the constant light controller does not switch on the lights when the room
becomes occupied. Rather, it switches the lights to the unoccupied level
(nciUnoccupiedLevel, see Section 8.1.4.8) when the room becomes unoccupied, using
nciHoldTime similar to PRESENCE mode.

Lights can be switched on (or off) using nviCLOverride or nviCLSetting or via some other
DALI master (e.g. a DALI push-button).

Ambient Mode

The AMBIENT mode is used if effect lighting (e.g. lights in a shop window, facade lighting,
floor lights etc.) has to be switched on or off depending on a measured light level. Lights are
switched to the value nciPrimeVal when the nviLuxLevel is below nciLuxSetpoint and to the
unoccupied level (see Section 8.1.4.8) when nviLuxLevel is higher than nciLuxSetpoint.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 126 LOYTEC

Updater Mode

The UPDATER mode has to be selected when a DALI light/occupancy sensor with constant
light controller functionality is installed on the DALI network. In this mode no light level
computation is performed. The controller simply forwards the parameters to the DALI
constant light controller and retrieves lamp setting from the DALI light sensor.

In general, LOYTEC does not recommend using UPDATER mode. Wherever possible use
REGULATOR or CONTROL mode instead and use DALI sensors only as lux level and
occupancy information source via the corresponding sensor objects. These modes allow
improved influence of the constant light controller’s parameters via the fieldbus side.

8.1.4.4 Prioritized Control

The network variable input nviCLOverride can be used to override the constant light
controller algorithm. Valid (.state=0/1) values received on this inputs are directly passed to
the nvoLampValue output.

Similar an override is possible via the network variable input nviCLSetting when setting the
.function field to SET_OFF or to SET_STATE. When using SET_STATE the value of the
.setting field is directly passed to the nvoLampValue output.

When internal CLC bindings are used to control DALI groups an override can also be
performed using a DALI push-button device controlling the same groups as the constant light
controller (see Section 8.1.4.10) or with a scene recall on those groups.

To return to automatic mode the following options exist:

 Set the .state field of nviCLOverride to -1 (invalid).

 Set the .function field of nviCLSetting to SET_ON.

 Recalling the scene 255 on the lamp actuator object of a group linked to the constant
light controller (see Section 8.1.1.1).

 Using the button function AUTO of a DALI push-button (e.g. LDALI-BM1) with the
destination set to one of the constant light controllers groups (see Section 8.1.4.10).

 When using one of the modes with automatic override relinquish (xxx_AUTO or
xxx_BEDROOM) the constant light controller will return to automatic mode when it
changes its state to unoccupied.

Whether the constant light controller is in automatic mode or in manual/override mode is

reflected by the network variable output nvoCLAutoMode.

8.1.4.5 Controlling Multiple Light Bands

The L-DALI constant light controller allows controlling two light bands (groups). The
primary light band is near the inside of the building, the secondary light band is near the
window front. Depending on the outdoor light intensity the primary light band has to be
brighter than the secondary light band to illuminate the room evenly.

The primary light band is controlled by the output network variable nvoLampValue, the
secondary light band by the output network variable nvoLamp2Value. Further for both light
bands internal bindings to local DALI groups and their corresponding Group Actuator objects
can be configured in the DALI Parameters tab of the LINX Configurator software (see LINX
Configurator User Manual [2]) or the Web-Interface (see Section 8.4.1).

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 127 LOYTEC

The maximum difference between the two light bands can be configured via the configuration
property nciLamp2Offset as shown in Figure 99. The configuration property nciLamp2Limit
defines the light level above which the values of nvoLampValue and nvoLamp2Value are
identical.

Figure 99: Secondary Light Band

8.1.4.6 Occupancy Detection

The constant light controller receives the occupancy information via the network variable
input nviOccup.

If a hold time is configured (nciHoldTime > 0) occupancy evaluation is event based. That is,
the constant light controller changes to the occupied state when the value OC_OCCUPIED
is received. When the OC_UNOCCUPIED value is received the constant light controller
remains in the occupied state until the hold time configured in nciHoldTime has expired and
then changes to the unoccupied state. Further, if no OC_OCCUPIED is received for the time
configured in nciHoldTime the constant light controller changes to the unoccupied state, too.

This behavior typically requires the occupancy sensor to send OC_OCCUPIED with a
regular interval (heartbeat). It allows using multiple occupancy sensors with the same
constant light controller (fan-in).

If no hold time is configured (nciHoldTime = 0) occupancy evaluation is state based. That is,
the constant light controller changes to the occupied state when the value OC_OCCUPIED
is received and to unoccupied state when the value OC_UNOCCUPIED is received.

This behavior is typically required if the occupancy information is only propagated if the
state changes (no heartbeat functionality). It does not allow using multiple occupancy (fan-
in) sensors without additional logic (e.g. an Occupancy Controller).

After the light has been switched off any updates on the nviOccup input are ignored for the
time specified in nciIgnoreTime.

The current occupancy state calculated by the constant light controller is available via the
network variable nvoCLOccupancyState.

Note: The network variable nvoCLOccupancyState is not part of the standard interface. It must be
enabled in the CEA-709 project settings (see LINX Configurator User Manual [2]).

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 128 LOYTEC

8.1.4.7 Timing Parameters

To avoid that the constant light controller switches the light on and off repeatedly if the
measured lux value is near the setpoint, a hysteresis can be configured. The configuration
parameter nciOffHysteresis defines the hysteresis for switching off the lamp and the
configuration property nciOnHysteresis defines the hysteresis for switching on the lamp. In
addition a delay can be configured before the lamp is switched on (nciClOnDelay) or off
(nciClOffDelay). Figure 100 illustrates these configuration parameters.

Figure 100: Constant Light Controller Timing

Clarifications on behavior in REGULATOR and CONTROL mode if nciOnHysteresis and

nciOffHysteresis are set to invalid:

If nciOnHysteresis is “invalid” and (nviLuxLevel>nciLuxSetpoint): light is always switched-

on (this means that light is switched on on occupancy anyway, regardless of the current light
level).

If nciOffHysteresis is “invalid” and (nviLuxLevel>nciLuxSetpoint): light is not switched-off,

this allows to dim down without switching off.

8.1.4.8 Unoccupied Level

If the constant light controller enters unoccupied state (see Section 8.1.4.6) nciUnoccupLev
and nciCLOffDelay determine the behavior as shown in Table 9.

nciUnoccupLev nciCLOffDelay Behavior

0 0 Dim down and switch off lights

Dim down lights to value defined in
>0 0
nciUnoccupLev.
Dim down to 0.5% and switch off lights after
0 >0
nciCLOffDelay.
Dim down lights to value defined in
>0 >0 nciUnoccupLev and switch off lights after
nciCLOffDelay.
Table 9: Behavior of constant light controller when entering unoccupied state.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 129 LOYTEC

In addition the Unoccupied Level is representing the minimum dim level (different from
OFF) that can be forced by the CLC. If nviLuxLevel>nciLuxSetpoint the CLC will dim down
to nciUnoccupLev before switching off.

8.1.4.9 Neighboring Controllers

In open office space applications, typically the different zones of the space are controlled by
independent constant light controller instances. This ensures, that only the zones, which are
still occupied are lit. To reduce the contrast between lit and unlit zones in case only a single
zone is occupied amidst many unoccupied zones and to increase user comfort in such a
scenario, unoccupied zones adjacent to occupied zones shall be lit up at a configurable low
light level (nciUnoccupLev).

Figure 101: Different zones of an open office space.

Figure 101 shows an example of an open office space with nine zones controlled by
independent constant light controller instances. In this example only zone 2 is occupied and
fully lit. Zones 1 and 3 to 6 are configured as neighbors of zone 1 and therefore lit at a low
dim level, while the remaining zones are switched off.

For this purpose each controller needs to know its neighboring controllers. A controller
notifies the CLCs configured as neighbors whenever it switches its lights on. Now, the
neighboring controllers, which are unoccupied, can switch to nciUnoccupLev. Once the CLC
switches lights off (e.g. because it becomes unoccupied) it again notifies the configured
neighbors, which in turn can switch off as well.

For each CLC instance up to 16 neighbors can be configured. The neighboring controllers
can be configured either via the CLC Bindings page in the web UI (see Section 8.4.1) or via

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 130 LOYTEC

the DALI parameters tab in the LINX Configurator (see LINX Configurator User Manual
[2])

8.1.4.10 Interaction with Buttons Functions

When internal CLC bindings are used to control DALI groups an override can also be
performed using a button function (see Section 8.4.3) or some other DALI master (like push-
buttons etc.) controlling the same groups as the constant light controller.

Whenever the light level of one of the ballasts controlled by the constant light controller is
changed by operating a button the constant light controller will detect this and stop
controlling the group and enter override mode. Furthermore, the nviCLOverride and the
nvoLampValue and nvoLamp2Value will be updated with the new feedback value of the
group controlled by the button. See Section 8.1.4.4 on how to relinquish the override and
return to automatic operation.

To disable the manual override via buttons and other DALI masters select the constant light
controller operating mode REGULATOR_NO_MANUAL, CONTROLER_NO_MANUAL
or PRESENCE_NO_MANUAL, respectively. In this case the constant light controller
application will continue control the group and enforce its output value.

See Section 8.4.3 on how to configure button functions via the web interface and the LINX
Configurator User Manual [2] how to configure them via the DALI Parameters tab of the
LINX Configurator software.

8.1.4.11 Interacting with Sunblind Controller

One or more local sunblind controller objects can be linked to a constant light controller
object. Typically sunblind controllers are linked to the constant light controller of the same
room. If they change the sunblind’s position or rotation the sunblind controllers inform the
linked constant light controller. The constant light controller uses this information to “ignore”
temporary changes of the rooms illumination levels due to the moving sunblinds and, thus,
can avoid to switch on lights unnecessarily.

8.1.4.12 Museum Mode

The museum mode is activated by setting an upper limit for the lux level in the room using
the configuration property nciLuxUpperLimit. In museum mode the constant light controller
cooperates with the linked sunblind controllers to ensure that the measured lux level stays
between nciLuxSetpoint and nciLuxUpperLimit. Therefore at least one sunblind controller
has to be linked to the constant light controller.

If the light intensity in the room needs to be increased to reach the lower setpoint
(nciLuxSetpoint) there are two possibilities: Increase the lamp level or open the sunblinds.
The configuration property nciSblndHyst defines how much the lamp level is increased or
decreased before opening or closing the sunblinds respectively.

8.1.4.13 Set-Up Checklist

To get a working constant light controller object at least the following configuration steps
have to be performed:

1. Bindings: If the constant light controller is not operated with its default auto-bindings
(see Section 8.1.4.1) at least the following NVs have to be bound:

 nviOccup

 nviLuxLevel

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 131 LOYTEC

 nvoLampValue

Alternatively internal manual bindings can be configured in the DALI Parameters

tab of the LINX Configurator software (see LINX Configurator User Manual [2])
or the Web-Interface (see Section 8.4.1). The Web-Interface for CLC Bindings can
be used to verify the current status of all bindings (internal and NVs).

2. Mode: The operating mode of the constant light controller has to be configured using
nciCLMode (see Section 8.1.4.3).

3. Disable override: Ensure no override is active via the NV nviCLOverride (see Section
8.1.4.4).

8.1.4.14 Input Network Variables

nviLuxLevel

Type SNVT_lux
Valid Range 0..65,335 lux
Default Value -
Description This network variable input provides the illumination level measured by the light sensor.
If the variable is not bound, the nvoLuxLevel output of the light sensor object with the same
instance number as the constant light controller is used.

nviCLSetting

Type SNVT_setting
Valid Range .function:
SET_OFF (0): Override to off.
SET_ON (1) Enable/Relinquish override.
SET_DOWN (2) Decrease setpoint by specified value.
SET_UP (3) Increase setpoint by specified value.
SET_STATE (5) Override to specified value.
.setting: 0..100, resolution 0.5
.rotation: not used
Default Value
Description This network variable input is used to enable (SET_ON) or disable (SET_OFF) the controller,
to adjust the set point of the constant light controller (SET_UP and SET_DOWN) or to
manually update the nvoLampValue and the nvoLamp2Value (SET_STATE).

Function Description

SET_OFF Deactivates the constant light controller and switches off the lamp
value outputs nvoLampValue and nvoLamp2Value.
SET_ON Activates the constant light controller. Relinquishes any override.
SET_UP, The set point of the controller can be increased (SET_UP) or
SET_DOWN decreased (SET_DOWN) temporarily. The .setting value is used to
define the relative size of the increment/decrement. The changes
made to the set point are not stored permanently into the memory.
The next SET_ON command restored the original set point value
(nciLuxSetpoint).
SET_STATE Deactivates the constant light controller and sets nvoLampValue and
nvoLamp2Value to the value specified in the .setting field (see
Section 8.1.4.4). nciLamp2Offset and nciLamp2Limit are not
considered.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 132 LOYTEC

nviOccup

Type SNVT_occupancy
Valid Range OC_NUL (-1): Invalid Value
OC_OCCUPIED (0): Area is occupied
OC_UNOCCUPIED (1): Area is unoccupied
OC_BYPASS (2): Ignored
OC_STANDBY (3): Ignored
Default Value OC_NUL
Description This network variable input provides the occupancy state measured by the occupancy sensor.
If the variable is not bound, the nvoOccup output of the occupancy sensor object with the same
instance number as the constant light controller is used.

nviCLOverride

Type SNVT_switch
Valid Range .value: 0..100%
.state: 0, 1, -1
On: .state=1 and .value>0
Off: .state=0 and .value=0
Invalid: .state=-1
Default Value
Description This network variable input can be used to manually override the constant light controller (see
Section 8.1.4.4).
If a valid value is received (.state = 0/1), the constant light controller is disabled and
nvoLampValue and nvoLamp2Value are set to the specified value. nciLamp2Offset and
nciLamp2Limit are not considered.
If an invalid value (.state –1) is received, the constant light controller returns to automatic
mode.
When performing an override via a DALI button the network variable will reflect the resulting
feedback value of the group controlled by the DALI button (see Section 8.1.4.10).

8.1.4.15 Output Network Variables

nvoLampValue

Type SNVT_switch
Valid Range .value: 0..100%
.state: 0, 1, -1
On: .state=1 and .value>0
Off: .state=0 and .value=0
Invalid: .state=-1
Default Value
Description This network variable outputs provides the state (ON or OFF), and the percentage level of
intensity for a lamp actuator.
If the variable is not bound, the value is transmitted to the nviGPValue input of the DALI group
object with the same instance number as the constant light controller.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 133 LOYTEC

nvoLamp2Value

Type SNVT_switch
Valid Range .value: 0..100%
.state: 0, 1, -1
On: .state=1 and .value>0
Off: .state=0 and .value=0
Invalid: .state=-1
Default Value
Description This network variable provides the state (ON or OFF), and the percentage level of intensity for
the secondary light band. The value for the secondary light band (nvoLamp2Value) is set
according to the configuration properties nciLamp2Offset and nciLamp2Limit.

nvoCLAutoMode

Type SNVT_switch
Valid Range On: .state=1 and .value=100
Off: .state=0 and .value=0
Default Value
Description This network variable output provides the current state of the constant light controller.
Off: The constant light controller is disabled or overridden by nviCLOverride or the DALI
Mode button/LCD UI.
On: The constant light controller is enabled and not overridden by nviCLOverride or the DALI
Mode button/LCD UI.

nvoCLOccupState

Type SNVT_occupancy
Valid Range OC_NUL (-1): Invalid Value
OC_OCCUPIED (0): Area is occupied
OC_UNOCCUPIED (1): Area is unoccupied
Default Value
Description This network variable output provides the current occupancy state calculated by the constant
light controller (see Section 8.1.4.6).
Note: This network variable is not part of the standard interface. It must be enabled in the
CEA-709 project settings (see LINX Configurator User Manual [2]).

8.1.4.16 Configuration Properties

All configuration properties listed in this section are implemented as Configuration
Parameters using configuration files (CPT, CPV, and CPC files). File access is provided via
LONMARK FTP.

nciLocation

Type SCPTLocation (SNVT_str_asc)

Valid Range 31 ASCII characters
Default Value Light Controller X
Description This configuration property can be used to specify the name of the constant light controller

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 134 LOYTEC

nciLuxSetpoint

Type SCPTluxSetpoint (SNVT_lux)

Valid Range 0..65,335 lux
Default Value 500 lux
Description Defines the illumination level setpoint.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 135 LOYTEC

nciCLMode

Type UCPTclMode (byte)

Valid Range CL_MODE_DISABLED
CL_MODE_REGULATOR
CL_MODE_CONTROL
CL_MODE_UPDATER
CL_MODE_PRESENCE
CL_MODE_REGULATOR_NO_OCC
CL_MODE_CONTROL_NO_OCC
CL_MANUAL_ON_AUTO_OFF
CL_MODE_REGULATOR_AUTO
CL_MODE_CONTROL_AUTO
CL_MODE_PRESENCE_AUTO
CL_MODE_AMBIENT
CL_MODE_REGULATOR_BEDROOM
CL_MODE_PRESENCE_BEDROOM
CL_MODE_REGULATOR_MANUAL
CL_MODE_REGULATOR_MANUAL_LUX
CL_MODE_CONTROL_MANUAL
CL_MODE_CONTROL_MANUAL_LUX
Default Value CL_MODE_DISABLED

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 136 LOYTEC

Description This configuration property defines the operating mode of the constant light controller.

Operating Mode Description

REGULATOR A light sensor that measures the indoor illumination is

installed.
An occupancy sensor is installed.
REGULATOR_NO_OCC A light sensor that measures the indoor illumination is
installed.
No occupancy sensor is installed.
REGULATOR_AUTO Similar to REGULATOR, but a manual override is
automatically relinquished when the room becomes
unoccupied.
REGULATOR_BEDROOM Similar to REGULATOR_AUTO, but a manual override
is not automatically relinquished when the lights are
overridden to off.
REGULATOR_MANUAL Similar to REGULATOR, but the automatic mode must
be manually activated (e.g. via a button, not triggered by
occupancy). Lights are switched off and automatic mode
is disabled when turning unoccupied.
REGULATOR_MANUAL_LU Similar to REGULATOR_MANUAL, but the automatic
X mode is disabled, whenever lights are switched off, either
due to becoming unoccupied or due to enough natural
light being available.
CONTROL A light sensor that measures the outdoor illumination is
installed.
An occupancy sensor is installed.
CONTROL_NO_OCC A light sensor that measures the outdoor illumination is
installed.
No occupancy sensor is installed.
CONTROL_AUTO Similar to CONTROL, but a manual override is
automatically relinquished when the room becomes
unoccupied.
CONTROL_BEDROOM Similar to CONTROL_AUTO, but a manual override is
not automatically relinquished when the lights are
overridden to off.
CONTROL_MANUAL Similar to CONTROL, but the automatic mode must be
manually activated (e.g. via a button, not triggered by
occupancy). Lights are switched off and automatic mode
is disabled when turning unoccupied.
CONTROL_MANUAL_LUX Similar to CONTROL_MANUAL, but the automatic
mode is disabled, whenever lights are switched off, either
due to becoming unoccupied or due to enough natural
light being available.
MANUAL_ON_AUTO_OFF Lights are switched on manually, but shall be switched
off when the room becomes unoccupied.
PRESENCE Based on occupancy the lights shall be switched on and
off.
PRESENCE_AUTO Similar to PRESENCE, but a manual override is
automatically relinquished when the room becomes
unoccupied.
AMBIENT Effect or ambient lighting is switched on based on the
measured illumination level (switching on ambient lights
does not influence measured illumination level).
UPDATER A DALI sensor with constant light controller
functionality shall be mapped to the CEA-709 network.
Only the setpoint shall be adjustable via the CEA-709
interface.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 137 LOYTEC

nciLamp2Offset

Type UCPTlampOffset (SNVT_lev_cont)

Valid Range 0..100%
Resolution: 0.5
Default Value 30%
Description This configuration property defines the maximum offset between the output for the primary
light band (nvoLampValue) and the secondary light band (nvoLamp2Value).

nciLamp2Limit

Type UCPTlampLimit (SNVT_lev_cont)

Valid Range 0..100%
Resolution: 0.5
Default Value 70%
Description This configuration property specifies the dim level at which the output for the secondary light
band (nvoLamp2Value) becomes identical to the primary output (nvoLampValue).

nciStep

Type SCPTstep (SNVT_lev_cont)

Valid Range 0..100%
Resolution: 0.5
Default Value 3%
Description This configuration property defines the maximum step size that the constant light controller will
take to approach the target illumination. Per second the light level is not changed more than the
percentage value defined by this configuration property.

nciOnHysteresis

Type UCPTonHysteresis (SNVT_lev_cont)

Valid Range 0..100%
Resolution: 0.5
Default Value 5%
Description This configuration property defines the hysteresis for the input lux level as percentage of the
setpoint for switching ON the lamp.

nciOffHysteresis

Type UCPToffHysteresis (SNVT_lev_cont)

Valid Range 0..100%
Resolution: 0.5
Default Value 5%
Description This configuration property defines the hysteresis for the input lux level as percentage of the
setpoint for switching OFF the lamp.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 138 LOYTEC

nciMinSendTime

Type SCPTminSendTime (SNVT_time_sec)

Valid Range 0..6553.4 sec
Resolution: 0.1 sec
Default Value 0.0 sec (disabled)
Description Minimum time between updates of the nvoLampValue and nvoLamp2Value outputs.

nciMaxSendTime

Type SCPTmaxSendTime (SNVT_time_sec)

Valid Range 0..6553.4 sec
Resolution: 0.1 sec
Default Value 300.0 sec
Description Maximum time between updates of the nvoLampValue and nvoLamp2Value outputs (heartbeat
functionality).

nciMaxRcvTime

Type SCPTmaxRcvTime (SNVT_time_sec)

Valid Range 0..6553.4 sec
Resolution: 0.1 sec
Default Value 0.0 sec (disabled)
Description This configuration property specifies the expected update interval of the nviLuxLevel network
variable input. If the time elapses without an update of the variable an alarm is generated.
If no update is received on nviLuxLevel for 10 intervals the nvoLampValue and nvoLamp2Value
network variable outputs are set to 50%.

nciCLOffDelay

Type UCPTclOffDelay (SNVT_time_sec)

Valid Range 0..6553.4 sec
Resolution: 0.1 sec
Default Value 300.0 sec
Description This configuration property specifies the delay after which the lamp value output
(nvoLampValue/ nvoLamp2Value) is switched off.

nciCLOnDelay

Type UCPTclOnDelay (SNVT_time_sec)

Valid Range 0..6553.4 sec
Resolution: 0.1 sec
Default Value 0.0 sec
Description This configuration property specifies the delay after which the lamp value output
(nvoLampValue/ nvoLamp2Value) is switched on.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 139 LOYTEC

nciArtificialLight

Type UCPTartificialLight (SNVT_muldiv)

Valid Range .multipier: 0..65,335 lux
.divisor: 0..65,335 lux
Default Value 0/0
Description This configuration property is used
 to determine the ratio between a dim value and the amount of artificial light (in lux)
corresponding to this dim value and
 if the light sensor has a different sensibility for artificial light then for natural light.
The default value of 0/0 results in an auto-calibration. Once auto-calibration has been
performed the resulting artificial light factor is stored in the configuration property. Until the
process is completed a default value is used.
To manually determine the artificial light factor do the following:
 Darken the room and set the lamp to the maximum value. Measure the lux value on
the reference area with a luxmeter and with the light sensor. Then switch off the
lamps and measure the lux value again with a luxmeter and the light sensor.
 Enter the difference of the lux measured by the luxmeter in .multiplier and the lux
value difference measured by the light sensor in .divisor.
The value can be reset by setting the value to its invalid value (all 0xFF).

nciGain

Type SCPTgain (SNVT_muldiv)

Valid Range .multipier: 0..65,335 lux
.divisor: 0..65,335 lux
Default Value 1/1
Description This configuration property is used to calibrate the light sensor. The configuration property is
only needed if the light sensor does not have its own way of calibration. To calibrate the light
sensor enter the lux value measured by a luxmeter in .multiplier and the lux value of the light
sensor in .divisor. The lux level should be near the setpoint for best results.
The value can be reset by setting the value to its invalid value (all 0xFF).

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 140 LOYTEC

nciDimCurve

Type UCPTdimmingCurve
Valid Range .used: 0, 1
.level_0: 0..100%, Resolution: 0.5
.level_1: 0..100%, Resolution: 0.5
.level_2: 0..100%, Resolution: 0.5
.level_3: 0..100%, Resolution: 0.5
.level_4: 0..100%, Resolution: 0.5
.level_5: 0..100%, Resolution: 0.5
.level_6: 0..100%, Resolution: 0.5
.level_7: 0..100%, Resolution: 0.5
.level_8: 0..100%, Resolution: 0.5
.level_9: 0..100%, Resolution: 0.5
.level_10: 0..100%, Resolution: 0.5
Default Value .used = 0
.level_0 = 1%
.level_1 = 1.5%
.level_2 = 2.5%
.level_3 = 4%
.level_4 = 6.5%
.level_5 = 10%
.level_6 = 16%
.level_7 = 25%
.level_8 = 40%
.level_9 = 64%
.level_10 = 100%
Description This configuration property permits to adjust the characteristic of the lamp for the human
vision.
If DALI lights are used the default values can be kept.

nciHoldTime

Type SCPTholdTime (SNVT_time_sec)

Valid Range 0..6553.4 sec
Resolution: 0.1 sec
Default Value 600.0 sec
Description This configuration property defines the hold time for the occupied state. When the
OC_OCCUPIED value is received via nviOccup the constant light controller remains in the
occupied state until the hold time has expired and then changes to the unoccupied state. If set to
0 the unoccupied state is entered when OC_UNOCCUPIED is received.
Note: Setting the nciHoldTime to 0 does not work when using the Echelon LonMaker
Browser. As a workaround the LINX Configurator can be used to set the parameters. If
used in Plug-In mode parameter values will be synced to the LNS database when
downloaded to the L-DALI.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 141 LOYTEC

nciPrimeVal

Type SNVT_switch
Valid Range .value: 0..100%
.state: 0, 1, -1
On: .state=1 and .value>0
Off: .state=0 and .value=0
Default Value 100%
Description If the constant light controller operates in PRESENCE or AMBIENT mode, this configuration
property defines the value adopted by nvoLampValue when the room is occupied.

nciUnoccupiedLevel

Type UCPTunoccupiedLevel (SNVT_lev_cont)

Valid Range 0..100%
Resolution: 0.5
Default Value 0.0%
Description This configuration property defines the value adopted by nvoLampValue when the constant
light controller enters unoccupied state (see Section 8.1.4.8).

nciIgnoreTime

Type UCPTignoreTime (SNVT_time_sec)

Valid Range 0..6553.4 sec
Resolution: 0.1 sec
Default Value 0.0 sec
Description This configuration property defines the time during which updates on nviOccup are ignored
after that lamp was switched off.

nciLuxUpperLimit

Type UCPTluxUpperLimit (SNVT_lux)

Valid Range 0..65,335 lux
Default Value 0 lux
Description The museum mode is activated by setting this configuration property to a value greater than 0.
In museum mode the constant light controller cooperates with the sunblind controller to ensure
that the measured lux level stays between nciLuxSetpoint and nciLuxUpperLimit. Therefore a
sunblind controller has to be linked to the constant light controller by writing the constant light
controller index to the configuration property nciClNumber of the sunblind controller.

nciSblndHyst

Type UCPTsunblindHysteresis (SNVT_lev_cont)

Valid Range 0..100%
Resolution: 0.5
Default Value 20%
Description This configuration property applies only for museum mode. It defines by which percentage the
lamp dim value is increased before letting more sunlight in by opening the sunblinds.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 142 LOYTEC

8.1.5 Sunblind Controller Object #6111

The L-DALI provides 16 sunblind controller objects for each DALI channel.

Sunblind Controller #6111 nviOverride

SNVT_switch
nviLocalControl nvoSblndSetting nviSetOverride
SNVT_setting SNVT_setting SNVT_setting
nviGroupControl nvoSblndState nviMaintenance
SNVT_setting SNVT_sblnd_state SNVT_switch
nviGlobalControl nvoSBMode nviSetMaint
SNVT_setting SNVT_state SNVT_setting
nviSBSettingFB nvoSBStateFB nviOccSensor
SNVT_setting SNVT_sblnd_state SNVT_occupancy
nviSBStateFB nviOccManCmd
SNVT_sblnd_state SNVT_occupancy
nviIndoorTemp nviGlare
SNVT_temp_p SNVT_switch
nviTerminalLoad
SNVT_lev_percent nciMaxSendTime nciMaxRcvTime
nciWinConFailPos nciBypassTime
nviIllumLev nciOverrideValue nciMaintValue
SNVT_lux nciDriveDelay nciSLHighLim
nviScene nciSLLowLim nciMinAzimuth
SNVT_scene nciMaxAzimuth nciBladeWidth
nciBladeDist nciRotOffset
nviWindowContact
nciMaxRotation nciMinRotation
SNVT_switch
nciHoldTime nciDeltaTemp
nciDeltaLevel nciSblndEvtPrio
nciCLNumber

Figure 102: Sunblind Controller Object

This object type is enabled in the default interface. It can be disabled.

8.1.5.1 Glare Protection

The sunblind controller can automatically control the connected sunblind actuator to provide
glare protection. To do so the sunblind controller needs to know the geometry of the sunblind
blades.

Figure 103: Sunblind Geometry

The blade distance (D) has to be configured in the configuration property nciBladeDist and
the blade width in nciBladeWidth. The minimum and maximum rotation angle (α) is
configured in nciMinRot and nciMaxRot. Based on this geometry data and the current sun
elevation (nviSunElevation) the glare protection algorithm calculates the rotation angle for
the blades. The rotation angle can be optimized for a specific sunblind type by specifying an
offset in the configuration property nciRotOffset.

The following parameters determine if glare protection is necessary:

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 143 LOYTEC

- Sun Azimuth (nviSunAzimuth): Depending on the orientation of the

window, the sun can only shine into the room from a certain azimuth in the
morning (nciMinAzimuth) to a certain azimuth in the evening
(nciMaxAzimuzh).

- Outdoor lux level (nviSunLux): The glare protection will be activated if the
measured outdoor lux level is above nciSlHiLimGlare. If the outdoor lux
level falls below nciSlLoLimGlare the glare protection will be deactivated.
These two configuration properties implement a hysteresis.

- Surrounding buildings/objects: The network variable inputs

nviGlobalGlare and nviGlobalShadow can be used to provide geometry
information on surrounding buildings/objects. Glare protection is active
when the corresponding bit in nviGlobalGlare is active and the one in
nviGlobalShadow is inactive.

Alternatively the need for glare protection can be computed by a separate device. In this case
the network variable input nviGlare can be used to override the automatic glare detection
algorithm.

8.1.5.2 View Protection

To protect rooms against prying eyes the sunblind can be closed automatically when the
indoor light is switched on and the outdoor light level (nviSunLux) falls below the indoor
light level (nviIllumLev). To avoid that the sunblind opens and closes repeatedly a hysteresis
can be configured using the configuration property nciViewProtHyst.

8.1.5.3 Heating/Cooling
If the room is not occupied, the L-DALI can close the sunblind to provide thermal isolation
in order to save energy.

The network variable input nviTerminalLoad is used to inform the controller of the current
heating/cooling demand of the system. Positive values indicate that cooling energy is
required, while negative values indicate that heating energy is required.

If nviTerminalLoad is not bound, but nviOutdoorTemp is bound, heating demand is assumed

if the moving average outdoor temperature falls below 12°C/54°F, cooling demand is
assumed if it is above 19°C/66°F.

The algorithm takes the following parameters into account:

- Outdoor lux level (nviSunLux): The energy of the sun can be used to
warm a room. The configuration property nciSlHiLimTem defines the lux
level above which the sun energy will make a noticeable contribution to
warm the room if the sunblind is open. The configuration property
nciSlLoLimTem define the lux level below which the sun energy is too low
to warm the room. To avoid that the sunblind opens and closes repeatedly
a hysteresis can be specified using the configuration property
nciTermSLHyst.

- Temperature: The outdoor temperature (nviOutdoorTemp) is compared

with the indoor temperature (nviIndoorTemp). Depending on whether the
system is in heating or in cooling mode and on the temperature difference
the sunblinds are closed to increase thermal isolation of the room. To avoid
that the sunblind opens and closes repeatedly a hysteresis can be specified
using the configuration property nciTermTempHyst.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 144 LOYTEC

8.1.5.4 Manual Control

To control the sunblind manually the L-DALI sunblind controller offers the possibilities to
directly select a setpoint and to select a scene.

Direct Control

The sunblind can be controlled manually by the following network variable inputs of type
SNVT_setting:

 nviLocalControl: Using this input network variable a local control devices can
provide the setpoint for the sunblind.

 nviGroupControl: Using this input network variable a control device which controls
a group of sunblinds can provide the setpoint for the sunblind.

 nviGlobalControl: Using this input network variable a control device which

controls all sunblinds can provide the setpoint for the sunblind.

Per default nviLocalControl takes precedence over nviGroupControl which in turn takes
precedence over nviGlobalControl. The priorities can be changes as described in Section
8.1.5.9. Local, group, and global control commands can be cancelled by setting the .function
field of the corresponding network variable to SET_NUL.

Scenes

Using the input network variable nviSBScene of type SNVT_scene up to 16 sunblind scenes
can be saved and recalled. The command SC_LEARN stores the current sunblind position
and rotation in the specified scene number. By a SC_RECALL command previously stored
scenes can be recalled. Scenes can be deleted by a SC_RESET command.

8.1.5.5 Prioritized Control

The L-DALI sunblind controller offers two methods for prioritized control: maintenance
mode and override mode. Maintenance mode has the highest priority and cannot be changed.
The priority of override mode can be changed as described in Section 8.1.5.9.

Maintenance Mode

There are two alternative ways to control the sunblind in maintenance mode:

 nviSetMaint: This input network variable of type SNVT_setting overrides the

sunblind output. The maintenance mode override is canceled by setting the .function
field to SET_NULL.

 nviMaintenance, nciMaintValue: The nviMaintenance network variable of type

SNVT_switch can be used to switch on/off maintenance mode. If the maintenance
mode is active, the sunblind output is set to the value of the configuration property
nciMaintValue (type SNVT_setting).

Override Mode

There are two alternative ways to control the sunblind in override mode:

 nviSetOverride: This input network variable of type SNVT_setting overrides the

sunblind output. The override is canceled by setting the .function field to
SET_NULL.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 145 LOYTEC

 nviSBOverride, nciOverrideValue: The nviSBOverride network variable of type

SNVT_switch can be used to switch on/off override mode. If the override mode is
active, the sunblind output is set to the value of the configuration property
nciOverrideValue (type SNVT_setting).

8.1.5.6 Museum Mode

For the museum mode of the constant light controller (see Section 8.1.4.12) a sunblind
controller must be linked to the constant light controller.

8.1.5.7 Output and Feedback

The L-DALI sunblind controller supports actuators with a control input of type
SNVT_sblnd_state (see Figure 104) as well as sunblind actuators with a control input of type
SNVT_setting (see Figure 105).

The configuration property nciDriveDelay defines the delay which the sunblind controller
waits until it updates its outputs. If different drive delays are configured for the different
sunblind controllers, the sunblinds will not drive at the same time avoiding a power peak.

Sunblind Controller
Sunblind Actuator
nvoSblndSetting
SNVT_setting
nvoSblndState nviSblndState nvoSBStateFB
SNVT_sblnd_state SNVT_sblnd_state SNVT_sblnd_state

SCADA
nviSBSettingFB
SNVT_setting
nviSBStateFB nvoSBStateFB nviSBStateFB
SNVT_sblnd_state SNVT_sblnd_state SNVT_sblnd_state

Figure 104: Controlling a Sunblind Actuator via SNVT_sblnd_state

Sunblind Controller Sunblind Actuator

nvoSblndSetting nviSblndSetting nvoSBSettingFB

SNVT_setting SNVT_setting SNVT_setting
nvoSblndState
SNVT_sblnd_state

SCADA
nviSBSettingFB
SNVT_setting
nviSBStateFB nvoSBStateFB nviSBStateFB
SNVT_sblnd_state SNVT_sblnd_state SNVT_sblnd_state

Figure 105: Controlling a Sunblind Actuator via SNVT_setting

The output network variable nvoSBStateFB can be used by e.g. a SCADA system to display
the current state of the sunblind. It includes status information from the sunblind controller,
which is merged with feedback information from the sunblind actuator, if available.

The event state (e.g. maintenance mode, rain condition, wind, etc) of the sunblind controller
is reported in the output network variable nvoSBMode.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 146 LOYTEC

8.1.5.8 Occupancy Detection

The occupied/unoccupied status of the room can be determined by an occupancy sensor
and/or a manual command.

Occupancy Sensor

To connect an occupancy sensor the network variable input nviOccSensor is used. Its
behavior is identical to the nviOccup of the Constant Light Controller object (see Section
8.1.4.6).

Manual Command

The network variable input nviOccManCmd is used to override the occupancy sensor or if no
occupancy sensor is available. This network variable of type SNVT_occupancy can have the
following values:

 OC_OCCUPIED: The sunblind controller should operate in the occupied mode.

 OC_UNOCCUPIED: The sunblind controller should operate in the unoccupied

mode.

 OC_BYPASS: The sunblind controller should operate in the occupied mode for a
period of time defined by the configuration property nciBypassTime.

8.1.5.9 Sunblind Controller Events and Priority

The operation of the sunblind controller is influenced by a number of events. Table 10
describes the different events and shows their default priority. The priority of events can be
changed. Events can be deactivated by setting the priority to -1. Usually this is done on the
DALI Parameters tab of the LINX Configurator (see LINX Configurator User Manual [2]).

Priority Event Description

18 (highest) Set maintenance request The network variable input nviSetMaint is active (.function not
SET_NUL). See Section 8.1.5.5 for detail.
17 Maintenance request The network variable input nviMaintenance is switched on. The sunblind
moves to the position specified in nciMaintValue. See Section 8.1.5.5 for
detail.
16 Weather sensor alarm* At least one of the weather sensors failed:
 No update has been received on nviWind for longer than
nciWindRcvT.
 No update has been received on nviRain for longer than
nciRainRcvT.
 No update has been received on nviFrost for longer than
nciFrostRcvT.
The alarm condition for the wind, rain, and frost sensor is active only if
the corresponding network variable input is bound.
In case of a weather sensor alarm the sunblind drives to the position
defined by nciWeaSenFailPos.
15 Window sensor alarm* Window sensor failed: No update has been received on
nviWindowContact for longer than nciMaxRcvTime. This alarm is only
active if the nviWindowContact network variable is bound.
In case of a window sensor alarm the sunblind drives to the position
defined by nciWinConFailPos.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 147 LOYTEC

Priority Event Description

14 Frost condition* The sunblind controller enters the frost state if the network variable input
nviFrost is active. When nviFrost becomes inactive the sunblind
controller remains in the frost state for the hold time configured in
nciRainFroOffDly.
The sunblind does not move as long as the sunblind controller is in the
frost state.
13 Wind* The sunblind controller enters the wind alarm state if the measured wind
speed (nviWind) exceeds the threshold configured in nciWindLimit.
When the wind speed falls below the threshold the sunblind controller
remains in the wind alarm state for the hold time configured in
nciWindOffDly.
The sunblind remains open while the sunblind controller is in the wind
alarm state.
12 Rain condition* The sunblind controller enters the rain state if the network variable input
nviRain is active. When nviRain becomes inactive the sunblind controller
remains in the rain state for the hold time configured in
nciRainFroOffDly.
The sunblind remains open while the sunblind controller is in the rain
state.
11 Set override request The network variable input nviSetOverride is active (.function
!=SET_NUL). See Section 8.1.5.5 for detail.
10 Override request The network variable input nviSBOverride is switched on. The sunblind
drives to the position specified in nciOverrideValue. See Section 8.1.5.5
for detail.
9 Window open* The window is open: The network variable input nviWindowContact is
active. The polarity of the window contact can be changed via the
configuration property nciInvWinCon.
The sunblind does not move as long as the window is open.
8 Local control The network variable input nviLocalControl is active. See Section 8.1.5.4
for detail.
7 Group control The network variable input nviGroupControl is active. See Section
8.1.5.4 for detail.
6 Global control The network variable input nviGlobalControl is active. See Section
8.1.5.4 for detail.
5 Scene selection Sunblind scene recalled via network variable input nviScene. See Section
8.1.5.4 for detail.
4 Anti-glare* The sunblind is controlled by the anti-glare algorithm. Only active if
room is occupied. See Section 8.1.5.1 for detail.
3 View protection* The sunblind is controlled by the view protection algorithm. Only active
if room is occupied. See Section 8.1.5.2 for detail.
2 Constant light request* The sunblind is linked to the constant light controller and is controlled by
the museum mode algorithm. Only active if room is occupied. See
Section 8.1.4.12 for detail.
1 Up if occupied* The room is occupied. See Section 8.1.5.8 for detail.
If the room is occupied the sunblind moves up.
0 (lowest) Heat/cool request* The sunblind is controlled by the heating/cooling algorithm. Only active
if room is not occupied. See Section 8.1.5.3 for detail.
Table 10: Sunblind Controller Events and Priority

For events marked with *) a minimum time can be configured via the configuration property
nciAutoEvMinTm. These events will stay active for at least the configured time even if the
event condition disappears before this time expires. In this way the sunblind controller
ensures that the sunblind does not drive too frequently.

In case none of the events is active the sunblind remains in its current position.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 148 LOYTEC

8.1.5.10 Input Network Variables

nviLocalControl

Type SNVT_setting
Valid Range .function:
SET_NUL (-1): Invalid value.
SET_DOWN (2) Decrease setting by specified value.
SET_UP (3) Increase setting by specified value.
SET_STOP (4) Stop action.
SET_STATE (5) Setting on at specified value.
.setting: 0..100, resolution 0.5
.rotation: -359.98 .. 360.00, resolution 0.02
Default Value -
Description This network variable input is used to manually control the sunblind. Usually a local control
device gives this command.
A local control command can be canceled by setting .function to SET_NUL.

nviGroupControl

Type SNVT_setting
Valid Range .function:
SET_NUL (-1): Invalid value
SET_DOWN (2) Decrease setting by specified value
SET_UP (3) Increase setting by specified value
SET_STOP (4) Stop action
SET_STATE (5) Setting on at specified value
.setting: 0..100, resolution 0.5
.rotation: -359.98 .. 360.00, resolution 0.02
Default Value -
Description This network variable input is used to manually control the sunblind. Usually a device which is
intended to control groups of controllers or actuators gives this command
A group control command can be canceled by setting .function to SET_NUL.

nviGlobalControl

Type SNVT_setting
Valid Range .function:
SET_NUL (-1): Invalid value
SET_DOWN (2) Decrease setting by specified value
SET_UP (3) Increase setting by specified value
SET_STOP (4) Stop action
SET_STATE (5) Setting on at specified value
.setting: 0..100, resolution 0.5
.rotation: -359.98 .. 360.00, resolution 0.02
Default Value -
Description This network variable input is used to manually control the sunblind. Usually a device which is
intended to control all controllers or actuators gives this command
A global control command can be canceled by setting .function to SET_NUL.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 149 LOYTEC

nviSBSettingFB

Type SNVT_setting
Valid Range .function:
SET_NUL (-1): Invalid value.
SET_DOWN (2) Decrease setting by specified value.
SET_UP (3) Increase setting by specified value.
SET_STOP (4) Stop action.
SET_STATE (5) Setting on at specified value.
.setting: 0..100, resolution 0.5
.rotation: -359.98 .. 360.00, resolution 0.02
Default Value -
Description Feedback from sunblind actuator of type SNVT_setting.

nviSBStateFB

Type SNVT_sblnd_state
Valid Range .pos.function:
SET_NUL (-1): Invalid value.
SET_DOWN (2) Decrease setting by specified value.
SET_UP (3) Increase setting by specified value.
SET_STOP (4) Stop action.
SET_STATE (5) Setting on at specified value.
.pos.setting: 0..100, resolution 0.5
.pos.rotation: -359.98 .. 360.00, resolution 0.02
.cmd_source: SBCS_NUL, SBCS_LOCAL, SBCS_GROUP, …
.error_code: SBE_NUL, SBE_NO_ERROR, SBE_IN_PROGRESS, …
Default Value -
Description Feedback from sunblind actuator of type SNVT_sblnd_state.

nviIndoorTemp

Type SNVT_temp_p
Valid Range -273.17°C...327.66°C
Resolution: 0.01°C
Default Value -
Description This network variable input provides the room temperature measured by a temperature sensor.
This input is used if the sunblinds are used for heating/cooling (see Section 8.1.5.3).

nviTerminalLoad

Type SNVT_lev_percent
Valid Range -163.840..163.830
Resolution: 0.005
Default Value
Description This network variable input is used if the sunblinds are used for heating/cooling (see Section
8.1.5.3). The input informs the controller of the current heating/cooling demand. Positive values
indicate that cooling energy is required, while negative values indicate that heating energy is
required.
If the network variable in not bound, the heating/cooling feature is disabled.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 150 LOYTEC

nviIllumLev

Type SNVT_lux
Valid Range 0..65,335 lux
Default Value -
Description This network variable input provides the illumination level in the room. The input is used for
view protection (see Section 8.1.5.2). If nviIllumLev is higher than the nviSunLux then the
sunblind is closed to protect the room against prying eyes.

nviScene

Type SNVT_scene
Valid Range 0..65,335 lux
Default Value .function: SC_LEARN, SC_RECALL, SC_NUL
.scene_number: 1..16
Description Using this input network variable up to 16 sunblind scenes can be saved and recalled.

Function Description

SC_LEARN Stores the current sunblind position and rotation in the specified
scene number.
SC_RECALL Recall a previously stored scene.
SC_RESET Delete a scene.

nviWindowContact

Type SNVT_switch
Valid Range .value: 0..100%
.state: 0, 1
Open: .state=1 and .value=100
Closed: .state=0 and .value=0
Default Value -
Description This network variable input informs the controller if the window is open or close.
If the window is open, the sunblind stops moving.

nviOverride

Type SNVT_switch
Valid Range .value: 0..100%
.state: 0, 1
On: .state=1 and .value>=0.5%
Off: .state=0 and .value=0
Default Value -
Description This network variable input is used to switch on/off override mode.
If override mode is activated (.state=1 and .value between 0.5% and 100%), the sunblind adopts
the setting specified by nciOverrideValue.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 151 LOYTEC

nviSetOverride

Type SNVT_setting
Valid Range .function:
SET_NUL (-1): Invalid Value
SET_DOWN (2) Decrease setting by specified value
SET_UP (3) Increase setting by specified value
SET_STOP (4) Stop action
SET_STATE (5) Setting on at specified value
.setting: 0..100, resolution 0.5
.rotation: -359.98 .. 360.00, resolution 0.02
Default Value -
Description This input network variable overrides the sunblind output. The override is canceled by setting
the .function field to SET_NULL.

nviMaintenance

Type SNVT_switch
Valid Range .value: 0..100%
.state: 0, 1
On: .state=1 and .value>=0.5%
Off: .state=0 and .value=0
Default Value -
Description This network variable input is used to switch on/off maintenance mode.
If maintenance mode is activated (.state=1 and .value between 0.5% and 100%), the sunblind
adopts the setting specified by nciMaitnValue.

nviSetMaint

Type SNVT_setting
Valid Range .function:
SET_NUL (-1): Invalid Value
SET_DOWN (2) Decrease setting by specified value
SET_UP (3) Increase setting by specified value
SET_STOP (4) Stop action
SET_STATE (5) Setting on at specified value
.setting: 0..100, resolution 0.5
.rotation: -359.98 .. 360.00, resolution 0.02
Default Value -
Description This input network variable overrides the sunblind output. The override is canceled by setting
the .function field to SET_NULL.

nviOccupSensor

Type SNVT_occupancy
Valid Range OC_NUL (-1): Invalid Value
OC_OCCUPIED (0): Area is occupied
OC_UNOCCUPIED (1): Area is unoccupied
OC_BYPASS (2): Ignored
OC_STANDBY (3): Ignored
Default Value -
Description This network variable input provides the occupancy state measured by an occupancy sensor. A
hold time can be configured using the configuration property nciHoldTime.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 152 LOYTEC

nviOccManCmd

Type SNVT_occupancy
Valid Range OC_NUL (-1): Invalid Value
OC_OCCUPIED (0): Area is occupied
OC_UNOCCUPIED (1): Area is unoccupied
OC_BYPASS (2): Area is temporarily occupied for the bypass period
OC_STANDBY (3): Ignored
Default Value -
Description This network variable input can be used to manually control the occupancy state.

Value Description

OC_NUL This is the initial value after power-up and it remains until
another value is received. It is used to indicate that this network
variable input is invalid, unused or to cancel a previous
command.
OC_OCCUPIED The sunblind controller should operate in the occupied mode.
OC_UNOCCUPIED The sunblind controller should operate in the unoccupied mode
OC_BYPASS The sunblind controller should operate in the occupied mode for
a period of time defined by nciBypassTime.

nviGlare

Type SNVT_switch
Valid Range .value: 0..100%
.state: 0, 1,-1
On: .state=1 and .value>=0.5%
Off: .state=0 and .value=0
Auto .state=-1
Default Value -
Description This network variable is used to override the automatic glare detection algorithm (see Section
8.1.5.1).

Value Description

On Glare condition.
Off No glare condition.
Auto Use automatic glare detection algorithm.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 153 LOYTEC

8.1.5.11 Output Network Variables

nvoSblndSetting

Type SNVT_setting
Valid Range .function:
SET_NUL (-1): Invalid Value
SET_DOWN (2) Decrease setting by specified value
SET_UP (3) Increase setting by specified value
SET_STOP (4) Stop action
SET_STATE (5) Setting on at specified value
.setting: 0..100, resolution 0.5
.rotation: -359.98 .. 360.00, resolution 0.02
Default Value -
Description This network variable output provides the setpoint for the sunblind actuator.

nvoSblndState

Type SNVT_sblnd_state
Valid Range .pos.function:
SET_NUL (-1): Invalid Value
SET_DOWN (2) Decrease setting by specified value
SET_UP (3) Increase setting by specified value
SET_STOP (4) Stop action
SET_STATE (5) Setting on at specified value
.pos.setting: 0..100, resolution 0.5
.pos.rotation: -359.98 .. 360.00, resolution 0.02
.cmd_source: SBCS_NUL, SBCS_LOCAL, SBCS_GROUP, …
.error_code: SBE_NUL, SBE_NO_ERROR, SBE_IN_PROGRESS, …
Default Value -
Description This network variable output provides the setpoint for the sunblind actuator and reports errors
and the cause of the latest change (as determined by the sunblind controller).

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 154 LOYTEC

nvoSBMode

Type SNVT_state_64
Valid Range .bit0: Heat/cool request
.bit1: Up if occupied
.bit2: Constant light request
.bit3: View protection
.bit4: Anti-glare
.bit5: Scene selection
.bit6: Global control
.bit7: Group control
.bit8: Local control
.bit9: Window open
.bit10: Override request
.bit11: Set override request
.bit12: Rain condition
.bit13: Wind
.bit14: Frost condition
.bit15: Window sensor alarm
.bit16: Weather sensor alarm
.bit17: Maintenance request
.bit18: Set maintenance request
.bit19: Not used
…
.bit64: Not used
Default Value -
Description This network variable output reports the active events of the sunblind controller (see Section
8.1.5.9).

nvoSBStateFB

Type SNVT_sblnd_state
Valid Range .pos.function:
SET_NUL (-1): Invalid Value
SET_OFF (0): Setting off
SET_ON (1) Setting on
SET_DOWN (2) Decrease setting by specified value
SET_UP (3) Increase setting by specified value
SET_STOP (4) Stop action
SET_STATE (5) Setting on at specified value
.pos.setting: 0..100, resolution 0.5
.pos.rotation: -359.98 .. 360.00, resolution 0.02
.cmd_source: SBCS_NUL, SBCS_LOCAL, SBCS_GROUP, …
.error_code: SBE_NUL, SBE_NO_ERROR, SBE_IN_PROGRESS, …
Default Value -
Description This network variable output provides a feedback to a SCADA system:
 If the sunblind actuator provides a feedback variable of type SNVT_sblnd_state and it is
bound to nviSBStateFB the sunblind actuator feedback value is copied to nvoSBStateFB.
 If this is not the case, but the sunblind actuator provides a feedback variable of type
SNVT_setting and it is bound to nviSBSettingFB the value is copied to nvoSBStateFB with
the cmd_source field copied from the nvoSblndState.
 If none of the above is the case, the value of nvoSblndState is copied to nvoSBStateFB.

8.1.5.12 Configuration Properties

All configuration properties listed in this section are implemented as Configuration
Parameters using configuration files (CPT, CPV, and CPC files). File access is provided via
LONMARK FTP.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 155 LOYTEC

nciLocation

Type SCPTLocation (SNVT_str_asc)

Valid Range 31 ASCII characters
Default Value Sunblind Ctrl X
Description This configuration property can be used to specify the name of the sunblind controller.

nciMaxSendTime

Type SCPTmaxSendTime (SNVT_time_sec)

Valid Range 0..6553.4 sec
Resolution: 0.1 sec
Default Value 0 sec
Description Maximum time between updates for the nvoSblndSetting and nvoSblndState outputs (heartbeat
functionality).

nciMaxRcvTime

Type SCPTmaxRcvTime (SNVT_time_sec)

Valid Range 0..6553.4 sec
Resolution: 0.1 sec
Default Value 0.0 sec (disabled)
Description This configuration property specifies the expected update interval of the nviWindowContact
network variable input. If the time elapses without an update of the variable an alarm is
generated and the sunblind adopts the safe position defined by the nciWinConFailPos.

nciWinConFailPos

Type SCPTdefaultSetting (SNVT_setting)

Valid Range .function:
SET_NUL (-1): Invalid Value
SET_DOWN (2) Decrease setting by specified value
SET_UP (3) Increase setting by specified value
SET_STOP (4) Stop action
SET_STATE (5) Setting on at specified value
.setting: 0..100, resolution 0.5
.rotation: -359.98 .. 360.00, resolution 0.02
Default Value SET_STATE, 0%, 0 deg
Description This configuration property defines the safety position of a sunblind when a failure of the
window contact (nviWindowContact) has been detected.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 156 LOYTEC

nciBypassTime

Type SCPTbypassTime (SNVT_time_min)

Valid Range 0..65,535 minutes
Default Value 0
Description This configuration property defines the amount of time that the sunblind controller is in bypass
(occupancy) mode following a single bypass request via nviOccManCmd. Additional bypass
requests can restart the timer. Setting this configuration property to zero disables the bypass
function and no bypass takes place.

nciOverrideValue

Type SCPTdefaultSetting (SNVT_setting)

Valid Range .function:
SET_NUL (-1): Invalid Value
SET_DOWN (2) Decrease setting by specified value
SET_UP (3) Increase setting by specified value
SET_STOP (4) Stop action
SET_STATE (5) Setting on at specified value
.setting: 0..100, resolution 0.5
.rotation: -359.98 .. 360.00, resolution 0.02
Default Value SET_NUL
Description This configuration property defines the override value which is adopts by the sunblind when the
nviOverride is at ON.

nciMaintValue

Type SCPTdefaultSetting (SNVT_setting)

Valid Range .function:
SET_NUL (-1): Invalid Value
SET_DOWN (2) Decrease setting by specified value
SET_UP (3) Increase setting by specified value
SET_STOP (4) Stop action
SET_STATE (5) Setting on at specified value
.setting: 0..100, resolution 0.5
.rotation: -359.98 .. 360.00, resolution 0.02
Default Value SET_NUL
Description This configuration property defines the maintenance value which is adopts by the sunblind
when the nviMaintenance is at ON.

nciDriveDelay

Type UCPTdriveDelay (SNVT_time_sec)

Valid Range 0..6553.4 sec
Resolution: 0.1 sec
Default Value 0.0 sec (no delay)
Description This configuration property defines the delay which the sunblind controller waits before it
updates its outputs. If different drive delays are configured for the different sunblind
controllers, the sunblinds will not drive at the same time avoiding a power peak. No drive delay
is applied for local control (nviLocalControl).

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 157 LOYTEC

nciSlHiLimGlare

Type UCPTsunLuxHighLimit (SNVT_lux)

Valid Range 0..65,335 lux
Default Value 30000
Description This configuration property defines the high limit for the sun lux level input used by the
automatic glare detection algorithm (see Section 8.1.5.1)

nciSlLoLimGlare

Type UCPTsunLuxHighLimit (SNVT_lux)

Valid Range 0..65,335 lux
Default Value 10000
Description This configuration property defines the low limit for the sun lux level input used by the
automatic glare detection algorithm (see Section 8.1.5.1)

nciMinAzimuth

Type UCPTminAzimuth (SNVT_angle_deg)

Valid Range -359.98..360.00 deg
Resolution: 0.02 deg
Default Value 0
Description This configuration property defines the minimum azimuth for the sun elevation input used by
the automatic glare detection algorithm (see Section 8.1.5.1).

nciMaxAzimuth

Type UCPTmaxAzimuth (SNVT_angle_deg)

Valid Range -359.98..360.00 deg
Resolution: 0.02 deg
Default Value 0
Description This configuration property defines the maximum azimuth for the sun elevation input used by
the automatic anti-glare algorithm (see Section 8.1.5.1).

nciBladeDist

Type UCPTbladeDistance (SNVT_length_mil)

Valid Range 0 ... 6533.5 mm
Resolution: 0.1 mm
Default Value 7 cm
Description This configuration property defines the distance between sunblind blades (see Section 8.1.5.1).

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 158 LOYTEC

nciBladeWidth

Type UCPTbladeWidth (SNVT_length_mil)

Valid Range 0 ... 6533.5 mm
Resolution: 0.1 mm
Default Value 9 cm
Description This configuration property defines the width of the sunblind blades (see Section 8.1.5.1).

nciRotOffset

Type UCPTrotationOffset (SNVT_angle_deg)

Valid Range -359.98..360.00 deg
Resolution: 0.02 deg
Default Value 0
Description This configuration property defines the rotation offset for the glare protection algorithm (see
Section 8.1.5.1).

nciMaxRot

Type UCPTmaxRotation (SNVT_angle_deg)

Valid Range -359.98..360.00 deg
Resolution: 0.02 deg
Default Value 90
Description This configuration property defines the maximum rotation for the glare protection algorithm
(see Section 8.1.5.1).

nciMinRot

Type UCPTminRotation (SNVT_angle_deg)

Valid Range -359.98..360.00 deg
Resolution: 0.02 deg
Default Value 0
Description This configuration property defines the minimum rotation for the glare protection algorithm
(see Section 8.1.5.1).

nciDeltaTemp

Type SCPTminDeltaTemp (SNVT_temp_p)

Valid Range -273.17°C...327.66°C
Resolution: 0.01°C
Default Value 1°C
Description This configuration property defines the amount by which the indoor temperature
(nviIndoorTemp) value must change before it can take in account.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 159 LOYTEC

nciHoldTime

Type SCPTholdTime (SNVT_time_sec)

Valid Range 0..6553.4 sec
Resolution: 0.1 sec
Default Value 600 sec
Description This configuration property defines the hold time for the occupied state. When the
OC_OCCUPIED value is received via nviOccupSensor the sunblind controller remains in the
occupied state until the hold time has expired and then changes to the unoccupied state. If set to
0 the unoccupied state is entered when OC_UNOCCUPIED is received (see Section 8.1.5.8).

nciSblndEvtPrio

Type UCPTsunblindEventPriority
Valid Range .heat_cool_req: -128..127
.up_if_occupied: -128..127
.constant_light_req: -128..127
.view_protect: -128..127
.glare: -128..127
.scene_sel: -128..127
.global_req: -128..127
.group_req: -128..127
.local_req: -128..127
.window: -128..127
.override_req: -128..127
.set_override_req: -128..127
.rain: -128..127
.wind: -128..127
.frost: -128..127
.window_sensor_alarm: -128..127
.weather_sensor_alarm: -128..127
.maintenance_req: -128..127
.set_maintenance_req: -128..127

Default Value All 0

Description This configuration property defines the priorities of sunblind events (see Section 8.1.5.9).
Higher values render higher priority.
If multiple events have the same priority then they are prioritized with the default priority.
Events can be disabled by setting a negative value for its priority.
Events maintenance_req and set_maintenance_req will always be the highest priority events.
Their value is used to define which of the two events has the higher priority.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 160 LOYTEC

nciAutoEvMinTm

Type UCPTautoDelay (SNVT_time_sec)

Valid Range 0..6553.4 sec
Resolution: 0.1 sec
Default Value 600 sec
Description Use to specify the minimum time for the following events:
 Weather sensor alarm
 Window sensor alarm
 Frost condition
 Wind
 Rain condition
 Window open
 Anti-glare
 View protection
 Constant light request
 Up if occupied
 Heating/cooling request
The event will stay active for at least the configured time even if the event condition disappears
before this time expires. In this way the sun blind controller ensures that the sunblind does not
drive too frequently.

nciCLNumber

Type UCPTobjectIndex (SNVT_count)

Valid Range 0..15
0xFFFF invalid
Default Value 0xFFFF (no Constant Light Controller linked)
Description This configuration property specifies the index of the constant light controller that is linked to
the sunblind controller (see Section 8.1.4.7 und 8.1.4.12).
Object indices start with index 0.

8.1.6 Globals #0005

The L-DALI provides one Globals object for each DALI channel. It provides global network
variable inputs and configuration properties which are not specific for a certain constant light
controller or sunblind controller.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 161 LOYTEC

Globals #5
nviGlobalGlare
SNVT_state
nviGlobalShadow
SNVT_state
nviWindSpeed
SNVT_speed
nviSunLux
SNVT_lux
nviRain
SNVT_switch
nviFrost
SNVT_switch
nviDawn
SNVT_switch
nviDusk
SNVT_switch
nviOutdoorTemp
SNVT_temp_p
nviSunElevation
SNVT_angle_deg
nviSunAzimuth
SNVT_angle_deg

nciWindRcvT nciWindLimit
nciWindOffDelay nciRainRcvT
nciFrostRcvT nciRaiFroOffDly
nciWeaSenFailPos nciInvWinCon
nciTermTempHyst nciTermSLHyst
nciSlHiLimTerm nciSlLoLimTerm
nciViewProtHyst

Figure 106: Global Object

This object type is enabled in the default interface. It will be disabled with the Sunblind
Controller objects.

8.1.6.1 Network Variable Inputs

nviGlobalGlare

Type SNVT_state
Valid Range .bit0 0, 1
…
.bit15 0, 1
Default Value
Description This network input permits an external calculation of glare condition for all of the 16 sunblind
controllers per channel (see Section 8.1.5.1). Automatic glare protection for the sunblind
controller object x is deactivated if the bit with index x is not set.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 162 LOYTEC

nviGlobalShadow

Type SNVT_state
Valid Range .bit0 0, 1
…
.bit15 0, 1
Default Value
Description This network input permits an external calculation of shadow condition for all of the 16
sunblind controllers per channel (see Section 8.1.5.1). Automatic glare protection for the
sunblind controller object x is deactivated if the bit with index x is set.

nviWindSpeed

Type SNVT_speed
Valid Range 0..6553.5 m/s
Resolution: 0.1 m/s
Default Value
Description This network variable input provides the current wind speed measured by a wind sensor.
If the wind speed is higher than the value configured in nciWindLimit, the sunblinds must go
up.

nviSunLux

Type SNVT_lux
Valid Range 0..65,335 lux
Default Value
Description This network variable input provides the current outdoor illumination measured by a light
sensor.

nviRain

Type SNVT_switch
Valid Range .value: 0..100%
.state: 0, 1
Rain: .state=1 and .value>=0.5%
No Rain: .state=0 and .value=0
Default Value
Description This network variable input provides the rain status.
If it is raining, the sunblinds must go up.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 163 LOYTEC

nviFrost

Type SNVT_switch
Valid Range .value: 0..100%
.state: 0, 1
Frost: .state=1 and .value>=0.5%
No Frost: .state=0 and .value=0
Default Value
Description This network variable input provides the frost status.
If a frost condition is detected, the sunblinds must not move.

nviDawn

Type SNVT_switch
Valid Range .value: 0..100%
.state: 0, 1
Dawn: .state=1 and .value>=0.5%
No Dawn: .state=0 and .value=0
Default Value
Description Currently not used.

nviDusk

Type SNVT_switch
Valid Range .value: 0..100%
.state: 0, 1
Dusk: .state=1 and .value>=0.5%
No Dusk: .state=0 and .value=0
Default Value
Description Currently not used.

nviOutdoorTemp

Type SNVT_temp_p
Valid Range -273.17°C..327.66°C
Resolution: 0.01°C
Default Value
Description This network variable input provides the current outdoor temperature. This input is used when
the sunblinds are used to heat/cool a room (see Section 8.1.5.3).

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 164 LOYTEC

nviSunElevation

Type SNVT_angle_deg
Valid Range -359.98..360.00 deg
Resolution: 0.02 deg
Default Value
Description This network variable input provides the current sun elevation. The elevation is the angle
between the horizon and the middle of the sun, considered out of the viewpoint of an observer.
The values 0 – 90° are typically used (0= Sunrise/Sunset; 90 = zenith position).

nviSunAzimuth

Type SNVT_angle_deg
Valid Range -359.98..360.00 deg
Resolution: 0.02 deg
Default Value
Description This network variable input provides the current sun azimuth.
The values 0 – 359° are typically used (0 = NORTH, 90 = EAST, 180 = SOUTH, 270 =
WEST).

8.1.6.2 Configuration Properties

All configuration properties listed in this section are implemented as Configuration
Parameters using configuration files (CPT, CPV, and CPC files). File access is provided via
LONMARK FTP.

nciWindRcvT

Type SCPTmaxRcvTime (SNVT_time_sec)

Valid Range 0..6553.4 sec
Resolution: 0.1 sec
Default Value 0.0 sec (disabled)
Description This configuration property specifies the expected update interval of the nviWindspeed network
variable input. If the time elapses without an update of the variable an alarm is generated and
the sunblinds adopt the safe position defined by nciWeaSenFailPos.

nciWindLimit

Type UCPTwindLimit (SNVT_time_sec)

Valid Range 0..6553.4 sec
Resolution: 0.1 sec
Default Value 0.0 sec
Description This configuration property defines the maximum wind for the sunblinds. If the current wind
speed (nviWindspeed) is greater than the configured values the sunblinds must go up.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 165 LOYTEC

nciWindOffDelay

Type UCPTweaSenOffDelay (SNVT_time_sec)

Valid Range 0..6553.4 sec
Resolution: 0.1 sec
Default Value 0.0 sec
Description This configuration property defines the time for which the current wind speed (nviWindspeed)
must be below the critical wind speed (nciWindLimit) before the sunblind controller return to
normal operation.

nciRainRcvT

Type SCPTmaxRcvTime (SNVT_time_sec)

Valid Range 0..6553.4 sec
Resolution: 0.1 sec
Default Value 0.0 sec (disabled)
Description This configuration property specifies the expected update interval of the nviRain network
variable input. If the time elapses without an update of the variable an alarm is generated and
the sunblinds adopt the safe position defined by nciWeaSenFailPos.

nciFrostRcvT

Type SCPTmaxRcvTime (SNVT_time_sec)

Valid Range 0..6553.4 sec
Resolution: 0.1 sec
Default Value 0.0 sec (disabled)
Description This configuration property specifies the expected update interval of the nviFrost network
variable input. If the time elapses without an update of the variable an alarm is generated and
the sunblinds adopt the safe position defined by nciWeaSenFailPos.

nciRaiFroOffDly

Type UCPTweaSenOffDelay (SNVT_time_sec)

Valid Range 0..6553.4 sec
Resolution: 0.1 sec
Default Value 0.0 sec
Description This configuration property defines the time for which the rain/frost condition
(nviRain/nviFrost) has to be inactive before the sunblind controller returns to normal operation.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 166 LOYTEC

nciWeaSenFailPos

Type SCPTdefaultSetting (SNVT_setting)

Valid Range .function:
SET_NUL (-1): Invalid Value
SET_DOWN (2) Decrease setting by specified value
SET_UP (3) Increase setting by specified value
SET_STOP (4) Stop action
SET_STATE (5) Setting on at specified value
.setting: 0..100, resolution 0.5
.rotation: -359.98 .. 360.00, resolution 0.02
Default Value SET_STATE, 0%, 0 deg
Description This configuration property defines the safety position of sunblinds when a failure of a safety
relevant weather sensor (e.g. nviWindspeed, nviRain or nviFrost) is detected.

nciInvWinCon

Type UCPTautoOffBreak (SNVT_lev_disc)

Valid Range ST_ON, ST_OFF
Inverted: ST_ON
Not Inverted: ST_OFF
Default Value ST_OFF (not inverted)
Description This configuration property allows inverting the window contact inputs of the sunblind
controllers (nviWindowContact).

nciTermTempHyst

Type SCPTtemperatureHysteresis (SNVT_temp_diff_p)

Valid Range -327.68°C..327.66°C
Resolution: 0.01°C
Default Value 1°C
Description This configuration property defines the hysteresis for the outdoor temperature
(nviOutdoorTemp). It is used for the heating/cooling algorithm (see Section 8.1.5.3).

nciTermSLHyst

Type UCPTterminalLoadSLhysteresis (SNVT_lev_cont)

Valid Range 0..100%
Resolution: 0.5
Default Value 5.0%
Description This configuration property defines the hysteresis for the sun lux level input (nviSunLux). It is
used by the heating/cooling algorithm (see Section 8.1.5.3).

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 167 LOYTEC

nciSlHighLimTerm

Type UCPTsunLuxHighLimit (SNVT_lux)

Valid Range 0..65,335 lux
Default Value 30000
Description This configuration property defines the high limit for the sun lux level input (nviSunLux). It is
used by the heating/cooling algorithm (see Section 8.1.5.3).

nciSlLowLimTerm

Type UCPTsunLuxLowLimit (SNVT_lux)

Valid Range 0..65,335 lux
Default Value 10000 lux
Description This configuration property defines the low limit for the sun lux level input (nviSunLux). It is
used by the heating/cooling algorithm (see Section 8.1.5.3).

nciViewProtHyst

Type UCPTviewProtectionSLhysteresis (SNVT_lev_cont)

Valid Range 0..100%
Resolution: 0.5
Default Value 5.0%
Description This configuration property defines the hysteresis for the sun lux level input (nviSunLux). It is
used by the view protection algorithm (see Section 8.1.5.2).

8.1.7 Button #0001

The L-DALI provides 64 button objects for each DALI channel to represent DALI buttons,
switches, remote controls, panels etc. supported by the L-DALI. See the DALI Section in the
LOYTEC Device User Manual [1] for supported devices.

This object type is disabled in the default interface. If required these objects must be enabled
as described in the project settings (see LINX Configurator User Manual [2]). The network
variables available in the button objects depend on the template selected in the project
settings.

In any case the object contains the following configuration properties:

nciLocation

Type SCPTLocation (SNVT_str_asc)

Valid Range 31 ASCII characters
Default Value Button X
Description This configuration property can be used to specify the name of the button.

The following object templates are available:

8.1.7.1 SNVT_switch
This template has to be selected when a DALI button device allowing button function
configuration is used and the state of the button has to be available on the LONMARK
interface. In this case each Button object contains the following network variables:

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 168 LOYTEC

nvoButtonState

Type SNVT_state
Valid Range -
Default Value 0
Description If a button input is configured with the button function Network data point the input states are
mapped to a bit in the SNVT-state, in detail the mapping is done by the DALI instance number
(bit0 to instance0, , bit1 to instance 1, etc.). The bit is set to 1 if the button is pressed or the
contact is closed and 0 otherwise.

Additional Network Variables (not available in standard interface):

nviFeedbackState

Type SNVT_state
Valid Range -
Default Value 0
Description If a button feedback is configured with the function Network data point the corresponding bit of
the SNVT_state (bit0 to instance 0, bit1 to instance 1, etc.) toggles the feedback LED.

8.1.7.2 Philips OccuSwitch

This template has to be selected when expanding an IRT 8080 IR-remote control the Philips
OccuSwitch DALI LRM2090/20 to controlling sunblinds, fan speed, and temperature
setpoint in a room. In this case each Button object contains the following network variables:

nvoSetPtOffset

Type SNVT_temp_p
Valid Range -3°C to +3°C
Default Value -
Description This network variable output allows adjusting the HVAC setpoint by supplying an offset to a
preconfigured setpoint. Its value is controlled by the temperature setpoint button on the IRT
8080.

nvoFanSpeedCmd

Type SNVT_switch
Valid Range .value: 0%, 33%, 66%, 100%
.state: 0, 1
On: .state = 1 and .value > 0
Off: .state = 0 and .value=any or .state=1 and .value = 0
Default Value -
Description This network variable output allows control the speed of a ventilation fan. Its value is controlled
by the temperature fan speed button on the IRT 8080.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 169 LOYTEC

nvoSblndControl

Type SNVT_setting
Valid Range .function:
SET_NUL (-1): Invalid value.
SET_DOWN (2) Decrease setting by specified value.
SET_UP (3) Increase setting by specified value.
SET_STOP (4) Stop action.
SET_STATE (5) Setting on at specified value.
.setting: 0..100, resolution 0.5
.rotation: -359.98 .. 360.00, resolution 0.02
Default Value -
Description This network variable output allows control the position and the rotation of a sunblind (via a
sunblind controller or sunblind actuator object). Its value is controlled by the sunblind button on
the IRT 8080.
A long press (> 1 second) of the button will set the network variable to {SET_STATE; 0,0;
65534} (up) or {SET_STATE; 100,0; 65534} (down), respectively. This allows the blinds to
drive up and down.
A short press (< 1 second) while driving the blinds will set the network variable to
{SET_STOP; 0,0; 0,00}. This allows stopping the blinds at the current position.
A short press (< 1 second) will set the network variable to {SET_UP; 127,5; 15} (up) or
{SET_DOWN; 127,5; 15} (down), respectively. This allows rotating the blades of the
sunblinds (open/close).

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 170 LOYTEC

8.1.8 Access to Bluetooth Sensor Functions

On LDALI-10X devices, the Bluetooth functions of multi-sensors are not mapped to network
variables and therefore cannot be accessed via the CEA709 interface. They are represented
by User Register datapoints only and can be accessed with other technologies (e.g. OPC
XML/DA).

iBeacon:

Figure 107: iBeacon datapoints on LDALI-10X devices

UUID

Type String
Valid Range 16 byte, representing 32 hex numbers
Default Value -
Description iBeacon UUID.
Path Sensor 0 CEA709 DALI Channel 1.Datapoints.Bluetooth Sensors.BT Sensor 0.iBeacon.UUID

Major

Type Double
Valid Range 0 - 65535
Default Value 0
Description iBeacon Major.
Path Sensor 0 CEA709 DALI Channel 1.Datapoints.Bluetooth Sensors.BT Sensor 0.iBeacon.Major

Minor

Type Double
Valid Range 0 – 65535
Default Value 0
Description iBeacon Minor
Path Sensor 0 CEA709 DALI Channel 1.Datapoints.Bluetooth Sensors.BT Sensor 0.iBeacon.Minor

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 171 LOYTEC

Eddystone-UID beacon:

Figure 108: Eddystone-UID beacon datapoints on LDALI-10X devices

Name

Type String
Valid Range 20-hex numbers
Default Value -
Description Eddystone UID Name
Path Sensor 0 CEA709 DALI Channel 1.Datapoints.Bluetooth Sensors.BT Sensor 0.Eddystone-UID
Beacon.Name

Instance

Type String
Valid Range 12-hex numbers
Default Value -
Description Eddystone UID Instance
Path Sensor 0 CEA709 DALI Channel 1.Datapoints.Bluetooth Sensors.BT Sensor 0.Eddystone-UID
Beacon.Instance

LWEB beacon:

Figure 109: LWEB beacon datapoints on LDALI-10X devices

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 172 LOYTEC

LocalName

Type String
Valid Range 14 chars (14 bytes !)
Default Value -
Description LWEB beacon local room or segment name
Path Sensor 0 CEA709 DALI Channel 1.Datapoints.Bluetooth Sensors.BT Sensor 0.LWEB
Beacon.LocalName

Client Config

Type Signed Integer

Valid Range 1 … IGNORE BEACON
2 … BEACONS SORTED BY RSSI
3 … AUTOSTART PROJECT WITH STRONGEST BEACON SIGNAL
4+ … reserved
Default Value 1 … IGNORE BEACON
Description LWEB beacon client configuration (app)
Path Sensor 0 CEA709 DALI Channel 1.Datapoints.Bluetooth Sensors.BT Sensor 0.LWEB
Beacon.ClientConfig

View1, View2

Type String
Valid Range 250byte max.
Default Value -
Description Link to graphical view1, view2
Path Sensor 0 CEA709 DALI Channel 1.Datapoints.Bluetooth Sensors.BT Sensor 0.LWEB Beacon.View1
CEA709 DALI Channel 1.Datapoints.Bluetooth Sensors.BT Sensor 0.LWEB Beacon.View2

Asset Tracking:

Figure 110: Asset Tracking datapoints on LDALI-10X devices

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 173 LOYTEC

AssetData

Type String
Valid Range 65535byte
Default Value -
Description Asset data – JSON formatted
Path Sensor 0 CEA709 DALI Channel 1.Datapoints.Bluetooth Sensors.BT Sensor 0.Asset
Tracking.AssetData

AssetCount

Type Double
Valid Range 0-32
Default Value -
Description Number of active assets
Path Sensor 0 CEA709 DALI Channel 1.Datapoints.Bluetooth Sensors.BT Sensor 0.Asset
Tracking.AssetCount

8.2 BACnet Interface and Application (LDALI-20X only)

Similar to the CEA-709 interface, the BACnet interface allows controlling DALI ballasts and
access information from DALI ballasts and sensors via BACnet objects and properties.
Additional properties allow configuring the built-in light controller applications (constant
light, staircase lighting, etc.).

The objects can be grouped in the following categories:

DALI ballasts
 Analog Output objects (see Section 8.2.2.11):
- Control output light level.
- Configure DALI ballast parameters.
- Configure light application parameters (staircase lighting, etc.).
 Analog Input objects (see Section 8.2.2.12): Output light level feedback.
 Multi-State Output objects (see Section 8.2.2.16): Issue commands (start/stop emergency
test or burn-in, change color temperature, etc.).
 Analog Input objects (see Section 8.2.2.17): Battery status (self-contained emergency
lighting).

DALI groups
 Analog Output objects (see Section 8.2.2.11):
- Control output light level.
- Configure light application parameters (staircase lighting, etc.).
 Analog Input objects (see Section 8.2.2.12): Output light level feedback.
 Multi-State Output objects (see Section 8.2.2.13): Scene control.
 Accumulator objects (see Section 8.2.2.14): Accumulated energy usage (calculated).

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 174 LOYTEC

 Analog Input objects (see Section 8.2.2.15): Status and health state of group.
 Multi-State Output objects (see Section 8.2.2.16): Issue commands (start/stop emergency
test or burn-in, change color temperature, etc.).
 Analog Input objects (see Section 8.2.2.17): Battery status (self-contained emergency
lighting).

DALI channels
 Analog Output objects (see Section 8.2.2.11):
- Control output light level.
- Configure light application parameters (staircase lighting, etc.).
 Analog Input objects (see Section 8.2.2.12): Output light level feedback.
 Multi-State Output objects (see Section 8.2.2.13): Scene control.
 Accumulator objects (see Section 8.2.2.14): Accumulated energy usage (calculated).
 Analog Input objects (see Section 8.2.2.15): Status and health state of channel.
 Multi-State Output objects (see Section 8.2.2.16): Issue commands (start/stop emergency
test or burn-in, change color temperature, etc.).
 Analog Input objects (see Section 8.2.2.17): Battery status (self-contained emergency
lighting).

DALI sensors
 Analog Input objects (see Section 8.2.3.2): Lux level sensor value.
 Analog Input objects (see Section 8.2.3.3): Temperature sensor value.
 Analog Input objects (see Section 8.2.3.48.2.3.2): Humidity sensor value.
 Binary input objects (see Section 8.2.3.5): Occupancy sensor value.

Constant Light Controller

 Loop objects (see Section 8.2.4.13)

Which BACnet objects are available on the L-DALI’s BACnet interface can be configured
in the. BACnet project settings in the LINX Configurator (see LINX Configurator User
Manual [2]). Figure 111 shows the corresponding tab of the project settings.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 175 LOYTEC

Figure 111: BACnet interface configuration.

All properties not specifically mentioned in the following sections behave as described by
the BACnet standard.

The general BACnet objects and functions not specific to the L-DALI (Device Object,
Protocol Parameters, Time Master, Backup & Restore, etc.) are described in the LOYTEC
Device User Manual [1].

8.2.1 Interface Version

The BACnet interface can be used in two different modes:

Firmware version 1.x compatible interface

This interface is provided for backward compatibility with projects set up with a L-DALI
with firmware version before 2.0.

Full featured interface

This interface is recommended for new projects.

The main difference between the two interface versions is the instance number layout. The
“Full featured interface” offers better human readability. Further, new features in future
firmware versions may be only available via the full featured interface.

The interface version can be configured via the LINX Configurator project settings (see
LINX Configurator User Manual [2]).

8.2.2 Light Output Objects

There are three different types of light output objects:

 Objects related to DALI lamps (64 per channel).

 Objects related to DALI groups (16 per channel).

 Objects related to the DALI channels (1 per channel).

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 176 LOYTEC

8.2.2.1 Control
The L-DALI offers different methods to control lamps.

Individual Control

Each lamp can be controlled individually via the Present_Value property of the
corresponding Analog Output objects (see Section 8.2.2.11). Any new value received is
transmitting to the corresponding DALI lamp in the dimming mode configured with the Mode
property of the object (property Fade_Time or Ramp_Rate respectively is used to determine
dim speed).

Alternatively, single lamps can be controlled via commands triggered via the Present_Value
property of the corresponding Multi-State Output objects (see Section 8.2.2.16). The
command allows recalling scene values on individual lamps or ramping the dim value up and
down.

Group Control

Lamps belonging to a group can be controlled together by the following means:

 Dimming: Any new value received via the Present_Value property of the
corresponding Analog Output objects (see Section 8.2.2.11) is transmitting to the
corresponding DALI group in the dimming mode configured with the Mode
property of the object (property Fade_Time or Ramp_Rate respectively is used to
determine dim speed).

 Scene control: Using the Present_Value property of the corresponding Scene Multi-
State Output objects (see Section 8.2.2.13) up to 16 DALI scenes can be saved and
recalled. The states “STORE SCENE x” store the current light levels of all lamps of
the group in the specified scene number ‘x’. Alternatively DALI scenes can be
configured using the DALI Scenes page in the web interface (see LOYTEC Device
User Manual [1]) or the DALI Scenes tab in the LINX Configurator (see LINX
Configurator User Manual [2]). By setting the state to “GO TO SCENE x”
previously stored scenes can be recalled. The state “AUTOMATIC MODE” will
relinquish any manual override and (re-)activate a constant light controller linked to
the group (see Section 8.2.4.4). Scenes can be deleted by a using the states
“REMOVE SCENE x”. When a new scene is selected the lamp values are adjusted
in fading mode (property Fade_Time is used).

 Ramping: Using the Present_Value property of the corresponding Command Multi-

State Output objects (see Section 8.2.2.16) DALI groups can be dimmed up and
down with a constant rate (ramping) configured in the property Ramp_Rate of the
Analog Output object of the individual ballasts.

Channel Control

All lamps on the same DALI channel can be controlled together by the following means:

 Dimming: The Present_Value property of the corresponding Analog Output objects

works in the same way as for lamps and groups but affects all lamps on a channel.

 Scene control: The Present_Value property of the corresponding Scene Multi-State

Output objects works in the same way as for groups but affects all lamps on a
channel.

 Ramping: The Present_Value property of the corresponding Command Multi-State

Output objects works in the same way as for groups but affects all lamps on a
channel.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 177 LOYTEC

8.2.2.2 Maximum and Minimum Light Level

For a dimmable lamp the maximum and minimum light level of a lamp can be configured
via the properties Min_Level and Max_Pres_Value of the corresponding Analog Output
object.

For a non-dimmable lamp set Min_Level = Max_Pres_Value = 100%.

8.2.2.3 Timing Parameters

Figure 112 shows the behavior of the lamp actuator if the light is switched on/off via one of
the Analog Output objects. When the ON command is received, the lamp is switched to the
specified value after the time On_Delay_Time has expired. When the lamp is already on and
a new ON command is received the lamp is switched to the new value immediately. If the
lamp is on and an OFF command is received the lamp is switched off after the time
Off_Delay_Time.

Figure 112: Timing Parameters.

For staircase lighting an automatic cutoff can be configured in Auto_Off_Time as shown in

Figure 113. When this time expires, the lamp switches off automatically. To warn the user
that the light is going to turn off, an off-warning delay (Warn_Delay) can be configured.
During this time the light is dimmed to 50% of the previous level. For non-dimmable lights
(Min_Level=Max_Pres_Value) the light is blinking.

Figure 113: Timing Parameters with Auto_Off_Time and Warn_Delay.

The behavior of the auto-off timer can be modified with the property Auto_Off_Mode. If
Auto_Off_Mode is set to ENABLE_RESTART or ENABLE_RESTART_BREAK, the auto-
off timer can be restarted by a new ON command (see Figure 114). If Auto_Off_Mode is set
ENABLE_BREAK or ENABLE_RESTART_BREAK the auto-off timer can be stopped
before the time has expired by switching the light off via the corresponding Present_Value
property (see Figure 115).

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 178 LOYTEC

Figure 114: Timing Parameters (restart enabled).

Figure 115: Timing Parameters (break enabled).

8.2.2.4 Feedback
The DALI lamp, group and channel each report the current state via the Present_Value of a
feedback Analog Input (see Section 8.2.2.12).

All Analog Output objects report if they are in manual override mode by setting the
OVERRIDDEN flag in the Status_Flags property.

8.2.2.5 Emergency Lights

The L-DALI supports emergency light testing of self-contained DALI emergency lights
(Device Type 1, DT1). Tests can be started and stopped via the DALI Installation web-UI
(see LOYTEC Device User Manual [1]) or the Command Multi-State Output object (see
Section 8.2.2.16). Further, an automatic test schedule can be configured via the web-UI.

Whether the test is executed, pending or failed is shown in the status of the selected devices
on the DALI Installation web-UI. A test is pending if its execution is delayed as the current
state does not permit the execution of the test (e.g. battery not fully charged, other test being
performed, etc.).

The result of the last test and other emergency light related status information is available via
the following additional, emergency light related properties of the Channel Health Analog
Input object (see Section 8.2.2.15):

 Battery_Failure: Report battery failure for each emergency light ballast.

 Function_Test_Failure: Report whether last function test failed for each emergency light
ballast.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 179 LOYTEC

 Duration_Test_Failure: Report whether last function test failed for each emergency light
ballast.

Test results will be stored in the appropriate emergency light test log (see LOYTEC Devices
User Manual [1]).

In addition the current battery charge status of self-contained emergency lights is available
via the Battery Status Analog Input object (see Section 8.2.2.17).

8.2.2.6 Status Monitoring

The L-DALI monitors the DALI lamps and reports any failure in the property Device_Failure
of the Channel Health Analog Input object (see Section 8.2.2.15). In this property of type
BIT STRING each bit corresponds to the lamp with the same index. In case of a failure the
bit is set. Similar properties Lamp_Failure and Ballast_Failure are used to signal a lamp or
a ballast failure reported by a ballast for each DALI ballast.

A device failure is reported if either

 bus power for the related DALI channel fails,

 the DALI ballast is not reachable via the DALI channel, or

 the DALI ballast reports a failure (e.g. lamp failure) in its DALI status register.

The Present_Value properties of the group and channel related Analog Input objects (see
Section 8.2.2.15) reflect the percentage of failed ballasts in this group or channel respectively.

8.2.2.7 Statistics
The L-DALI reports the run hours and energy consumptions of the DALI lamps.

Run Hours

The L-DALI determines how long each DALI lamp was switched on. The value is reported
via the property Elapsed_Active_Time of the Analog Output object for each lamp, group, and
channel (see Section 8.2.2.11). If a lamp is replaced the run hours can be initialized by writing
-1 to this property. The time and date of the last reset is stored in the property
Time_Of_Active_Time_Reset.

The group related object reports the maximum run hours of all lamps in the groups via the
property Elapsed_Active_Time.

The channel related object reports the maximum run hours of all lamps on the channel via
the property Elapsed_Active_Time.

The run hours counter can be reset, either via the DALI Installation Web-UI (see LOYTEC
Devices User Manual [1]) or via the Command Multi-State Output object (see Section
8.2.2.16).

Energy Consumption

The L-DALI device can calculate the energy consumption of the DALI lamps. For that
purpose it needs to know the nominal power of all connected DALI lamps. If the
configuration property Nominal_Power of a lamp related Analog Output object (see Section
8.2.2.11) is set to 0 (AUTO), the L-DALI tries to obtain the energy consumption from the
DALI device. However, not all DALI ballasts support this proprietary extension. In this case
the Nominal_Power has to be configured with the nominal power of the ballast.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 180 LOYTEC

To reduce the number of objects the energy consumption is reported not separately for each
lamp but for a whole group or channel. Accumulator objects (see Section 8.2.2.14) are used
to report the sum of energy consumed by all lamps in a group or on a channel respectively.
The energy consumption can be reset by writing to the Value_Set property of the
Accumulator object

The energy consumption counter can be reset, either via the DALI Installation Web-UI (see
LOYTEC Devices User Manual [1]) or via the Command Multi-State Output object (see
Section 8.2.2.16).

8.2.2.8 Burn-In Function

Some lamps require a burn-in time during which they must not be dimmed. The burn-in mode
can be activated/deactivated via the Web-UI. The burn-in time is defined by the property
Burn_In_Time available via Analog Output objects corresponding to DALI channels (see
Section 8.2.2.11). During this time the lamps will only be switched to on (100%) or off (0%)
but not dimmed.

8.2.2.9 Fail Safe Functions

The light level a lamp adopts after power-up is defined in the property Power_On_Level. The
light level a lamp adopts in case of a DALI system failure is defined in the configuration
property System_Failure_Level. According to the DALI standard a DALI device will enter
system failure state if DALI bus power is interrupted for more than 550 ms.

Both values are available via Analog Output objects corresponding to DALI ballasts (see
Section 8.2.2.11).

8.2.2.10 Colour Control

Controlling the color temperature of devices of type “colour control” (device type 8, DT8,
“tuneable white”) is possible via the following methods:

 absolute by setting the colour temperature in degree Kelvin via the property
Colour_Temp available on Analog Output objects corresponding to DALI ballasts,
groups and channels (see Section 8.2.2.11).

 relative by ramping the colour temperature in the direction of warmer or cooler values
via the Command Multi-State Output object corresponding to DALI ballasts, groups and
channels (see Section 8.2.2.16).

 absolute by using the properties Hue and Saturation (see Section 8.2.2.11) available on
Analog Output objects corresponding to DALI ballasts, groups and channels. Hue is an
angular value, starting at the red primary at 0°, passing through the green primary at 120°
and the blue primary at 240°, and then wrapping back to red at 360°. Saturation can be
in the range of 0% to 100%. The controller converts the hue and saturation values given
to the respective native DALI colour control values (xy-coordinate, RGBWAF or
primary-N) as supported by the luminaire. This abstraction allows to use a control
algorithm or user interface independent of the supported DALI colour control method.

 via scenes by using the Scene Multi-State Output object corresponding to DALI groups
and channels (see Section 8.2.2.13). This object allows recalling DALI scenes. DALI
scenes can contain lamp colour settings (for ballasts with DT8 support) as well as dim
levels. These scenes can be defined using the DALI scenes tab in the LINX Configurator
(see LINX Configurator User Manual [2]) or in the DALI scenes web-UI (see LOYTEC
Device User Manual [1]). Note, that DALI scenes can be used to change lamp colour
without affecting the dim level (and vice versa).

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 181 LOYTEC

8.2.2.11 Analog Output Object – Control DALI ballast, group, or channel

This object type is used to control the dim level of DALI ballasts (see Table 11), DALI groups
(see Table 12), or DALI channel (see Table 13). For DALI devices it also provides access to
all its DALI parameters. Further, parameters for light controller applications are available
(e.g. staircase lighting, on and off delays, off warning etc.).

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 182 LOYTEC

Property Identifier Property Property Datatype Conformance Data

ID Code Point

Object_Identifier 75 BACnetObjectIdentifier R
Object_Name 77 CharacterString R 
Object_Type 79 BACnetObjectType R
Present_Value 85 REAL W 
Description 28 CharacterString W
Device_Type 31 CharacterString R 
Status_Flags 111 BACnetStatusFlags R
Event_State 36 BACnetEventState R
Reliability 103 BACnetReliability R 
Out_Of_Service 81 BOOLEAN W
Units 117 BACnetEngineeringUnits R
Min_Pres_Value 69 REAL R
Max_Pres_Value 65 REAL W 
Priority_Array 87 BACnetPriorityArray R
Relinquish_Default 104 REAL W
COV_Increment 22 REAL W
Time_Delay 113 Unsigned W
Notification_Class 17 Unsigned W
High_Limit 45 REAL W
Low_Limit 59 REAL W
Deadband 25 REAL W
Limit_Enable 52 BACnetLimitEnable W
Event_Enable 35 BACnetEventTransitionBits W
Acked_Transitions 0 BACnetEventTransitionBits W
Notify_Type 72 BACnetNotifyType W
Event_Time_Stamps 130 BACnetARRAY[3] of R
BACnetTimeStamp
Profile_Name 168 CharacterString R
Power_On_Level 512 REAL W 
System_Failure_Level 513 REAL W 
Fade_Time 514 REAL W 
Ramp_Rate 515 REAL W 
Min_Level 516 REAL W 
Groups 517 BIT STRING W 
Nominal_Power 518 REAL W 
Dim_Mode 520 BACnetDimMode W 
On_Delay_Time 521 Unsigned W 
Off_Delay_Time 522 Unsigned W 
Warn_Delay 523 Unsigned W 
Auto_Off_Time 524 Unsigned W 
Auto_Off_Mode 526 BACnetAutoOffMode W 
Elapsed_Active_Time 527 Unsigned W 
Time_Of_Active_Time_Reset 528 BACnetDateTime R 
Colour_Temp 567 REAL W 

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 183 LOYTEC

Property Identifier Property Property Datatype Conformance Data

ID Code Point

Hue 569 REAL W 

Saturation 570 REAL W 
Table 11: Properties of the Analog Output object used to control DALI ballasts.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 184 LOYTEC

Property Identifier Property Property Datatype Conformance Data

ID Code Point

Object_Identifier 75 BACnetObjectIdentifier R
Object_Name 77 CharacterString R 
Object_Type 79 BACnetObjectType R
Present_Value 85 REAL W 
Description 28 CharacterString W
Device_Type 31 CharacterString R
Status_Flags 111 BACnetStatusFlags R
Event_State 36 BACnetEventState R
Reliability 103 BACnetReliability R 
Out_Of_Service 81 BOOLEAN W
Units 117 BACnetEngineeringUnits R
Min_Pres_Value 69 REAL R
Max_Pres_Value 65 REAL W
Priority_Array 87 BACnetPriorityArray R
Relinquish_Default 104 REAL W
COV_Increment 22 REAL W
Time_Delay 113 Unsigned W
Notification_Class 17 Unsigned W
High_Limit 45 REAL W
Low_Limit 59 REAL W
Deadband 25 REAL W
Limit_Enable 52 BACnetLimitEnable W
Event_Enable 35 BACnetEventTransitionBits W
Acked_Transitions 0 BACnetEventTransitionBits W
Notify_Type 72 BACnetNotifyType W
Event_Time_Stamps 130 BACnetARRAY[3] of R
BACnetTimeStamp
Profile_Name 168 CharacterString R
Dim_Mode 520 BACnetDimMode W 
On_Delay_Time 521 Unsigned W 
Off_Delay_Time 522 Unsigned W 
Warn_Delay 523 Unsigned W 
Auto_Off_Time 524 Unsigned W 
Auto_Off_Mode 526 BACnetAutoOffMode W 
Elapsed_Active_Time 527 Unsigned W 
Time_Of_Active_Time_Reset 528 BACnetDateTime R 
Colour_Temp 567 REAL W 
Hue 569 REAL W 
Saturation 570 REAL W 
Table 12: Properties of the Analog Output object used to control DALI groups.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 185 LOYTEC

Property Identifier Property Property Datatype Conformance Data

ID Code Point

Object_Identifier 75 BACnetObjectIdentifier R
Object_Name 77 CharacterString R 
Object_Type 79 BACnetObjectType R
Present_Value 85 REAL W 
Description 28 CharacterString W
Device_Type 31 CharacterString R
Status_Flags 111 BACnetStatusFlags R
Event_State 36 BACnetEventState R
Reliability 103 BACnetReliability R 
Out_Of_Service 81 BOOLEAN W
Units 117 BACnetEngineeringUnits R
Min_Pres_Value 69 REAL R
Max_Pres_Value 65 REAL W
Priority_Array 87 BACnetPriorityArray R
Relinquish_Default 104 REAL W
COV_Increment 22 REAL W
Time_Delay 113 Unsigned W
Notification_Class 17 Unsigned W
High_Limit 45 REAL W
Low_Limit 59 REAL W
Deadband 25 REAL W
Limit_Enable 52 BACnetLimitEnable W
Event_Enable 35 BACnetEventTransitionBits W
Acked_Transitions 0 BACnetEventTransitionBits W
Notify_Type 72 BACnetNotifyType W
Event_Time_Stamps 130 BACnetARRAY[3] of R
BACnetTimeStamp
Profile_Name 168 CharacterString R
Burn_In_Time 519 Unsigned W 
Dim_Mode 520 BACnetDimMode W 
On_Delay_Time 521 Unsigned W 
Off_Delay_Time 522 Unsigned W 
Warn_Delay 523 Unsigned W 
Auto_Off_Time 524 Unsigned W 
Auto_Off_Mode 526 BACnetAutoOffMode W 
Elapsed_Active_Time 527 Unsigned W 
Time_Of_Active_Time_Reset 528 BACnetDateTime R 
Colour_Temp 567 REAL W 
Hue 569 REAL W 
Saturation 570 REAL W 
Table 13: Properties of the Analog Output object used to control DALI channels.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 186 LOYTEC

Object_Identifier (Read-Only)

The default instance number is ABCC, where “A” is 0 for the objects associated with DALI
devices and 1 for the objects associated with DALI groups, and 2 with DALI channels, “B”
is the DALI interface number (0-3) in decimal, and “CC” is the DALI device number (00-
63) or the DALI group address (00-15) respectively in decimal (00 for DALI channels).
Examples: Ballast 3 on channel 2 has the instance number 103, Group 5 on channel 1 has the
instance number 1005, and channel 4 has the instance number 2300.

In compatibility mode the instance number is 0x0ABBCC, where “A” is 0 for the objects
associated with DALI devices and 1 for the objects associated with DALI groups, and 2 with
DALI channels, “BB” is the DALI interface number (0-3) in hex, and “CC” is the DALI
device number (0-63) or the DALI group address (0-15) respectively in hex. Examples:
Ballast 3 on channel 2 has the instance number 0x000303 (771), Group 5 on channel 1 has
the instance number 0x010205 (66053), and channel 4 has the instance number 0x020300
(131840).

Object_Name (Read-Only)

This property holds the name of the lamp/group/channel. It can be changed via the Web-UI.

Object_Type (Read-Only)

The value of this property is ANALOG_OUTPUT (1).

Present_Value (Read/Write)

This property, of type REAL, indicates the linearized percentage (0..100.00%) of the device’s
desired light output; 0 being off, 1 being dimmest, 100 brightest. It is used to dim the
corresponding DALI ballast, group, or channel.

Depending on the Dim_Mode property, a write to this property results in a DALI “DIRECT
ARC POWER CONTROL” command (fade) or a series of UP or DOWN commands to the
device, group or channel respectively.

Description (Read/Write)

This property can be configured via BACnet. It serves documentation purposes only.

Device_Type (Read-Only)

This property contains the DALI device type (e.g. “low voltage halogen lamp”) for objects
mapping to DALI devices, “DALI group” for objects mapping to DALI groups and “DALI
channel” for objects mapping to DALI channels.

Status_Flags (Read-Only)

Of the four flags the flags IN_ALARM, FAULT, and OUT_OF_SERVICE are linked to the
state of the corresponding properties Event_State, Reliability and Out_Of_Service as
described by the standard.

OVERRIDDEN Logical TRUE (1) if the associated DALI channel is controlled via
the button interface (see Section 6.5.2), FALSE otherwise.

Reliability (Read-Only)

The Reliability property for this object type may have any of the following values:

NO_FAULT_DETECTED No fault was detected.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 187 LOYTEC

NO_OUTPUT A lamp failure was detected (for groups and channels if

at least one lamp failure in the group/on the channel was
detected).

COMMUNICATION_FAILURE Ballast offline (for groups and channels if at least one

ballast is offline in the group/on the channel).

UNRELIABLE_OTHER Other failure detected (e.g. DALI device type specific

error, for groups and channels if at least one ballast in the
group/on the channel reports a failure)

Units (Read-Only)

The value of this property is 98 (percent).

Min_Pres_Value (Read-Only)

The value of this property is 0.

Max_Pres_Value (Read/Write)

For objects associated to DALI lamps this property is read/write. Its maximum value is 100.
It is mapped to the DALI register MAX_LEVEL of the corresponding ballast.

For DALI groups and channels this value is always 100 and read only.

Profile_Name (Read-only)

This property has the following values:

 DALI lamps: “178-http://www.loytec.com/xsd/DALILampActuator/v1”

 DALI groups: “178-http://www.loytec.com/xsd/DALIGroupActuator/v1”

 DALI channels: “178-http://www.loytec.com/xsd/DALIChannelActuator/v1”

Power_On_Level (Read/Write)

The value of this proprietary property (property ID 512) corresponds to the “POWER ON
LEVEL” in the DALI device. A value of NaN corresponds to MASK.

Only present if the object is associated with a DALI lamp.

System_Failure_Level (Read/Write)

The value of this proprietary property (property ID 513) corresponds to the “SYSTEM
FAILURE LEVEL” in the DALI device. A value of NaN corresponds to MASK.

Only present if the object is associated with a DALI lamp.

Fade_Time (Read/Write)

The value of this proprietary property (property ID 514) corresponds to the “FADE TIME”
in the DALI device. It gives the time in seconds. The FADE TIME closest to the written
value will be used.

Only present if the object is associated with a DALI lamp.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 188 LOYTEC

Ramp_Rate (Read/Write)

The value of this proprietary property (property ID 515) corresponds to the “FADE RATE”
in the DALI device. It gives the fade rate in percent per seconds for ramping. The FADE
RATE closest to the written value will be used.

Only present if the object is associated with a DALI lamp.

Min_Level (Read/Write)

The value of this proprietary property (property ID 516) corresponds to “MIN LEVEL” in
the DALI device. It must be in the range 0 < Min_Level <= 100.

Only present if the object is associated with a DALI lamp.

Groups (Read/Write)

The value of this proprietary property (property ID 517) is a 16-bit wide BIT STRING. It
corresponds to the “GROUPS” of the DALI device. It defines the group membership of a
lamp. Each bit corresponds to the group of the same index. If the bit is set, the lamp is member
of the group.

Only present if the object is associated with a DALI lamp.

Nominal_Power (Read/Write)

This proprietary property (property ID 518) is used to specify the nominal power of a DALI
ballast. A value of 0 is used to specify AUTO. In this case the nominal power is read from
the ballast (if available).

Only present if the object is associated with a DALI lamp.

Burn_In_Time (Read/Write)

This proprietary property (property ID 519) is used to configure the burn in time for the
channel. The burn-in mode can be activated/deactivated via the Web-UI.

Only present if the object is associated with a DALI channel.

Dim_Mode (Read/Write)

The value of this proprietary property (property ID 520) is used to specify whether to use
ramping (1) or fading (0) when changing the current dim level by writing to the
Present_Value property.

In case of ramping a constant dim rate is used. Thus, the duration of the dim process depends
on the difference between start and target value.

Fading is based on a constant dim duration. Thus, the duration of the dim process does not
depend on the difference between start and target value.

On_Delay_Time (Read/Write)

This proprietary property (property ID 521) is used to configure an on-delay time in seconds.

Off_Delay_Time (Read/Write)

This proprietary property (property ID 522) is used to configure an off-delay time in seconds.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 189 LOYTEC

Warn_Delay (Read/Write)

This proprietary property (property ID 523) is used to configure an off-warning time in

seconds. It defines the time during which the user will be notified that the light will be
switched off shortly. During this time, the light is dimmed to 50% of the current level. Lamps
which cannot be dimmed (Min_Level = Max_Pres_Value) blink during this time.

Auto_Off_Time (Read/Write)

This proprietary property (property ID 524) is used to configure an auto-off time in seconds.
It determines the delay after which the lamp output is switched off automatically. The timer
is started after receiving a lamp ON command via the Present_Value property

The property Auto_Off_Mode modifies the behavior of the auto-off timer.

Auto_Off_Mode (Read/Write)

The value of this proprietary property (property ID 526) determines the behavior of the auto-
off timer. Possible values are:

DISABLE_ALL (0) ENABLE_RESTART and ENABLE_BREAK not

set.

ENABLE_BREAK (1) The auto-off-timer can be interrupted by writing to

the Present_Value.

ENABLE_RESTART (2) The auto-off-timer is restarted whenever the

Present_Value is written.

ENABLE_RESTART_BREAK (3) ENABLE_RESTART and ENABLE_BREAK set.

Elapsed_Active_Time (Read/Write)

The value of this proprietary property (property ID 527) gives the accumulated time in
seconds, which the corresponding DALI lamp was switched on. For groups or channels it
gives the maximum time of all lamps in the group/channel. When writing -1 to this property
the value is reset. For groups and channels the value of all lamps in the group/channel are
reset.

Time_Of_Active_Time_Reset (Read-Only)

The value of this proprietary property (property ID 528) give the time and date the
Elapsed_Active_Time property was last reset.

Colour_Temp (Read/Write)

This proprietary property (property ID 567) can be used to control the color temperature of
devices of type “colour control” (device type 8, according to IEC 62386-209). The value of
the property gives the color temperature in Kelvin. On objects corresponding to groups and
channels it allows to control the color temperature of all lights in the group or on the channel,
respectively, at once.

Hue, Saturation (Read/Write)

The proprietary properties Hue (property ID 569) and Saturation (property ID 570) can be
used to control the light color of devices of type “colour control” (device type 8, according
to IEC 62386-209) according to the HSV color model. Hue is an angular value, starting at
the red primary at 0°, passing through the green primary at 120° and the blue primary at 240°,
and then wrapping back to red at 360°. Saturation can be in the range of 0% to 100%.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 190 LOYTEC

Intrinsic reporting

This object supports all properties required for intrinsic reporting. Per default only fault
alarms are enabled.

8.2.2.12 Analog Input Object – Feedback from DALI ballast, group, or channel
This object is used to give feedback on the current dim level of DALI ballasts, DALI groups,
or DALI channels (see Table 14).

Property Property Property Datatype Confor Data

Identifier ID mance Point
Code

Object_Identifier 75 BACnetObjectIdentifier R
Object_Name 77 CharacterString R 
Object_Type 79 BACnetObjectType R
Present_Value 85 REAL R 
Device_Type 31 CharacterString R
Status_Flags 111 BACnetStatusFlags R
Event_State 36 BACnetEventState R
Reliability 103 BACnetReliability R 
Out_Of_Service 81 BOOLEAN W
Units 117 BACnetEngineeringUnits R
Min_Pres_Value 69 REAL R
Max_Pres_Value 65 REAL R
COV_Increment 22 REAL W
Profile_Name 168 CharacterString R
Table 14: Properties of the Analog Input object providing feedback from DALI ballasts, groups, and
channels.

Object_Identifier (Read-Only)

The instance number is equal to the instance number of the corresponding Analog Output
object (see Section 8.2.2.11).

Object_Name (Read-Only)

This property holds the value of the Object_Name of the associated Analog Output object
with the addition “Feedback”.

Object_Type (Read-Only)

The value of this property is ANALOG_INPUT (0).

Present_Value (Read-Only)

This property, of type REAL, indicates the linearized percentage (0..100.00%) of the DALI
device’s, group’s or channel’s current light output.

Device_Type (Read-Only)

This property contains the value “Actual Dim Level”.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 191 LOYTEC

Status_Flags (Read-Only)

Of the four flags the flags IN_ALARM, FAULT, and OUT_OF_SERVICE are linked to the
state of the corresponding properties Event_State, Reliability and Out_Of_Service as
described by the standard.

OVERRIDDEN Always FALSE.

Reliability (Read-Only)

The Reliability property for this object type may have any of the following values:

NO_FAULT_DETECTED No fault was detected.

NO_SENSOR A lamp failure was detected (for groups and channels if

at least one lamp failure in the group/on the channel was
detected).

COMMUNICATION_FAILURE Ballast offline (for groups and channels if at least one

ballast is offline in the group/on the channel).

UNRELIABLE_OTHER Other failure detected (e.g. DALI device type specific

error, for groups and channels if at least one ballast in the
group/on the channel reports a failure)

Units (Read-Only)

The value of this property is 98 (percent).

Min_Pres_Value (Read-Only)

The value of this property is 0.

Max_Pres_Value (Read-Only)

The value of this property is 100.

Profile_Name (Read-only)

This property has the following values:

 DALI lamps: “178-http://www.loytec.com/xsd/DALILampActuatorFeedback/v1”

 DALI groups: “178-http://www.loytec.com/xsd/DALIGroupActuatorFeedback/v1”

 DALI channels: “178-http://www.loytec.com/xsd/DALIChannelActuatorFeedback/v1”

8.2.2.13 Multi-State Output Object – Scene Control for DALI group or channel
This object is used to control the dim level of DALI groups and DALI channels via scene
control. It has states for scene learning, recalling and clearing (see Table 15).

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 192 LOYTEC

Property Identifier Property Property Datatype Conformance Data

ID Code Point

Object_Identifier 75 BACnetObjectIdentifier R
Object_Name 77 CharacterString R 
Object_Type 79 BACnetObjectType R
Present_Value 85 Unsigned W 
Status_Flags 111 BACnetStatusFlags R
Event_State 36 BACnetEventState R
Out_Of_Service 81 BOOLEAN W
Number_Of_States 74 Unsigned R
State_Text 110 BACnetARRAY[N]of CharacterString W
Priority_Array 87 BACnetPriorityArray R
Relinquish_Default 104 Unsigned R
Profile_Name 168 CharacterString R
Table 15: Properties of the Multi-State Output object used for scene control of DALI groups and
channels.

Object_Identifier (Read-Only)

The instance number is equal to the instance number of the corresponding Analog Output
object (see Section 8.2.2.11).

Object_Name (Read-Only)

This property holds the value of the Object_Name of the associated Analog Output object
with the addition “Scene”.

Object_Type (Read-Only)

The value of this property is MULTISTATE_OUTPUT (14).

Present_Value (Read/Write)

The Present_Value property can have the following values:

GO TO SCENE X (1-16): Where X is 0-15. Results in recalling the DALI scene X by

sending the DALI “GO TO SCENE” command to the DALI group address or DALI
broadcast address, which is associated with this Multi-State Output object.

STORE SCENE X (17-32): Where X is 0-15. Results in the current values being stored as
scene X by sending the DALI “STORE THE DTR AS SCENE” command to the DALI group
address or DALI broadcast address, which is associated with this Multi-State Output object.

REMOVE SCENE X (33-48): Where X is 0-15. Results in scene X being erased by sending
the DALI “REMOVE FROM SCENE” command to the DALI group address or DALI
broadcast address, which is associated with this Multi-State Output object.

AUTOMATIC MODE (49): Relinquish any manual override and (re-)activate constant light
controller linked to the group (see Section 8.2.4.4).

Status_Flags (Read-Only)

Of the four flags the flags IN_ALARM, FAULT, and OUT_OF_SERVICE are linked to the
state of the corresponding properties Event_State, Reliability and Out_Of_Service as
described by the standard.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 193 LOYTEC

OVERRIDDEN Logical TRUE (1) if the associated DALI channel is controlled via
the button interface (see Section 6.5.2), FALSE otherwise.

Reliability (Read-Only)

The Reliability property of this object type may have any of the following values:

NO_FAULT_DETECTED No fault was detected.

Number_Of_States (Read-Only)

This property has the value 49.

State_Text (Read/Write)

Per default this property contains the strings “GO TO SCENE X”, “STORE SCENE X”, and
“REMOVE SCENE X” respectively.

Profile_Name (Read-only)

This property has the following values:

 DALI groups: “178-http://www.loytec.com/xsd/DALIGroupSceneCtrl/v1”

 DALI channels: “178-http://www.loytec.com/xsd/DALIChannelSceneCtrl/v1”

8.2.2.14 Accumulator Object – Energy usage of DALI group or channel

This object is used to represent the accumulated energy usage of DALI groups and channels
(see Table 16).

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 194 LOYTEC

Property Identifier Property Property Datatype Conformance Data

ID Code Point

Object_Identifier 75 BACnetObjectIdentifier R
Object_Name 77 CharacterString R 
Object_Type 79 BACnetObjectType R
Present_Value 85 UNSIGNED R 
Device_Type 31 CharacterString R
Status_Flags 111 BACnetStatusFlags R
Event_State 36 BACnetEventState R
Reliability 103 BACnetReliability R 
Out_Of_Service 81 BOOLEAN W
Scale 187 BACnetScale R
Units 117 BACnetEngineeringUnits R
Max_Pres_Value 65 Unsigned R
Value_Change_Time 192 BACnetDateTime R
Value_Before_Change 190 Unsigned R
Value_Set 191 Unsigned W
Time_Delay 113 Unsigned W
Notification_Class 17 Unsigned W
High_Limit 45 REAL W
Low_Limit 59 REAL W
Deadband 25 REAL W
Limit_Enable 52 BACnetLimitEnable W
Event_Enable 35 BACnetEventTransitionBits W
Acked_Transitions 0 BACnetEventTransitionBits W
Notify_Type 72 BACnetNotifyType W
Event_Time_Stamps 130 BACnetARRAY[3] of BACnetTimeStamp R
Profile_Name 168 CharacterString R
Table 16: Properties of the Accumulator object representing the accumulated energy usage of DALI
groups or channels.

Object_Identifier (Read-Only)

The instance number is equal to the instance number of the corresponding Analog Output
object (see Section 8.2.2.11).

Object_Name (Read-Only)

This property holds the value of the Object_Name of the associated Analog Output object
with the addition “Energy”.

Object_Type (Read-Only)

The value of this property is ACCUMULATOR (23).

Present_Value (Read-Only)

The value of this property, of type UNSIGNED, indicates the accumulated energy usage in
Wh. For objects associated to DALI groups/channels this property reports the sum of the
accumulated energy usage of all ballasts in the DALI group/channel.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 195 LOYTEC

For calculating the energy usage the nominal power of the affected DALI lamps must be
known (see Property Nominal_Power, Section 8.2.2.11). The value of this property is just a
calculated value and thus is not suitable for billing energy usage.

Device_Type (Read-Only)

This property contains the value “Accumulated Energy Usage”.

Status_Flags (Read-Only)

Of the four flags the flags IN_ALARM, FAULT, and OUT_OF_SERVICE are linked to the
state of the corresponding properties Event_State, Reliability and Out_Of_Service as
described by the standard.

OVERRIDDEN Always FALSE.

Reliability (Read-Only)

The Reliability property for this object type may have any of the following values:

NO_FAULT_DETECTED No fault was detected.

UNRELIABLE_OTHER Other failure detected.

Scale (Read-Only)

The value of this property is INTEGER 1.

Units (Read-Only)

The value of this property is 18 (watt-hours).

Max_Pres_Value (Read-Only)

The value of this property is 4.294.967.295 (maximum unsigned 32-bit value).

Value_Set (Read/Write)

This property behaves as defined by the BACnet standard. Resetting the accumulator value
is possible via the Value_Set property (Value_Set is writeable, Value_Before_Change is not
writeable).

Profile_Name (Read-only)

The value of this property is “178-http://www.loytec.com/xsd/LightEnergyAccumulator/v1”.

Intrinsic reporting

The object supports all properties required for intrinsic reporting. Per default no alarms are
enabled.

8.2.2.15 Analog Input Object – Health State of DALI group or channel

This object is used to represent the health state of DALI groups (see Table 17) or DALI
channels (see Table 18).

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 196 LOYTEC

Property Identifier Property Property Datatype Conformance Data

ID Code Point

Object_Identifier 75 BACnetObjectIdentifier R
Object_Name 77 CharacterString R 
Object_Type 79 BACnetObjectType R
Present_Value 85 REAL R 
Status_Flags 111 BACnetStatusFlags R
Event_State 36 BACnetEventState R
Reliability 103 BACnetReliability R
Out_Of_Service 81 BOOLEAN W
Units 117 BACnetEngineeringUnits R
Min_Pres_Value 69 REAL R
Max_Pres_Value 65 REAL R
COV_Increment 22 REAL W
Time_Delay 113 Unsigned W
Notification_Class 17 Unsigned W
High_Limit 45 REAL W
Low_Limit 59 REAL W
Deadband 25 REAL W
Limit_Enable 52 BACnetLimitEnable W
Event_Enable 35 BACnetEventTransitionBits W
Acked_Transitions 0 BACnetEventTransitionBits W
Notify_Type 72 BACnetNotifyType W
Event_Time_Stamps 130 BACnetARRAY[3] of BACnetTimeStamp R
Profile_Name 168 CharacterString R
Table 17: Properties of the Analog Input object representing the health state of a DALI group.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 197 LOYTEC

Property Identifier Property Property Datatype Conformance Data

ID Code Point

Object_Identifier 75 BACnetObjectIdentifier R
Object_Name 77 CharacterString R 
Object_Type 79 BACnetObjectType R
Present_Value 85 REAL R 
Status_Flags 111 BACnetStatusFlags R
Event_State 36 BACnetEventState R
Reliability 103 BACnetReliability R
Out_Of_Service 81 BOOLEAN W
Units 117 BACnetEngineeringUnits R
Min_Pres_Value 69 REAL R
Max_Pres_Value 65 REAL R
COV_Increment 22 REAL W
Time_Delay 113 Unsigned W
Notification_Class 17 Unsigned W
High_Limit 45 REAL W
Low_Limit 59 REAL W
Deadband 25 REAL W
Limit_Enable 52 BACnetLimitEnable W
Event_Enable 35 BACnetEventTransitionBits W
Acked_Transitions 0 BACnetEventTransitionBits W
Notify_Type 72 BACnetNotifyType W
Event_Time_Stamps 130 BACnetARRAY[3] of BACnetTimeStamp R
Profile_Name 168 CharacterString R
Device_Failure 529 BIT STRING R 
Ballast_Failure 530 BIT STRING R 
Lamp_Failure 531 BIT STRING R 
Battery_Failure 532 BIT STRING R 
Function_Test_Failure 533 BIT STRING R 
Duration_Test_Failure 534 BIT STRING R 
Digital_Input_Override 571 BIT STRING R 
Bus_Power 563 BACnetBinaryPV R 
Bus_Power_Failure 564 BACnetBinaryPV R 
Bus_Power_Overload 565 BACnetBinaryPV R 
Table 18: Properties of the Analog Input object representing the health state of a DALI channel.

Object_Identifier (Read-Only)

The default instance number is ABCC, where “A” is 3 for the objects associated with DALI
groups, and 4 with DALI channels, “B” is the DALI interface number (0-3) in decimal, and
“CC” is the DALI group address (00-15) in decimal (00 for DALI channels). Examples:
Group 5 on channel 1 has the instance number 3005, and channel 4 has the instance number
4300.

Object_Name (Read-Only)

This property holds the value of the Object_Name of the associated Analog Output object
with the addition “Status”.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 198 LOYTEC

Object_Type (Read-Only)

The value of this property is ANALOG_INPUT (0).

Present_Value (Read-Only)

This property reports the percentage of failed ballasts on the corresponding group/channel.

A ballast failure is reported if either

 The bus power for the related DALI channel fails,

 the DALI ballast is not reachable via the DALI channel, or

 the DALI ballast reports a failure (e.g. lamp failure) in its DALI status register.

Status_Flags (Read-Only)

Of the four flags the flags IN_ALARM, FAULT, and OUT_OF_SERVICE are linked to the
state of the corresponding properties Event_State, Reliability and Out_Of_Service as
described by the standard.

OVERRIDDEN Always FALSE.

Reliability (Read-Only)

The Reliability property for this object type may have any of the following values:

NO_FAULT_DETECTED No fault was detected.

Units (Read-Only)

The value of this property is 98 (percent).

Min_Pres_Value (Read-Only)

The value of this property is 0.

Max_Pres_Value (Read-Only)

The value of this property is 100.

Profile_Name (Read-only)

This property has the following values:

 DALI groups: “178-http://www.loytec.com/xsd/DALIGroupActuatorStatus/v1”

 DALI channels: “178-http://www.loytec.com/xsd/DALIChannelActuatorStatus/v1”

Device_Failure (Read-Only)

The value of this proprietary property (property ID 529) is a 64-bit wide BIT STRING. It
contains one bit for each ballast on the channel. If the device fails (offline or failure reported
via DALI status bits) the bit is set, otherwise it is cleared.

Only present if the object is associated with a DALI channel.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 199 LOYTEC

Ballast_Failure (Read-Only)

The value of this proprietary property (property ID 530) is a 64-bit wide BIT STRING. It
contains one bit for each ballast on the channel. If the device reports a ballast failure the bit
is set, otherwise it is cleared.

Only present if the object is associated with a DALI channel.

Lamp_Failure (Read-Only)

The value of this proprietary property (property ID 531) is a 64-bit wide BIT STRING. It
contains one bit for each ballast on the channel. If the device reports a lamp failure the bit is
set, otherwise it is cleared.

Only present if the object is associated with a DALI channel.

Battery_Failure (Read-Only)

The value of this proprietary property (property ID 532) is a 64-bit wide BIT STRING. It
contains one bit for each ballast on the channel. If the device reports a battery failure (self-
contained emergency lights only) the bit is set, otherwise it is cleared.

Only present if the object is associated with a DALI channel.

Function_Test_Failure (Read-Only)

The value of this proprietary property (property ID 533) is a 64-bit wide BIT STRING. It
contains one bit for each ballast on the channel. If the device reports a function test failure
(self-contained emergency lights only) the bit is set, otherwise it is cleared.

Only present if the object is associated with a DALI channel.

Duration_Test_Failure (Read-Only)

The value of this proprietary property (property ID 534) is a 64-bit wide BIT STRING. It
contains one bit for each ballast on the channel. If the device reports a duration test failure
(self-contained emergency lights only) the bit is set, otherwise it is cleared.

Only present if the object is associated with a DALI channel.

Digital_Input_Override (Read-Only)

The value of this proprietary property (property ID 571) is a 64-bit wide BIT STRING. It
contains one bit for each ballast on the channel. If the device reports an override by a digital
input (LDALI RM8) the bit is set, otherwise it is cleared.

Only present if the object is associated with a DALI channel

Bus_Power (Read-Only)

The value of this proprietary property (property ID 563) is enabled (active) if the internal bus
power is active for the channel and disabled (inactive) if not.

Bus_Power_Failure (Read-Only)

The value of this proprietary property (property ID 564) is failed (active) if a DALI bus power
failure was detected on the channel or ok (inactive) if the DALI bus power is present. A bus
power failure is detected independent on whether an internal or an external DALI bus power
supply is used.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 200 LOYTEC

Bus_Power_Overload (Read-Only)

The value of this proprietary property (property ID 565) is overload (active) if the internal
DALI bus power failed due to an overload or normal (inactive) if the internal DALI bus
power is either disabled/not present or working properly.

Intrinsic reporting

The object supports all properties required for intrinsic reporting. Per default no alarms are
enabled.

8.2.2.16 Multi-State Output Object – Commands for DALI ballast, group, or channel
This object is used to issue commands to DALI ballasts, DALI groups and DALI channels.
It has states for scene control, burn-in mode, resetting run-hours and energy counters,
emergency light testing, relative dimming (up/down) and changing the colour temperature
(see Table 19).

Property Identifier Property Property Datatype Conformance Data

ID Code Point

Object_Identifier 75 BACnetObjectIdentifier R
Object_Name 77 CharacterString R 
Object_Type 79 BACnetObjectType R
Present_Value 85 Unsigned W 
Status_Flags 111 BACnetStatusFlags R
Event_State 36 BACnetEventState R
Out_Of_Service 81 BOOLEAN W
Number_Of_States 74 Unsigned R
State_Text 110 BACnetARRAY[N]of CharacterString W
Priority_Array 87 BACnetPriorityArray R
Relinquish_Default 104 Unsigned R
Profile_Name 168 CharacterString R
Table 19: Properties of the Multi-State Output object used for commanding DALI devices, groups
and channels.

Object_Identifier (Read-Only)

The default instance number is ABCC, where “A” is 3 for the objects associated with DALI
devices and 4 for the objects associated with DALI groups, and 5 with DALI channels, “B”
is the DALI interface number (0-3) in decimal, and “CC” is the DALI device number (00-
63) or the DALI group address (00-15) respectively in decimal (00 for DALI channels).
Examples: Group 5 on channel 1 has the instance number 4005, and channel 4 has the
instance number 5300.

Object_Name (Read-Only)

This property holds the value of the Object_Name of the associated Analog Output object
with the addition “Command”.

Object_Type (Read-Only)

The value of this property is MULTISTATE_OUTPUT (14).

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 201 LOYTEC

Present_Value (Read/Write)

The Present_Value property can have the following values:

NO COMMAND (1): No command is executed.

RECALL SCENE XX (2-17): Where XX is 00-15. Results in recalling the DALI scene XX
by sending the DALI “GO TO SCENE” command to the DALI device, DALI group address
or DALI broadcast address, which is associated with this Multi-State Output object.

STORE SCENE XX (18-33): Where XX is 0-15. Results in the current values being stored
as scene XX by sending the DALI “STORE THE DTR AS SCENE” command to the DALI
device, DALI group address or DALI broadcast address, which is associated with this Multi-
State Output object.

CLEAR SCENE XX (34-49): Where XX is 0-15. Results in scene XX being erased by

sending the DALI “REMOVE FROM SCENE” command to the DALI device, DALI group
address or DALI broadcast address, which is associated with this Multi-State Output object.

START BURN IN (50): Start the burn-in mode on the DALI ballasts, all DALI ballasts in
the group or all DALI ballasts on the channel, which is associated with this Multi-State
Output object. Some lamps require a burn-in time during which they must not be dimmed.
The burn-in time is defined by the corresponding configuration property – e.g.
nciBurnInTime (LONMARK) or Burn_In_Time (BACnet) – of the corresponding channel
fieldbus object. During this time the lamps will only be switched to on (100%) or off (0%)
but not dimmed. For more information on the burn-in functionality see Section 8.2.2.8.

STOP BURN IN (51): Abort burn-in mode.

RESET RUN HOURS (52): Reset the run hours of the the DALI ballasts, all DALI ballasts
in the group or all DALI ballasts on the channel, which is associated with this Multi-State
Output object. For more information on the run hours monitoring functionality see Section
8.2.2.7.

RESET ENERGY COUNT (53): Reset the energy counter of the DALI ballasts, all DALI
ballasts in the group or all DALI ballasts on the channel, which is associated with this Multi-
State Output object. For more information on the energy monitoring functionality see Section
8.2.2.7.

START EMERGENCY FUNCTION TEST (54): Start function test of self-contained

emergency lights supporting this function. Depending on the associated Multi-State Output
object the function test is started on the DALI self-contained emergency light, all DALI self-
contained emergency lights in the group or all DALI self-contained emergency lights on the
channel. Please refer to the documentation of the ballast vendor to determine whether a
ballast supports execution of a function test. For more information on testing of emergency
lights see Section 8.2.2.5.

START EMERGENCY DURATION TEST (55): Start duration test of self-contained

emergency lights supporting this function. Depending on the associated Multi-State Output
object the duration test is started on the DALI self-contained emergency light, all DALI self-
contained emergency lights in the group or all DALI self-contained emergency lights on the
channel. Please refer to the documentation of the ballast vendor to determine whether the
ballast supports execution of a duration test. For more information on testing of emergency
lights see Section 8.2.2.5.

STOP EMERGENCY TESTS (56): Abort any function and duration test currently executed
or pending.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 202 LOYTEC

UP (57): Ramp up (fade with constant rate) until command STOP is issued or 100% is
reached. Do not switch on if lights are off. Affects DALI device, DALI group address or
DALI broadcast address, which is associated with this Multi-State Output object.

ON AND UP (58): Ramp up (fade with constant rate) until command STOP is issued or
100% is reached. Switch on if lights are off. Affects DALI device, DALI group address or
DALI broadcast address, which is associated with this Multi-State Output object.

DOWN (59): Ramp down (fade with constant rate) until command STOP is issued or
minimum dim level is reached. Affects DALI device, DALI group address or DALI broadcast
address, which is associated with this Multi-State Output object.

DOWN AND OFF (60): Ramp down (fade with constant rate) until command STOP is
issued or 0% dim level is reached. Affects DALI device, DALI group address or DALI
broadcast address, which is associated with this Multi-State Output object.

STOP (61): Stop any dim process.

COLOUR WARMER (62): Ramp down1 (with constant rate) colour temperature until
command STOP is issued or minimum colour temperature is reached. Affects DALI ballast,
DALI group address or DALI broadcast address, which is associated with this Multi-State
Output object. Only affects DALI ballasts supporting Tc colour control as specified by
IEC 62386-209. For more information on colour control see Section 8.2.2.10.

COLOUR COOLER (63): Ramp up2 (with constant rate) colour temperature until
command STOP is issued or maximum colour temperature is reached. Affects DALI ballast,
DALI group address or DALI broadcast address, which is associated with this Multi-State
Output object. Only affects DALI ballasts supporting Tc colour control as specified by
IEC 62386-209. For more information on colour control see Section 8.2.2.10.

Status_Flags (Read-Only)

Of the four flags the flags IN_ALARM, FAULT, and OUT_OF_SERVICE are linked to the
state of the corresponding properties Event_State, Reliability and Out_Of_Service as
described by the standard.

OVERRIDDEN Always FALSE.

Reliability (Read-Only)

The Reliability property of this object type may have any of the following values:

NO_FAULT_DETECTED No fault was detected.

Number_Of_States (Read-Only)

This property has the value 63.

State_Text (Read/Write)

Per default this property contains the strings defined for the states in the description of the
Present_Value property (e.g. NO_COMMAND, RECALL SCENE XX, etc.).

1
A lower colour temperature value (in degree Kelvin) is considered a warmer colour.
2
A higher colour temperature value (in degree Kelvin) is considered a cooler colour.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 203 LOYTEC

Profile_Name (Read-only)

This property has the following values:

 DALI ballasts: “178-http://www.loytec.com/xsd/DALILampCommand/v1”

 DALI groups: “178-http://www.loytec.com/xsd/DALIGroupCommand/v1”

 DALI channels: “178-http://www.loytec.com/xsd/DALIChannelCommand/v1”

8.2.2.17 Analog Input Object – Battery Status of DALI emergency ballast, group, or
channel
This object is used to report the current battery charge status of self-contained emergency
lights (see Table 14). For more information on emergency lighting functionality see Section
8.2.2.5).

Property Property Property Datatype Conformance Data

Identifier ID Code Point

Object_Identifier 75 BACnetObjectIdentifier R
Object_Name 77 CharacterString R 
Object_Type 79 BACnetObjectType R
Present_Value 85 REAL R 
Device_Type 31 CharacterString R
Status_Flags 111 BACnetStatusFlags R
Event_State 36 BACnetEventState R
Reliability 103 BACnetReliability R
Out_Of_Service 81 BOOLEAN W
Units 117 BACnetEngineeringUnits R
Min_Pres_Value 69 REAL R
Max_Pres_Value 65 REAL R
COV_Increment 22 REAL W
Profile_Name 168 CharacterString R
Table 20: Properties of the Analog Input object providing battery status from self-contained
emergency lights.

Object_Identifier (Read-Only)

The default instance number is ABCC, where “A” is 6 for the objects associated with DALI
devices and 7 for the objects associated with DALI groups, and 8 with DALI channels, “B”
is the DALI interface number (0-3) in decimal, and “CC” is the DALI device number (00-
63) or the DALI group address (00-15) respectively in decimal (00 for DALI channels).
Examples: Group 5 on channel 1 has the instance number 7005, and channel 4 has the
instance number 8300.

Object_Name (Read-Only)

This property holds the value of the Object_Name of the associated Analog Output object
with the addition “Battery_Charge”.

Object_Type (Read-Only)

The value of this property is ANALOG_INPUT (0).

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 204 LOYTEC

Present_Value (Read-Only)

This property, of type REAL, indicates the battery charge status (0..100.00%) of a self-
contained DALI emergency light. For objects associated to groups or channels this property
reports the minimum value of all self-contained emergency lights in the group or channel,
respectively.

Device_Type (Read-Only)

This property contains the value “Battery Charge”.

Status_Flags (Read-Only)

Of the four flags the flags IN_ALARM, FAULT, and OUT_OF_SERVICE are linked to the
state of the corresponding properties Event_State, Reliability and Out_Of_Service as
described by the standard.

OVERRIDDEN Always FALSE.

Reliability (Read-Only)

The Reliability property for this object type may have any of the following values:

NO_FAULT_DETECTED No fault was detected.

NO_SENSOR Battery charge status unknown or not supported (for

objects associated with groups or channels if all ballasts
in group/channel do not report battery charge).

COMMUNICATION_FAILURE Ballast offline (for groups and channels if at least one

ballast is offline in the group/on the channel).

UNRELIABLE_OTHER Other failure detected (e.g. DALI device type specific

error, for groups and channels if at least one ballast in the
group/on the channel reports a failure)

Units (Read-Only)

The value of this property is 98 (percent).

Min_Pres_Value (Read-Only)

The value of this property is 0.

Max_Pres_Value (Read-Only)

The value of this property is 100.

Profile_Name (Read-only)

This property has the following values:

 DALI lamps: “178-http://www.loytec.com/xsd/DALILampBatteryCharge/v1”

 DALI groups: “178-http://www.loytec.com/xsd/DALIGroupBatteryCharge/v1”

 DALI channels: “178-http://www.loytec.com/xsd/DALIChannelBatteryCharge/v1”

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 205 LOYTEC

8.2.3 Sensor Objects

The L-DALI provides objects for 16 DALI sensors per channel. Each sensor is represented
by

 an Analog Input object providing the lux level measured by the sensor and

 an Binary Input object providing the occupancy state determined by the sensor.

8.2.3.1 Sensor Calibration

To provide a reliable measurement the light sensor needs to be calibrated. The calibration is
best performed with the LINX Configurator software (see LINX Configurator User Manual
[2]) or using the Web Interface (see LOYTEC Device User Manual [1]).

8.2.3.2 Analog Input Object – DALI Light Sensor

This object is used to represent the light sensor part of a DALI Sensor (see Table 21). There
is a maximum of 16 such objects per channel.

Property Identifier Property Property Datatype Conformance Data

ID Code Point

Object_Identifier 75 BACnetObjectIdentifier R
Object_Name 77 CharacterString R 
Object_Type 79 BACnetObjectType R
Present_Value 85 REAL R 
Device_Type 31 CharacterString R 
Status_Flags 111 BACnetStatusFlags R
Event_State 36 BACnetEventState R
Reliability 103 BACnetReliability R 
Out_Of_Service 81 BOOLEAN W
Units 117 BACnetEngineeringUnits R
Min_Pres_Value 69 REAL R
Max_Pres_Value 65 REAL R 
COV_Increment 22 REAL W
Time_Delay 113 Unsigned W
Notification_Class 17 Unsigned W
High_Limit 45 REAL W
Low_Limit 59 REAL W
Deadband 25 REAL W
Limit_Enable 52 BACnetLimitEnable W
Event_Enable 35 BACnetEventTransitionBits W
Acked_Transitions 0 BACnetEventTransitionBits W
Notify_Type 72 BACnetNotifyType W
Event_Time_Stamps 130 BACnetARRAY[3] of BACnetTimeStamp R
Profile_Name 168 CharacterString R
Lux_2 557 REAL R 
Table 21: Properties of the Analog Input object representing a DALI lux level sensor.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 206 LOYTEC

Object_Identifier (Read-Only)

The default instance number is 5BCC, where “B” is the DALI interface number (0-3) in
decimal, and “CC” is the DALI device number (00-15). Example: DALI sensor 4 on channel
2 has the instance number 5104.

Object_Name (Read/Write)

This property holds the name of the DALI sensor. It can be changed via the Web-UI.

Object_Type (Read-Only)

The value of this property is ANALOG_INPUT (0).

Present_Value (Read-Only)

This property reports the current light level reported by the sensor corrected by the calibration
function configured via the gain table (see Section 8.2.3.1).

Device_Type (Read-Only)

This property contains the type of DALI sensor (e.g. “Tridonic Sensor”).

Status_Flags (Read-Only)

Of the four flags the flags IN_ALARM, FAULT, and OUT_OF_SERVICE are linked to the
state of the corresponding properties Event_State, Reliability and Out_Of_Service as
described by the standard.

OVERRIDDEN Always FALSE.

Reliability (Read-Only)

The Reliability property for this object type may have any of the following values:

NO_FAULT_DETECTED No fault was detected.

NO_SENSOR No sensor assigned or some failure reported by the DALI

sensor (no light value reported).

COMMUNICATION_FAILURE Sensor offline.

UNRELIABLE_OTHER Other failure detected.

Units (Read-Only)

The value of this property is 37 (lux).

Min_Pres_Value (Read-Only)

The value of this property is 0.

Max_Pres_Value (Read-Only)

The value of this property is “Infinity”.

Profile_Name (Read-only)

The value of this property is “178-http://www.loytec.com/xsd/DALILightSensor/v1”.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 207 LOYTEC

Lux_2 (Read-only)

If the assigned sensor provides multiple lux level sensor values this property (property ID
557) reports the current second light level value reported by the sensor. No gain table
correction is applied.

Intrinsic reporting

The object supports all properties required for intrinsic reporting. Per default only fault
alarms are enabled.

8.2.3.3 Analog Input Object – DALI Sensor Temperature

This object is used to represent the temperature part of a DALI Sensor (see Table 22). It is
not available in the standard interface, but has to be activated in the project settings (see
Figure 111: BACnet interface configuration.).

There is a maximum of 16 such objects per channel.

Property Identifier Property Property Datatype Conformance Data

ID Code Point

Object_Identifier 75 BACnetObjectIdentifier R
Object_Name 77 CharacterString R 
Object_Type 79 BACnetObjectType R
Present_Value 85 REAL R 
Device_Type 31 CharacterString R
Status_Flags 111 BACnetStatusFlags R
Event_State 36 BACnetEventState R
Reliability 103 BACnetReliability R
Out_Of_Service 81 BOOLEAN W
Units 117 BACnetEngineeringUnits R
Min_Pres_Value 69 REAL R
Max_Pres_Value 65 REAL R
COV_Increment 22 REAL W
Time_Delay 113 Unsigned W
Notification_Class 17 Unsigned W
High_Limit 45 REAL W
Low_Limit 59 REAL W
Deadband 25 REAL W
Limit_Enable 52 BACnetLimitEnable W
Event_Enable 35 BACnetEventTransitionBits W
Acked_Transitions 0 BACnetEventTransitionBits W
Notify_Type 72 BACnetNotifyType W
Event_Time_Stamps 130 BACnetARRAY[3] of BACnetTimeStamp R
Profile_Name 168 CharacterString R
Table 22: Properties of the Analog Input object representing a DALI temperature sensor.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 208 LOYTEC

Object_Identifier (Read-Only)

The default instance number is 13BCC, where “B” is the DALI interface number (0-3) in
decimal, and “CC” is the DALI device number (00-15). Example: DALI sensor 4 on channel
2 has the instance number 13104.

Object_Name (Read/Write)

This property holds the name of the DALI sensor. It can be changed via the Web-UI.

Object_Type (Read-Only)

The value of this property is ANALOG_INPUT (0).

Present_Value (Read-Only)

This property reports the current temperature reported by the sensor.

Device_Type (Read-Only)

This property contains the type of DALI sensor (e.g. “Tridonic Sensor”).

Status_Flags (Read-Only)

Of the four flags the flags IN_ALARM, FAULT, and OUT_OF_SERVICE are linked to the
state of the corresponding properties Event_State, Reliability and Out_Of_Service as
described by the standard.

OVERRIDDEN Always FALSE.

Reliability (Read-Only)

The Reliability property for this object type may have any of the following values:

NO_FAULT_DETECTED No fault was detected.

NO_SENSOR No sensor assigned or some failure reported by the DALI

sensor (no light value reported).

COMMUNICATION_FAILURE Sensor offline.

UNRELIABLE_OTHER Other failure detected.

Units (Read-Only)

The value of this property is 62 (°C).

Min_Pres_Value (Read-Only)

The value of this property is “Infinity”..

Max_Pres_Value (Read-Only)

The value of this property is “Infinity”.

Profile_Name (Read-only)

The value of this property is “178-http://www.loytec.com/xsd/DALISensorTemperature/v1”.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 209 LOYTEC

Intrinsic reporting

The object supports all properties required for intrinsic reporting. Per default only fault
alarms are enabled.

8.2.3.4 Analog Input Object – DALI Sensor Humidity

This object is used to represent the humidity part of a DALI Sensor (see Table 23). It is not
available in the standard interface, but has to be activated in the project settings (see Figure
111: BACnet interface configuration.).

There is a maximum of 16 such objects per channel.

Property Identifier Property Property Datatype Conformance Data

ID Code Point

Object_Identifier 75 BACnetObjectIdentifier R
Object_Name 77 CharacterString R 
Object_Type 79 BACnetObjectType R
Present_Value 85 REAL R 
Device_Type 31 CharacterString R
Status_Flags 111 BACnetStatusFlags R
Event_State 36 BACnetEventState R
Reliability 103 BACnetReliability R
Out_Of_Service 81 BOOLEAN W
Units 117 BACnetEngineeringUnits R
Min_Pres_Value 69 REAL R
Max_Pres_Value 65 REAL R
COV_Increment 22 REAL W
Time_Delay 113 Unsigned W
Notification_Class 17 Unsigned W
High_Limit 45 REAL W
Low_Limit 59 REAL W
Deadband 25 REAL W
Limit_Enable 52 BACnetLimitEnable W
Event_Enable 35 BACnetEventTransitionBits W
Acked_Transitions 0 BACnetEventTransitionBits W
Notify_Type 72 BACnetNotifyType W
Event_Time_Stamps 130 BACnetARRAY[3] of BACnetTimeStamp R
Profile_Name 168 CharacterString R
Table 23: Properties of the Analog Input object representing a DALI humidity sensor.

Object_Identifier (Read-Only)

The default instance number is 14BCC, where “B” is the DALI interface number (0-3) in
decimal, and “CC” is the DALI device number (00-15). Example: DALI sensor 4 on channel
2 has the instance number 14104.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 210 LOYTEC

Object_Name (Read/Write)

This property holds the name of the DALI sensor. It can be changed via the Web-UI.

Object_Type (Read-Only)

The value of this property is ANALOG_INPUT (0).

Present_Value (Read-Only)

This property reports the current light level reported by the sensor corrected by the calibration
function configured via the gain table (see Section 8.2.3.1).

Device_Type (Read-Only)

This property contains the type of DALI sensor (e.g. “Tridonic Sensor”).

Status_Flags (Read-Only)

Of the four flags the flags IN_ALARM, FAULT, and OUT_OF_SERVICE are linked to the
state of the corresponding properties Event_State, Reliability and Out_Of_Service as
described by the standard.

OVERRIDDEN Always FALSE.

Reliability (Read-Only)

The Reliability property for this object type may have any of the following values:

NO_FAULT_DETECTED No fault was detected.

NO_SENSOR No sensor assigned or some failure reported by the DALI

sensor (no light value reported).

COMMUNICATION_FAILURE Sensor offline.

UNRELIABLE_OTHER Other failure detected.

Units (Read-Only)

The value of this property is 98 (%).

Min_Pres_Value (Read-Only)

The value of this property is “0%”.

Max_Pres_Value (Read-Only)

The value of this property is “100%”

Profile_Name (Read-only)

The value of this property is “178-http://www.loytec.com/xsd/DALISensorHumidity/v1”.

Intrinsic reporting

The object supports all properties required for intrinsic reporting. Per default only fault
alarms are enabled.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 211 LOYTEC

8.2.3.5 Binary Input Object – DALI Occupancy sensor

This object is used to represent the occupancy sensor part of a DALI Sensor (see Table 24).
There is a maximum of 16 such objects per channel.

Property Identifier Property Property Datatype Conformance Data

ID Code Point

Object_Identifier 75 BACnetObjectIdentifier R
Object_Name 77 CharacterString R 
Object_Type 79 BACnetObjectType R
Present_Value 85 BACnetBinaryPV R 
Status_Flags 111 BACnetStatusFlags R
Event_State 36 BACnetEventState R
Reliability 103 BACnetReliability R 
Out_Of_Service 81 BOOLEAN W
Polarity 84 BACnetPolarity W
Inactive_Text 46 CharacterString W
Active_Text 4 CharacterString W
Profile_Name 168 CharacterString R
Debounce 535 Unsigned W 
Unoccupied_Delay 536 Unsigned W 
Heartbeat 558 Unsigned W 
Pir_Sensitivity 572 Real W 
Acoustic Sensitivity 573 Real W 
Table 24: Properties of the Binary Input object representing a DALI occupancy sensor.

Object_Identifier (Read-Only)

The instance number is equal to the instance number of the corresponding Analog Input
object (see Section 8.2.3.2).

Object_Name (Read-Only)

This property holds the value of the Object_Name of the associated Analog Input object with
the addition “Occupancy”.

Object_Type (Read-Only)

The value of this property is BINARY_INPUT (3).

Present_Value (Read-Only)

This property reports the occupancy status. If the Polarity property is NORMAL the occupied
state corresponds to ACTIVE, while the unoccupied state corresponds to INACTIVE.

Status_Flags (Read-Only)

Of the four flags the flags IN_ALARM, FAULT, and OUT_OF_SERVICE are linked to the
state of the corresponding properties Event_State, Reliability and Out_Of_Service as
described by the standard.

OVERRIDDEN Always FALSE.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 212 LOYTEC

Reliability (Read-Only)

The Reliability property for this object type may have any of the following values:

NO_FAULT_DETECTED No fault was detected.

NO_SENSOR No sensor assigned or some failure reported by the DALI

sensor (no occupancy value reported).

COMMUNICATION_FAILURE Sensor offline.

UNRELIABLE_OTHER Other failure detected.

Profile_Name (Read-only)

The value of this property is “178-http://www.loytec.com/xsd/DALIOccupancy Sensor/v1”.

Debounce (Read/Write)

The value of this proprietary property (property ID 535) specifies the debouncing time in
seconds (see Section 8.1.3.1).

Unoccupied_Delay (Read/Write)

The value of this proprietary property (property ID 536) determines the delay in seconds after
which the state changes to unoccupied. The timer is armed each time the value reported by
the sensor changes from occupied to unoccupied. A value of 0 disables the unoccupied delay.

Heartbeat (Read/Write)

The value of this proprietary property (property ID 558) determines the maximum period of
time that expires before the object automatically updates its Present_Value. This allows using
the Present_Value as occupancy event input to a constant light controller object.

Pir_Sensitivity (Read/Write)

The value of this proprietary property (property ID 572) determines the sensitivity of the
occupancy sensor (acc. IEC62368-303). A value of 0 disables the detection method.

Acoustic_Sensitivity (Read/Write)

The value of this proprietary property (property ID 573) determines the sensitivity of the
acoustic precense detection. A value of 0 disables the detection method.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 213 LOYTEC

8.2.3.6 CharacterString Value and Analog Value Objects– iBeacon

The objects UUID, Major and Minor are used to represent the iBeacon sensor part of a DALI
Sensor (see Figure 116, Table 25 and Table 26). There is a maximum of 16 such objects per
channel.

Figure 116: BACnet datapoints for iBeacon

UUID:

Property Identifier Property Property Datatype Conformance Data

ID Code Point

Object_Identifier 75 BACnetObjectIdentifier R
Object_Name 77 CharacterString R 
Object_Type 79 BACnetObjectType R
Present_Value 85 CharacterString W 
Status_Flags 111 BACnetStatusFlags R
Reliability 103 BACnetReliability R
Out_Of_Service 81 BOOLEAN W
Table 25: Properties of the String value objects representing the iBeacon-UUID of a sensor.

Object_Identifier (Read-Only)

The instance number is equal to the instance number of the corresponding Analog Input
object (see Section 8.2.3.2).

Object_Name (Read-Only)

This property holds the value of the Object_Name of the associated Analog Input object with
the addition “iBeacon UUID”.

Object_Type (Read-Only)

The value of this property is CHARACTERSTRING_VALUE (40).

Present_Value (Read/Write)

This property represents the UUID of the iBeacon.

Status_Flags (Read-Only)

Of the four flags the flags IN_ALARM, FAULT, and OUT_OF_SERVICE are linked to the
state of the corresponding properties Event_State, Reliability and Out_Of_Service as
described by the standard.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 214 LOYTEC

OVERRIDDEN Always FALSE.

Reliability (Read-Only)

The Reliability property for this object type may have any of the following values:

NO_FAULT_DETECTED No fault was detected.

NO_SENSOR No sensor assigned or some failure reported by the sensor

COMMUNICATION_FAILURE Sensor offline.

UNRELIABLE_OTHER Other failure detected.

Profile_Name (Read-only)

“178-http://www.loytec.com/xsd/DALIBluetoothIBeaconUuid/v1”

Major, Minor:

Property Identifier Property Property Datatype Conformance Data

ID Code Point

Object_Identifier 75 BACnetObjectIdentifier R
Object_Name 77 CharacterString R 
Object_Type 79 BACnetObjectType R
Present_Value 85 Real W 
Status_Flags 111 BACnetStatusFlags R
Reliability 103 BACnetReliability R
Out_Of_Service 81 BOOLEAN W
Table 26: Properties of the Analog value objects representing the iBeacon-Major and iBeacon-Minor
of a sensor.

Object_Identifier (Read-Only)

The instance number is equal to the instance number of the corresponding Analog Input
object (see Section 8.2.3.2).

Object_Name (Read-Only)

This property holds the value of the Object_Name of the associated Analog Input object with
the addition “iBeacon Major” or “iBeacon Minor”.

Object_Type (Read-Only)

The value of this property is ANALOG_VALUE (2).

Present_Value (Read/Write)

This property represents the Major or Minor number of the iBeacon.

Status_Flags (Read-Only)

Of the four flags the flags IN_ALARM, FAULT, and OUT_OF_SERVICE are linked to the
state of the corresponding properties Event_State, Reliability and Out_Of_Service as
described by the standard.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 215 LOYTEC

OVERRIDDEN Always FALSE.

Reliability (Read-Only)

The Reliability property for this object type may have any of the following values:

NO_FAULT_DETECTED No fault was detected.

NO_SENSOR No sensor assigned or some failure reported by the sensor

COMMUNICATION_FAILURE Sensor offline.

UNRELIABLE_OTHER Other failure detected.

Profile_Name (Read-only)

“178-http://www.loytec.com/xsd/DALIBluetoothIBeaconMajor/v1”

“178-http://www.loytec.com/xsd/DALIBluetoothIBeaconMinor/v1”

8.2.3.7 CharacterString Value Objects – Eddystone-UID Beacon

The objects Name and Instance are used to represent the Eddystone-UID beacon part of a
sensor (see Figure 117 and Table 27). There is a maximum of 16 such objects per channel.

Figure 117: BacNet datapoints for Eddystone-UID beacon

Property Identifier Property Property Datatype Conformance Data

ID Code Point

Object_Identifier 75 BACnetObjectIdentifier R
Object_Name 77 CharacterString R 
Object_Type 79 BACnetObjectType R
Present_Value 85 CharacterString W 
Status_Flags 111 BACnetStatusFlags R
Reliability 103 BACnetReliability R
Out_Of_Service 81 BOOLEAN W
Table 27: Properties of the String value objects representing the EddyStone Namespace and Instance
of a sensor.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 216 LOYTEC

Object_Identifier (Read-Only)

The instance number is equal to the instance number of the corresponding Analog Input
object (see Section 8.2.3.2).

Object_Name (Read-Only)

This property holds the value of the Object_Name of the associated Analog Input object with
the addition “Eddystone-UID Name” or “Eddystone-UID Instance”.

Object_Type (Read-Only)

The value of this property is CHARACTERSTRING_VALUE (40).

Present_Value (Read/Write)

This property represents the Namespace or Instance of the Eddystone UID beacon.

Status_Flags (Read-Only)

Of the four flags the flags IN_ALARM, FAULT, and OUT_OF_SERVICE are linked to the
state of the corresponding properties Event_State, Reliability and Out_Of_Service as
described by the standard.

OVERRIDDEN Always FALSE.

Reliability (Read-Only)

The Reliability property for this object type may have any of the following values:

NO_FAULT_DETECTED No fault was detected.

NO_SENSOR No sensor assigned or some failure reported by the sensor

COMMUNICATION_FAILURE Sensor offline.

UNRELIABLE_OTHER Other failure detected.

Profile_Name (Read-only)

“178-http://www.loytec.com/xsd/DALIBluetoothEddystoneBeaconName/v1”

“178-http://www.loytec.com/xsd/DALIBluetoothEddystoneBeaconInstance/v1”

8.2.3.8 CharacterString Value and Multistate Value Objects – LWEB Beacon

This objects LocalName, ClientConfig, View1 and View2 are used to represent the LWEB
Beacon part of a sensor (see Figure 118, Table 28 and Table 29). There is a maximum of 16
such objects per channel.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 217 LOYTEC

Figure 118: BACnet datapoints for LWEB beacon

LocalName, View1, View2:

Property Identifier Property Property Datatype Conformance Data

ID Code Point

Object_Identifier 75 BACnetObjectIdentifier R
Object_Name 77 CharacterString R 
Object_Type 79 BACnetObjectType R
Present_Value 85 CharacterString W 
Status_Flags 111 BACnetStatusFlags R
Reliability 103 BACnetReliability R
Out_Of_Service 81 BOOLEAN W
Table 28: Properties of the String value objects representing the LWEB beacon LocalName of a
sensor and the links to graphical views View1 or View2.

Object_Identifier (Read-Only)

The instance number is equal to the instance number of the corresponding Analog Input
object (see Section 8.2.3.2).

Object_Name (Read-Only)

This property holds the value of the Object_Name of the associated Analog Input object with
the addition “Local Name”, “View1” or “View2”.

Object_Type (Read-Only)

The value of this property is CHARACTERSTRING_VALUE (40).

Present_Value (Read/Write)

This property represents the LocalName of the LWEB-beacon or contains the links to
graphical views.

Status_Flags (Read-Only)

Of the four flags the flags IN_ALARM, FAULT, and OUT_OF_SERVICE are linked to the
state of the corresponding properties Event_State, Reliability and Out_Of_Service as
described by the standard.

OVERRIDDEN Always FALSE.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 218 LOYTEC

Reliability (Read-Only)

The Reliability property for this object type may have any of the following values:

NO_FAULT_DETECTED No fault was detected.

NO_SENSOR No sensor assigned or some failure reported by the sensor

COMMUNICATION_FAILURE Sensor offline.

UNRELIABLE_OTHER Other failure detected.

Profile_Name (Read-only)

“178-http://www.loytec.com/xsd/DALIBluetoothLwebBeaconLocalName/v1”

“178-http://www.loytec.com/xsd/DALIBluetoothLwebBeaconView1/v1”

“178-http://www.loytec.com/xsd/DALIBluetoothLwebBeaconView2/v1”

Client Config:

Property Identifier Property Property Datatype Conformance Data

ID Code Point

Object_Identifier 75 BACnetObjectIdentifier R
Object_Name 77 CharacterString R 
Object_Type 79 BACnetObjectType R
Present_Value 85 MulitState W 
Status_Flags 111 BACnetStatusFlags R
Reliability 103 BACnetReliability R
Out_Of_Service 81 BOOLEAN W
Table 29: Properties of the multistate value objects representing the Client Configuration of the
LWEB beacon of a sensor.

Object_Identifier (Read-Only)

The instance number is equal to the instance number of the corresponding Analog Input
object (see Section 8.2.3.2).

Object_Name (Read-Only)

This property holds the value of the Object_Name of the associated Analog Input object with
the addition “Client Config”.

Object_Type (Read-Only)

The value of this property is MULTISTATE_VALUE (19).

Present_Value (Read/Write)

This property can have the values:

IGNORE BEACON (1): The beacon shall be ignored by the LWEB app.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 219 LOYTEC

BEACONS SORTED BY RSSI (2): The beacons in the list of the LWEP app shall be sorted
by RSSI.

AUTOSTART PROJECT WITH STRONGEST BEACON SIGNAL (3): The app shall
autoconnect to the strongest beacon.

Others: reserved for future use

Status_Flags (Read-Only)

Of the four flags the flags IN_ALARM, FAULT, and OUT_OF_SERVICE are linked to the
state of the corresponding properties Event_State, Reliability and Out_Of_Service as
described by the standard.

OVERRIDDEN Always FALSE.

Reliability (Read-Only)

The Reliability property for this object type may have any of the following values:

NO_FAULT_DETECTED No fault was detected.

NO_SENSOR No sensor assigned or some failure reported by the sensor

COMMUNICATION_FAILURE Sensor offline.

UNRELIABLE_OTHER Other failure detected.

Profile_Name (Read-only)

“178-http://www.loytec.com/xsd/DALIBluetoothLwebBeaconClientConfig/v1”

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 220 LOYTEC

8.2.3.9 CharacterString Value and Analog Output Object– Asset Tracking

The objects AssetData and Asset Count are used to represent the asset tracking sensor part of
a multisensor (see Figure 119, Table 29 and Table 30). There is a maximum of 16 such objects
per channel.

Figure 119: BACnet datapoints for Asset Tracking

AssetData:

Property Identifier Property Property Datatype Conformance Data

ID Code Point

Object_Identifier 75 BACnetObjectIdentifier R
Object_Name 77 CharacterString R 
Object_Type 79 BACnetObjectType R
Present_Value 85 CharacterString W 
Status_Flags 111 BACnetStatusFlags R
Reliability 103 BACnetReliability R
Out_Of_Service 81 BOOLEAN W
Table 30: Properties of the CharacterString value objects representing tracked data of a sensor.

Object_Identifier (Read-Only)

The instance number is equal to the instance number of the corresponding Analog Input
object (see Section 8.2.3.2).

Object_Name (Read-Only)

This property holds the value of the Object_Name of the associated Analog Input object with
the addition “Asset Data”.

Object_Type (Read-Only)

The value of this property is CHARACTERSTRING_VALUE (40).

Present_Value (Read/Write)

This property represents the data of assets scanned by the sensor.

Status_Flags (Read-Only)

Of the four flags the flags IN_ALARM, FAULT, and OUT_OF_SERVICE are linked to the
state of the corresponding properties Event_State, Reliability and Out_Of_Service as
described by the standard.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 221 LOYTEC

OVERRIDDEN Always FALSE.

Reliability (Read-Only)

The Reliability property for this object type may have any of the following values:

NO_FAULT_DETECTED No fault was detected.

NO_SENSOR No sensor assigned or some failure reported by the sensor

COMMUNICATION_FAILURE Sensor offline.

UNRELIABLE_OTHER Other failure detected.

Profile_Name (Read-only)

“178-http://www.loytec.com/xsd/DALIBluetoothAssetTrackingAssetData/v1”

AssetCount:

Property Identifier Property Property Datatype Conformance Data

ID Code Point

Object_Identifier 75 BACnetObjectIdentifier R
Object_Name 77 CharacterString R 
Object_Type 79 BACnetObjectType R
Present_Value 85 Real R 
Status_Flags 111 BACnetStatusFlags R
Event_State 36 BACnetEventState R
Reliability 103 BACnetReliability R 
Out_Of_Service 81 BOOLEAN W
Profile_Name 168 CharacterString R
Table 31: Properties of the Analog Output object representing the number of active assets found by a
sensor.

Object_Identifier (Read-Only)

The instance number is equal to the instance number of the corresponding Analog Input
object (see Section 8.2.3.2).

Object_Name (Read-Only)

This property holds the value of the Object_Name of the associated Analog Input object with
the addition “AssetCount”.

Object_Type (Read-Only)

The value of this property is ANALOG_OUTPUT (1).

Present_Value (Read)

This property, of type REAL, indicates the number of scanned assets pf a sensor.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 222 LOYTEC

Status_Flags (Read-Only)

Of the four flags the flags IN_ALARM, FAULT, and OUT_OF_SERVICE are linked to the
state of the corresponding properties Event_State, Reliability and Out_Of_Service as
described by the standard.

OVERRIDDEN Always FALSE.

Reliability (Read-Only)

The Reliability property for this object type may have any of the following values:

NO_FAULT_DETECTED No fault was detected.

NO_SENSOR No sensor assigned or some failure reported by the sensor

COMMUNICATION_FAILURE Sensor offline.

UNRELIABLE_OTHER Other failure detected.

Profile_Name (Read-only)”

“178-http://www.loytec.com/xsd/DALIBluetoothAssetTrackingAssetCount/v1”

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 223 LOYTEC

8.2.4 Constant Light Controller

The L-DALI provides 16 constant light controller instances with built in occupancy
controller functionality for each DALI channel. Every instance is represented by a BACnet
Loop object.

8.2.4.1 Interaction with other BACnet Objects

When using local DALI sensors and/or DALI groups internal manual CLC bindings can be
configured in the DALI Parameters tab of the LINX Configurator software (see LINX
Configurator User Manual [2]) or the Web-Interface (see Section 8.4.1). The Web-Interface
for CLC Bindings can also be used to verify the current status of all bindings (internal and
NVs).

Alternatively, the Loop Object allows automatically retrieving its input values from and
writing its output values to other BACnet server objects. To reference the property and server
object it provides properties of type BACnetObjectPropertyReference. Specifically these are:

 Manipulated_Variable_Reference: Writing Present_Value (Constant Light Controller

output, e.g. to Analog Output controlling DALI lights, see Section 8.2.2.11).

 Controlled_Variable_Reference: Reading lux level input (e.g. from DALI lux level
sensor, see Section 8.2.3.2).

 Setpoint_Reference: Reading setpoint value.

 Occupancy_Variable_Reference (property ID 537): Reading occupancy input (e.g. from

DALI occupancy sensor, see Section 8.2.3.5), take also care on the usage of the
Hold_Time (see Section 8.2.4.6).

Note, that the referenced server object must be local.

8.2.4.2 Setpoint
The desired setpoint for the illumination level is configured via the property Setpoint.

8.2.4.3 Operating Modes

The operating mode of the constant light controller is set via the proprietary property Mode
(property ID 539). The main modes are:

 REGULATOR: closed loop constant lighting control using an local light sensor as direct
feedback for the illuminance (typ.: indoor sensor in a room)

 CONTROL: open loop lighting control using an global light sensor as set point indicator
for light level for the luminaires (typ.: sensor for outdoor illuminance)

 PRESENCE: no lighting control. This mode works with fixed output levels.

These basic modes may have different behaviors on how automatic lighting control is
switched On/Off and how overrides of automatic dimming is handled. Table 32 shows the
different operating modes and under which conditions they are used:

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 224 LOYTEC

Automatic Dimming based

Automatic Dimming based

Parameter

on Global Lightsensor
on Local Lightsensor

Relinquish Override
Override Automatic
Mode

Occupancy Sensor

Dimming (Button)
Lighting Control:

Lighting Control:
OFF-Event
ON-Event
REGULATOR (1)  -  Occ UnOcc  Man
REGULATOR_NO_OCC (5)  - - Man Man  Man
REGULATOR_AUTO (8)  -  Occ UnOcc  UnOcc
REGULATOR_BEDROOM (12)  -  Occ UnOcc  UnOcc/NotOff
REGULATOR_MANUAL (14)  -  Man UnOcc  Man
REGULATOR_MANUAL_LUX  -  Man Lux  Man
(16)
REGULATOR_NO_MANUAL  -  Occ UnOcc - Man
(18)
CONTROL (2) -   Occ UnOcc  Man
CONTROL_NO_OCC (6) -  - Man Man  Man
CONTROL_AUTO (9) -   Occ UnOcc  UnOcc
CONTROL_BEDROOM (13) -   Occ UnOcc  UnOcc/NotOff
CONTROL_MANUAL (15) -   Man UnOcc  Man
CONTROL_MANUAL_LUX (17) -   Man Lux  Man
CONTROL_NO_MANUAL (19) -   Occ UnOcc - Man
PRESENCE (4) - -  Occ UnOcc  Man
PRESENCE_AUTO (10) - -  Occ UnOcc  UnOcc
PRESENCE_NO_MANUAL (20) - -  Occ UnOcc - Man
MANUAL_ON_AUTO_OFF (7) - -  Man Occ  Man
AMBIENT (11) O O - Lux Lux  Man
UPDATER (3) O O O - - - -
Table 32: Constant Light Controller Operating Modes

… in use; O … optional; Man … Manually, Occ … Occupied; UnOcc … UnOccupied,

UnOcc/NotOff … UnOccupied if Light is not Off; Lux …at defined LuxLevel,

Note: Changing CLC operating mode during runtime is not allowed, after mode setup a reboot is
required to initialize the CLC correctly.

Regulator Mode

The REGULATOR mode has to be selected if the installed light sensor measures the indoor
illuminance of the area of interest and this quantity is directly used as actual value for a closed
loop control. The constant light controller receives the current indoor lux level via the
property Controlled_Variable_Value and adjusts the lamp level (from 0% to 100%) by means
of a fuzzy control algorithm.

When the light is switched on the control algorithm tries to select a lamp value which results
in a lux level close to the desired setpoint, the minimum starting value is defined by
OccupiedLevel. After a minute at this value the control algorithm becomes active and adjusts
the lamp value in increments once every second until the configured setpoint is reached. The

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 225 LOYTEC

size of increments is adjusted dynamically but will never exceed the percentage value defined
in the configuration property StepValue (property ID 544) (Exception: at least one luminaire
in the group controlled by the CLC is in burn-in mode).

Note: Setting the OccupiedLevel to invalid, will always result in switching on to the calculated
value, which is effected by the difference between Controlled_Variable_Value and Setpoint
as well as Gain.

The regulator mode is available in different flavors:

 With or without occupancy sensor: If an occupancy sensor is installed and the room
becomes unoccupied, the current light level is saved and the light is dimmed to
unoccupied level (see Section 8.2.4.8). If the room becomes occupied before the light
has reached the unoccupied level, the saved light level is restored.

 With automatic relinquish of manual override: A manual override will be

automatically relinquished when the room becomes unoccupied. In a special bedroom
mode the automatic relinquish will only take place if the lights are on. If they were
switched off manually, the controller does not return to automatic mode when the area
turns unoccupied.

 With manual activation: In this flavor, the automatic lighting control must be manually
activated (e.g. via a button) and lights will not be switched on automatically when the
room becomes occupied. To give the user some visual feedback lights will be switched
on, even if the light level in the room is above the setpoint, whenever the automatic mode
is activated (either via a data point or via a DALI button). When the room becomes
unoccupied the automatic mode is deactivated (REGULATOR_MANUAL). In the
REGULATOR_MANUAL_LUX flavor, the lighting control is deactivated whenever
lights are switched off (e.g. due to the natural light being above the setpoint).

Control Mode

The CONTROL mode has to be selected if the installed light sensor measures the outdoor
illumination and this quantity shall be used as reference value for an open loop lighting
control. The constant light controller receives the current outdoor lux level via the property
Controlled_Variable_Value and sets the lamp level (from 0% to 100%) accordingly (see
Figure 98).

The proprietary property Step_Value (property ID 544) ensures that the light level does not
change abruptly. Per second the light level is not changed more than the percentage value
defined by this configuration property. When the light is switched on or off, Step_Value is
not taken into account.

To ensure that the setpoint is reached under all weather conditions, the control curve shown
Figure 98 has to be adjusted by calibrating the constant light controller.

The control mode is available in different flavors:

 With or without occupancy sensor: If an occupancy sensor is installed and the room
becomes unoccupied, the current light level is saved and the light is dimmed to
unoccupied level (see Section 8.2.4.8). If the room becomes occupied before the light
has reached the unoccupied level, the saved light level is restored.

 With automatic relinquish of manual override: A manual override will be

automatically relinquished when the room becomes unoccupied. In a special bedroom
mode the automatic relinquish will only take place if the lights are on. If they were
switched off manually, the controller does not return to automatic mode when the area
turns unoccupied.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 226 LOYTEC

 With manual activation: In this flavor, the automatic lighting control must be manually
activated (e.g. via a button) and lights will not be switched on automatically when the
room becomes occupied. To give the user some visual feedback lights will be switched
on, even if the light level in the room is above the setpoint, whenever the automatic mode
is activated (either via a data point or via a DALI button). When the room becomes
unoccupied the automatic mode is deactivated. In the CONTROL_MANUAL_LUX
flavor, the automatic mode is deactivated whenever lights are switched off (e.g. due to
the natural light being above the setpoint).

Presence Mode

In PRESENCE mode the constant light controller shall operate as pure occupancy controller.
In this mode the light is switched to the value specified in the proprietary property
Occupied_Level (property ID 542) if the room is occupied and to the unoccupied level (see
Section 8.2.4.8) once the room becomes unoccupied. Different to the Regulator and Control
Mode, the light is switched on/off to a constant output level and is not dimmed depending on
the current lux level.

Optionally, a light sensor can be used to switch on the light only when the ambient light is
below a predefined value (conditional switching). That is, as soon as a light sensor is assigned
(optional), the light is switched to the value Occupied_Level if the lux level is below Setpoint
and the room is occupied.

The presence mode is available in different flavors:

 With or without automatic relinquish of override: If automatic relinquish is active

any manual override will be automatically relinquished when the room becomes
unoccupied (PRESENCE_AUTO).

Manual-On/Auto-Off Mode

The MANUAL_ON_AUTO_OFF mode is a variation of the PRESENCE mode. However,

in this mode the constant light controller does not switch on the lights, when the room
becomes occupied. Rather, it switches the lights to the unoccupied level (see Section 8.2.4.8)
when the room becomes unoccupied, using the propertiy Hold_Time similar to PRESENCE
mode.

Lights can be switched on (or off) via some other DALI master (e.g. a DALI push-button).

Ambient Mode

The AMBIENT mode is used if effect lighting (e.g. lights in a shop window, facade lighting,
floor lights etc.) has to be switched on or off depending on a measured light level. Lights are
switched to the value specified in the proprietary property Occupied_Level (property ID 542)
when the lux level is below Setpoint and to the unoccupied level (see Section 8.2.4.8) when
lux level is higher than Setpoint.

Updater Mode

The UPDATER mode has to be selected when a DALI light/occupancy sensor with constant
light controller functionality is installed on the DALI network. In this mode no light level
computation is performed. The controller simply forwards the parameters to the DALI
constant light controller and retrieves lamp setting from the DALI light sensor.

In general, LOYTEC does not recommend using UPDATER mode. Wherever possible use
REGULATOR or CONTROL mode instead and use DALI sensors only as lux level and
occupancy information source via the corresponding sensor objects. These modes allow
improved influence of the constant light controller’s parameters via the fieldbus side.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 227 LOYTEC

8.2.4.4 Prioritized Control

Manual override of the constant light controller can be accomplished in multiple ways:

 Using the priority array of the controlled lamp actuator Analog Output object using a
higher priority than the constant light controller.

 Using the Override property of the constant light controller Loop object.

 Using a DALI push-button device on groups linked to the constant light controller (see
Section 8.2.4.10).

 With a scene recall on groups linked to the constant light controller (see Section 8.2.2.1).

To return to automatic mode the following options exist:

 Set the value of the Override property to -1 or invalid.

 Using the button function AUTO of a DALI push-button (e.g. LDALI-BM1) with the
destination set to one of the constant light controllers groups (see Section 8.2.4.10).

 Recalling the scene “AUTOMATIC MODE” on the scene controller object of a group
linked to the constant light controller (see Section 8.2.2.1).

 When using one of the modes with automatic override relinquish (xxx_AUTO or
xxx_BEDROOM) the constant light controller will return to automatic mode when it
changes its state to unoccupied.

Whether the constant light controller is in automatic mode or in manual/override mode is

reflected by the property Auto_Mode.

8.2.4.5 Controlling Multiple Light Bands

The L-DALI constant light controller allows controlling two light bands (groups). The
primary light band (Light Band 1) is near the inside of the building, the secondary light band
(Light Band 2) is near the window front. Depending on the outdoor light intensity the primary
light band has to be brighter than the secondary light band to illuminate the room evenly.

The primary light band is controlled by the Present_Value property of the Loop object.
Further for both light bands internal bindings to local DALI groups and their corresponding
Analog Output objects can be done (see Section 8.4.1).

The maximum difference between the two light bands can be configured via the configuration
property Lamp_2_Offset as shown in Figure 120. The configuration property Lamp_2_Limit
defines the light level above which the output values of light band 1 and 2 are identical.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 228 LOYTEC

Figure 120: Secondary Light Band

8.2.4.6 Occupancy Detection

The constant light controller receives the occupancy information via the proprietary property
Occupancy_Variable_Value (property ID 538). How this information is evaluated depends
on the hold time configured in the proprietary property Hold_Time (propery ID 540).

If a hold time is configured (Hold_Time > 0) occupancy evaluation is event based. That is,
the constant light controller changes to the occupied state when the value OCCUPIED (1) is
received. When the UNOCCUPIED (2) value is received the constant light controller remains
in the occupied state until the hold time configured in Hold_Time has expired and then
changes to the unoccupied state. Further, if no OCCUPIED is received for the time
configured in Hold_Time the constant light controller changes to the unoccupied state, too.

This behavior typically requires the occupancy sensor to send OCCUPIED with a regular
interval (heartbeat). It allows using multiple occupancy sensors with the same constant light
controller (fan-in). It is the recommended mode if the occupancy information is received via
the local DALI occupancy objects (see Section 8.2.3.5).

If no hold time is configured (Hold_Time = 0) occupancy evaluation is state based. That is,
the constant light controller changes to the occupied state when the value OCCUPIED is
received and to unoccupied state when the value UNOCCUPIED is received.

This behavior is typically required if the occupancy information is only propagated if the
state changes (no heartbeat functionality). It does not allow using multiple occupancy (fan-
in) sensors without additional logic (e.g. an Occupancy Controller). It is the recommended
mode, when using occupancy information from other BACnet devices.

After the light has been switched off any updates on the Occupancy_Variable_Value input
are ignored for the time specified in Ignore_Time (property ID 541).

The current occupancy state calculated by the constant light controller is available via the
property Occupancy_State (property ID 562).

8.2.4.7 Timing Parameters

To avoid that the constant light controller switches the light on and off repeatedly if the
measured lux value is near the setpoint, a hysteresis can be configured. The proprietary
property Off_Hysteresis (property ID 546) defines the hysteresis for switching off the lamp
and the proprietary property On_Hysteresis (property ID 545) defines the hysteresis for
switching on the lamp. In addition a delay can be configured before the lamp is switched on
(On_Delay) or off (Off_Delay). Figure 121 illustrates these configuration parameters.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 229 LOYTEC

Figure 121: Constant Light Controller Timing.

Clarifications on behavior in REGULATOR and CONTROL mode if OnHysteresis and

OffHysteresis are set to invalid

If OnHysteresis is “invalid” and (Controller_Variable_Value > Setpoint): light is always

switched-on (this means that light is switched on on occupancy anyway, regardless of the
current light level).

If OffHysteresis is “invalid” and (Controller_Variable_Value > Setpoint): light is not

switched-off, this allows to dim down without switching off.

8.2.4.8 Unoccupied Level

If the constant light controller enters unoccupied state (see Section 8.2.4.6)
Unoccupied_Level (property ID 543) and Off_Delay (property ID 547) determine the
behavior as shown in Table 33.

Unoccupied_Level Off_Delay Behavior

0 0 Dim down and switch off lights

Dim down lights to value defined in
>0 0
Unoccupied_Level.
Dim down to 0.5% and switch off lights after
0 >0
Off_Delay.
Dim down lights to value defined in
>0 >0 Unoccupied_Level and switch off lights after
Off_Delay.
Table 33: Behavior of constant light controller when entering unoccupied state.

In addition the Unoccupied Level is representing the minimum dim level (different from
OFF) that can be forced by the CLC. If Controller_Variable_Value > Setpoint the CLC will
dim down to Unoccupied_Level before switching off.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 230 LOYTEC

8.2.4.9 Neighboring Controllers

In open office space applications, typically the different zones of the space are controlled by
independent constant light controller instances. This ensures, that only the zones, which are
still occupied are lit. To reduce the contrast between lit and unlit zones in case only a single
zone is occupied amidst many unoccupied zones and to increase user comfort in such a
scenario, unoccupied zones adjacent to occupied zones shall be lit up at a configurable low
light level (Unoccupied_Level, property ID 543).

For this purpose each controller needs to know its neighboring controllers. A controller
notifies the CLCs configured as neighbors whenever it switches its lights on. Now, the
neighboring controllers, which are unoccupied, can switch to Unoccupied_Level. Once the
CLC switches lights off (e.g. because it becomes unoccupied) it again notifies the configured
neighbors, which in turn can switch off as well.

Figure 122: Different zones of an open office space.

Figure 122 shows an example of an open office space with nine zones controlled by
independent constant light controller instances. In this example only zone 2 is occupied and
fully lit. Zones 1 and 3 to 6 are configured as neighbors of zone 1 and therefore lit at a low
dim level, while the remaining zones are switched off.

For each CLC instance up to 16 neighbors can be configured. The neighboring controllers
can be configured either via the CLC Bindings page in the web UI (see Section 8.4.1) or via
the DALI parameters tab in the LINX Configurator (see LINX Configurator User Manual
[2])

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 231 LOYTEC

8.2.4.10 Interaction with Buttons Functions

When internal CLC bindings are used to control DALI groups an override can also be
performed using a button function (see Section 8.4.3) or some other DALI master (like push-
buttons etc.) controlling the same groups as the constant light controller.

Whenever the light level of one of the ballasts controlled by the constant light controller is
changed by operating a button the constant light controller will detect this and stop
controlling the group and enter override mode. Furthermore, the Present_Value of the
Constant Light Controllers Loop Object will be updated with the new feedback value of the
group controlled by the button.

To disable the manual override via buttons and other DALI masters select the constant light
controller operating mode REGULATOR_NO_MANUAL, CONTROLER_NO_MANUAL
or PRESENCE_NO_MANUAL, respectively. In this case the constant light controller
application will continue control the group and enforce its output value.

See Section 8.4.3 on how to configure DALI button functions via the web interface and the
LINX Configurator User Manual [2] how to configure them via the DALI Parameters tab of
the LINX Configurator software.

8.2.4.11 Interacting with Sunblind Controller

One or more local sunblind controller objects can be linked to a constant light controller
object. Typically sunblind controllers are linked to the constant light controller of the same
room. If they change the sunblind’s position or rotation the sunblind controllers inform the
linked constant light controller. The constant light controller uses this information to “ignore”
temporary changes of the rooms illumination levels due to the moving sunblinds and, thus,
can avoid to switch on lights unnecessarily.

8.2.4.12 Museum Mode

The museum mode is activated by setting an upper limit for the lux level in the room using
the proprietary property Lux_Upper_Limit (property ID 566). In museum mode the constant
light controller cooperates with the linked sunblind controllers to ensure that the measured
lux level stays between Setpoint and Lux_Upper_Limit. Therefore at least one sunblind
controller has to be linked to the constant light controller.

If the light intensity in the room needs to be increased to reach the lower setpoint (Setpoint)
there are two possibilities: Increase the lamp level or open the sunblinds. The proprietary
property Sblnd_Hyst (property ID 568) defines how much the lamp level is increased or
decreased before opening or closing the sunblinds respectively.

8.2.4.13 Loop Object – Constant Light Controller application

This object is used to represent a constant light controller instance (see Table 34). There are
up to 16 instances per DALI channel available.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 232 LOYTEC

Property Identifier Propert Property Datatype Conformanc Data

y e Poin
ID Code t

Object_Identifier 75 BACnetObjectIdentifier R
Object_Name 77 CharacterString R 
Object_Type 79 BACnetObjectType R
Present_Value 85 REAL R 
Description 28 CharacterString W
Status_Flags 111 BACnetStatusFlags R
Event_State 36 BACnetEventState R 
Reliability 103 BACnetReliability R 
Out_Of_Service 81 BOOLEAN W
Output_Units 82 BACnetEngineeringUnits R
Manipulated_Variable_Referenc 60 BACnetObjectPropertyReferenc
e e W
19 BACnetObjectPropertyReferenc
Controlled_Variable_Reference e W
Controlled_Variable_Value 21 REAL W 
Controlled_Variable_Units 20 BACnetEngineeringUnits R
Setpoint_Reference 109 BACnetSetpointReference W
Setpoint 108 REAL W 
Action 2 BACnetAction R
Priority_For_Writing 88 Unsigned W
COV_Increment 22 REAL W
Profile_Name 168 CharacterString R
537 BACnetObjectPropertyReferenc
Occupancy_Variable_Reference e W
Occupancy_Variable_Value 538 BOOLEAN W 
Mode 539 Unsigned W 
Hold_Time 540 Unsigned W 
Ignore_Time 541 Unsigned W 
Occupied_Level 542 REAL W 
Unoccupied_Level 543 REAL W 
Step_Value 544 REAL W 
On_Hysteresis 545 REAL W 
Off_Hysteresis 546 REAL W 
Off_Delay 547 Unsigned W 
On_Delay 548 Unsigned W 
Lamp_2_Offset 550 REAL W 
Lamp_2_Limit 551 REAL W 
Override 560 REAL W 
Auto_Mode 561 BACnetBinaryPV R 
Occupancy_State 562 BACnetBinaryPV R 
Lux_Upper_Limit 566 REAL W 
Sblnd_Hyst 568 REAL W 
Table 34: Properties of the Loop object representing a Constant Light Controller Application.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 233 LOYTEC

Object_Identifier (Read-Only)

The default instance number is BCC, where “B” is the DALI interface number (0-3) in
decimal, and “CC” is the Constant Light Controller instance on the channel (00-15).

Object_Name (Read-Only)

This property holds the name of the constant light controller.

Object_Type (Read-Only)

The value of this property is LOOP (12).

Present_Value (Read-Only)

This property, of type REAL, indicates the linearized percentage (0..100.00%) of the constant
light controller output.

Description (Read/Write)

This property can be configured via BACnet. It serves documentation purposes only.

Reliability (Read-Only)

The Reliability property for this object type may have any of the following values:

NO_FAULT_DETECTED No fault was detected.

OPEN_LOOP The sensor value does not change when the output is
controlled (CONTROL mode only).

COMMUNICATION_FAILURE Communication with sensor or light output not working.

UNRELIABLE_OTHER Other failure detected.

Output_Units (Read-Only)

The value of this property is 98 (percent).

Manipulated_Variable_Reference (Read/Write)

Specifies the object and property the value of the Present_Value property is written to.

Controlled_Variable_Reference (Read/Write)

Specifies the object and property the light sensor value is read from.

Controlled_Variable_Value (Read/Write)

This property holds the current light sensor value as read from
Controlled_Variable_Reference.

Controlled_Variable_Units (Read-Only)

The value of this property is 37 (lux).

Setpoint_Reference (Read/Write)

Specifies the object and property the setpoint for the constant light controller algorithm is
read from.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 234 LOYTEC

Setpoint (Read/Write)

This property holds the setpoint for the constant light controller algorithm.

Action (Read-Only)

The value of this property is DIRECT.

Profile_Name (Read-only)

The value of this property is “178-http://www.loytec.com/xsd/ConstantLightController/v1”.

Occupancy_Variable_Reference (Read/Write)

This proprietary property (property ID 537) specifies the object and property the occupancy
sensor value is read from.

Occupancy_Variable_Value (Read/Write)

This proprietary property (property ID 538) holds the current occupancy sensor value as read
from Occupancy_Variable_Reference.

Mode (Read/Write)

This proprietary property (property ID 539) holds the constant light controller operating
mode (see Section 8.2.4.3).

Hold_Time (Read/Write)

This proprietary property (property ID 540) holds the hold time for the occupancy state in
seconds. When the OCCUPIED (1) value is received via Occupancy_Variable_Value the
constant light controller remains in the occupied state until the hold time has expired and then
changes to the unoccupied state. If set to 0 the unoccupied state is entered when
UNOCCUPIED (2) is received.

Ignore_Time (Read/Write)

This proprietary property (property ID 541) holds the occupancy ignore time after switching
off the light in seconds.

Occupied_Level (Read/Write)

This proprietary property (property ID 542) holds the output levels adopted in the presence
modes in occupied state.

Unoccupied_Level (Read/Write)

This proprietary property (property ID 543) holds the output levels adopted in the presence
modes in unoccupied state.

Step_Value (Read/Write)

This proprietary property (property ID 544) holds the step value for constant light controller
algorithm in percent. It defines the maximum step size that the constant light controller will
take to approach the target illumination. Per second the light level is not changed more than
the percentage value defined by this configuration property.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 235 LOYTEC

On_Hysteresis (Read/Write)

This proprietary property (property ID 545) holds the constant light controller algorithm
hysteresis for switching lights on (percent).

The hysteresis is used in CONTROL or REGULATOR mode.

Off_Hysteresis (Read/Write)

This proprietary property (property ID 546) holds the constant light controller algorithm
hysteresis for switching lights off (percent).

The hysteresis is used in CONTROL or REGULATOR mode.

Off_Delay (Read/Write)

This proprietary property (property ID 547) holds the constant light controller off delay in
seconds.

On_Delay (Read/Write)

This proprietary property (property ID 548) holds the constant light controller on delay in
seconds.

Lamp_2_Offset (Read/Write)

This proprietary property (property ID 550) defines the maximum offset between the output
for the primary light band and the secondary light band (see Section 8.2.4.5).

Lamp_2_Limit (Read/Write)

This proprietary property (property ID 551) specifies the dim level at which the output for
the secondary light band becomes identical to the primary output (see Section 8.2.4.5).

Override (Read/Write)

This proprietary property (property ID 560) can be used to manually override the constant
light controller (see Section 8.2.4.4).

If a valid value is received (0-100%), the constant light controller is disabled and the output
is set to the specified value. This also affects the light bands directly linked to the constant
light controller. Lamp_2_Offset and Lamp_2_Limit are not considered.

If an invalid value or a value below 0 (e.g. –1) is received, the constant light controller returns
to automatic mode.

When performing an override via a DALI button the data point will reflect the resulting
feedback value of the group controlled by the DALI button (see Section 8.2.4.10).

Auto_Mode (Read-only)

This proprietary property (property ID 561) provides the current state of the constant light
controller (see Section 8.2.4.4).

Inactive: The constant light controller is disabled or overridden by the data point Override or
the DALI Mode button/LCD UI.

Active: The constant light controller is enabled and not overridden by the data point Override
or the DALI Mode button/LCD UI.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 236 LOYTEC

Occupancy_State (Read-only)

This proprietary property (property ID 562) provides the current occupancy state calculated
by the constant light controller (see Section 8.2.4.6).

Inactive (unoccupied): The area is unoccupied.

Active (occupied): The area is occupied.

Lux_Upper_Limit (Read/Write)

By setting the proprietary property (property ID 566) to a value greater than 0 the museum
mode is activated. In museum mode the constant light controller cooperates with the sunblind
controller to ensure that the measured lux level stays between Setpoint and Lux_Upper_Limit.
Therefore sunblind controller objects have to be enabled and a sunblind controller has to be
linked to the constant light controller by writing the constant light controller index to the
parameter Linked_CLC of the sunblind controller for this property to become effective.

Sblnd_Hyst (Read/Write)

This proprietary property (property ID 568) applies only for museum mode. It defines by
which percentage the lamp dim value is increased before letting more sunlight in by opening
the sunblinds. Therefore sunblind controller objects have to be enabled and a sunblind
controller has to be linked to the constant light controller by writing the constant light
controller index to the parameter Linked_CLC of the sunblind controller for this property to
become effective.

8.2.5 Button Objects

The current state of a DALI button input can be represented by a BACnet Binary Input object.

8.2.5.1 Creating BACnet Objects for DALI Button Inputs

To create BACnet Binary Input objects representing DALI button inputs proceed as follows:

1. Enable Button objects in the BACnet project settings in the LINX Configurator (see
LINX Configurator User Manual [2]).

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 237 LOYTEC

2. Select the DALI button device type in the DALI Installation tab.

3. In the DALI Parameters tab set the button function for the input to “Network Data
Point”.

For each button input with the button function set to “Network Data Point” a separate
Binary Input object will be created. All button inputs belonging to the same DALI button
device will be grouped in a folder.

Note: BACnet objects for DALI button inputs can only be created in the LINX Configurator. Setting
the button function to “Network Data Point” in the web interface will not create a BACnet
object.

8.2.5.2 Binary Input Object – Button State

This object is used to represent the button state of DALI button input (seeTable 35). The
objects are created if required (see Section 8.2.5.1).

Property Identifier Property Property Datatype Conformance Data

ID Code Point

Object_Identifier 75 BACnetObjectIdentifier R
Object_Name 77 CharacterString R 
Object_Type 79 BACnetObjectType R
Present_Value 85 BACnetBinaryPV R 
Status_Flags 111 BACnetStatusFlags R
Event_State 36 BACnetEventState R
Reliability 103 BACnetReliability R 
Out_Of_Service 81 BOOLEAN W
Polarity 84 BACnetPolarity W
Inactive_Text 46 CharacterString W
Active_Text 4 CharacterString W
Profile_Name 168 CharacterString R
Table 35: Properties of the Binary Input object representing a DALI button input.

Object_Identifier (Read-Only)

The instance number is 1BCCDD, where “B” is the DALI interface number (0-3) in decimal,
“CC” is the DALI device number (00-63) and “DD” is the input number (00-99). Example:
Input “T2” of a LDALI-BM1 assigned to DALI button 4 on channel 2 has the instance
number 110401.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 238 LOYTEC

Object_Name (Read-Only)

This property holds the value the of the button device as configured in the LINX Configurator
DALI Installation tab, complemented by the name of the button input (e.g. “T2”).

Object_Type (Read-Only)

The value of this property is BINARY_INPUT (3).

Present_Value (Read-Only)

This property reports the button input status. If the Polarity property is NORMAL the value
ACTIVE corresponds to a closed input, while the value INACTIVE corresponds to an open
input.

Status_Flags (Read-Only)

Of the four flags the flags IN_ALARM, FAULT, and OUT_OF_SERVICE are linked to the
state of the corresponding properties Event_State, Reliability and Out_Of_Service as
described by the standard.

OVERRIDDEN Always FALSE.

Reliability (Read-Only)

The Reliability property for this object type may have any of the following values:

NO_FAULT_DETECTED No fault was detected.

NO_SENSOR No button assigned or some failure reported by the DALI

button.

COMMUNICATION_FAILURE Button offline.

UNRELIABLE_OTHER Other failure detected.

Profile_Name (Read-only)

The value of this property is “178-http://www.loytec.com/xsd/DALIButton/v1”.

8.2.5.3 Binary Output Object – Button Feedback

This output object is used to control the feedback LEDs of the buttons (see Table 35). The objects are
created if required (see Section 8.2.5.1).

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 239 LOYTEC

Property Identifier Property Property Datatype Conformance Data

ID Code Point

Object_Identifier 75 BACnetObjectIdentifier R
Object_Name 77 CharacterString R 
Object_Type 79 BACnetObjectType R
Present_Value 85 BACnetBinaryPV W 
Status_Flags 111 BACnetStatusFlags R
Event_State 36 BACnetEventState R
Reliability 103 BACnetReliability R
Out_Of_Service 81 BOOLEAN R
Polarity 84 BACnetPolarity R
Priority Array 87 BACnetPriorityArray R
Relinguish Default 104 Unsigned R
Profile_Name 168 CharacterString R

Table 36: Properties of the Binary Output object representing DALI button feedback LEDs

Object_Identifier (Read-Only)

The instance number is 2BCCDD, where “B” is the DALI interface number (0-3) in decimal,
“CC” is the DALI device number (00-63) and “DD” is the input number (00-99). Example: Input
“T2” of a LDALI-BM1 assigned to DALI button 4 on channel 2 has the instance number 210401.

Object_Name (Read-Only)

This property holds the value the of the button device as configured in the LINX Configurator
DALI Installation tab, complemented by the name of the button input (e.g. “T2”).

Object_Type (Read-Only)

The value of this property is BINARY_OUTPUT (4).

Present_Value (Read/Write)

The Present_Value property can have the values ACTIVE or INACTIVE.

Status_Flags (Read-Only)

Of the four flags the flags IN_ALARM, FAULT, and OUT_OF_SERVICE are linked to the state
of the corresponding properties Event_State, Reliability and Out_Of_Service as described by the
standard.

OVERRIDDEN Always FALSE.

Reliability (Read-Only)

The Reliability property for this object type may have any of the following values:

NO_FAULT_DETECTED No fault was detected.

NO_SENSOR No button assigned or some failure reported by the DALI

button.

COMMUNICATION_FAILURE Button offline.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 240 LOYTEC

UNRELIABLE_OTHER Other failure detected.

Profile_Name (Read-only)

The value of this property is “178-http://www.loytec.com/xsd/DALIButtonFeedback/v1”.

8.2.6 Sunblind Controller Objects

The L-DALI models supporting SMI provide 16 sunblind controller instances for each DALI
channel. The sunblind controller application can control sunblinds via a local SMI interface
(e.g. LSMI-804) or via its BACnet interface.

8.2.6.1 Glare Protection

The sunblind controller can automatically control the connected sunblind actuator to provide
glare protection. To do so the sunblind controller needs to know the geometry of the sunblind
blades.

Figure 123: Sunblind Geometry

The blade distance (D) has to be configured in the configuration register Blade_Distance and
the blade width in Blade_Width. The minimum and maximum rotation angle (α) is configured
in Min_Rotation and Max_Rotation. Based on this geometry data and the current sun
elevation (BACnet object Sun_Elevation) the glare protection algorithm calculates the
rotation angle for the blades. The rotation angle can be optimized for a specific sunblind type
by specifying an offset in the configuration register Rotation_Offset.

The following inputs and configuration parameters determine if glare protection is necessary:

- Sun Azimuth (BACnet object Sun_Azimuth): Depending on the orientation

of the window, the sun can only shine into the room from a certain azimuth
in the morning (configuration register Min_Azimuth) to a certain azimuth
in the evening (configuration register Max_Azimuzh).

- Outdoor lux level (BACnet object Outdoor_Lux): The glare protection will
be activated if the measured outdoor lux level is above Glare_Limit_High.
If the outdoor lux level falls below Glare_Limit_Low the glare protection
will be deactivated. These two configuration registers implement a
hysteresis.

- Surrounding buildings/objects: The BACnet Binary Value object Glare

can be used to provide geometry information on surrounding
buildings/objects. During times when the window is the shadow of a
surrounding building/object Glare is set inactive, otherwise active.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 241 LOYTEC

8.2.6.2 View Protection

To protect rooms against prying eyes the sunblind can be closed automatically when the
indoor light is switched on and the outdoor light level (BACnet object Outdoor_Lux) falls
below the indoor light level (BACnet object Indoor_Lux). To avoid that the sunblind opens
and closes repeatedly a hysteresis can be configured using the configuration register
View_Protection_Hysteresis.

8.2.6.3 Heating/Cooling
If the room is not occupied, the L-DALI can close the sunblind to provide thermal isolation
in order to save energy.

The Analog Value Object Terminal_Load is used to inform the controller of the current
heating/cooling demand of the system. Positive values indicate that cooling energy is
required, while negative values indicate that heating energy is required.

The algorithm takes the following parameters into account:

- Outdoor lux level (BACnet object Outdoor_Lux): The energy of the sun
can be used to warm a room. The configuration register
Outdoor_Lux_Limit_High defines the lux level above which the sun
energy will make a noticeable contribution to warm the room if the
sunblind is open. The configuration property Outdoor_Lux_Limit_Low
define the lux level below which the sun energy is too low to warm the
room. To avoid that the sunblind opens and closes repeatedly a hysteresis
can be specified using the configuration register Outdoor_Lux_Hysteresis.

- Temperature: The outdoor temperature (BACnet object Outdoor_Temp)

is compared with the indoor temperature (BACnet object Indoor_Temp).
Depending on whether the system is in heating or in cooling mode and on
the temperature difference the sunblinds are closed to increase thermal
isolation of the room. To avoid that the sunblind opens and closes
repeatedly a hysteresis can be specified using the configuration register
Outdoor_Temp_Hysteresis.

8.2.6.4 Emergency Control

The sunblind controller offers the following emergency operating modes:

 Wind Alarm: If the Present_Value of the BACnet Analog Value object Wind_Speed is
above the value of the configuration register Wind_Limit the sunblind controller will
open the sunblinds. This measure prevents damage on sunblinds due to high winds.

 Rain Alarm: If the Present_Value of the BACnet Binary Value object Rain is active the
sunblind controller will open the sunblinds. This measure prevents potential damage of
the sunblinds due to becoming wet.

 Frost Alarm: If the Present_Value of the BACnet Binary Value object Frost is active
the sunblind controller will stop movement and remain on its current position. This
measure prevents potential damage of the sunblinds or the attached drive due to blades
being frozen.

 Weather Sensor Offline Alarm: If no update was received on the Present_Value of the
BACnet object Wind_Speed, Rain or Frost within the time configured in the
configuration registers Wind_Rcv_Timeout, Rain_Rcv_Timeout or Frost_Rcv_Timeout
respectively the sunblind controller will perform the action configured in the
configuration register Weather_Fail_Pos. This allows monitoring weather sensor health
and taking preventive measures in case a sensor fails.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 242 LOYTEC

 Window Contact Alarm: If the Present_Value of the BACnet Binary Value object
Window_Contact is inactive the sunblind controller will stop movement and remain on
its current position. This measure prevents injury due to moving sunblinds in case the
window is opened.

 Window Contact Offline Alarm: If no update was received on the Present_Value of

the BACnet object Wind Contact Speed within the time configured in the configuration
registers Window_Rcv_Timeout the sunblind controller will perform the action
configured in the configuration register Window_Contact_Fail_Pos. This allows
monitoring window contact sensor health and taking preventive measures in case a
sensor fails.

8.2.6.5 Museum Mode

For the museum mode of the constant light controller (see Section 8.2.4.12) a sunblind
controller must be linked to the constant light controller.

8.2.6.6 Occupancy Detection

The occupied/unoccupied status of the room can be determined by an occupancy sensor. To
connect an occupancy sensor via the BACnet network the BACnet Binary Value object
Occupancy is used. Its behavior is identical to the proprietary property
Occupancy_Variable_Value of the Constant Light Controller object (see Section 8.2.4.6).

8.2.6.7 BACnet Object Interface

There is a set of objects representing the sunblind controller functionality on the BACnet
interface.

Command Input

In general a sunblind is controlled by two values – Position and Rotation. Further, the
sunblind can be controlled by directly commanding the target position and rotation or by
relative commands (e.g. move up, down, open, close and stop). Therefore a set of BACnet
Output objects representing the sunblind controller input is required:

 Command (Multi-State): Determines the type of sunblind movement requested.

SET_STATE allows absolute positioning, while SET_UP, SET_DOWN and
SET_STOP allows relative sunblind movements.

 Position (Analog): Determines the absolute position (SET_STATE) or the relative

position increment or decrement (SET_UP and SET_DOWN respectively) in percent.
0% corresponds to open, while 100% corresponds to closed sunblinds.

 Rotation (Analog): Determines the absolute blind rotation (SET_STATE) or the relative
rotation increment or decrement (SET_UP and SET_DOWN respectively) if supported
by the sunblind.

To avoid a glitch in case not all three objects are written at once, the evaluation of the three
independent BACnet objects is done as follows:

 If Command is SET_STATE and the Present_Value of all three objects are on the same
priority changes of Position and Rotation are evaluated without delay.

 If Command is SET_STOP, it is only evaluated if Position and Rotation are on the same
priority (even though they are not used for STOP).

 If Command is SET_UP or SET_DOWN, Position and Rotation are only evaluated if

Command is written and all three data points are on the same priority. Further, no

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 243 LOYTEC

sunblind movement is triggered in case these values come in effect due to a higher
priority value being relinquished. Thus, UP/DOWN commands are only executed when
they are highest priority at the time they are written. This is necessary since the
commands trigger a movement relative to the current position and are usually triggered
by user inputs. Thus, they are only valid at the time they are given. If not executed
instantly the command should be dropped.

 All other values or value combinations written are ignored and do not lead to any
sunblind movement.

These three command input objects can be used for manual operation via BACnet, but are
also used for automatic operation. Different control algorithms (e.g. glare protection,
heating/cooling support, view protection, etc.) in the sunblind controller applications use
different, configurable priorities (see Section 8.2.6.8). Thus, the BACnet priority array
mechanism is used to determine the highest pending event.

Sunblind Feedback

To provide the current position and rotation as feedback via the BACnet interface the Analog
Input objects Postion_Fb and Rotation_Fb are available for each sunblind controller
instance. If SMI sunblinds are connected via internal sunblind bindings, the Present_Value
of these objects reflects the position and rotation reported by the SMI drives. Otherwise, the
values correspond to the values provided with the latest SET_STATE command and are
invalid if the position or rotation was changed by relative commands (SET_UP,
SET_DOWN, SET_STOP).

Sunblind Controller Algorithm Inputs

The inputs used by the sunblind controller algorithm are also available as BACnet objects.
There are two types of inputs:

 Inputs available for each sunblind controller instance (individual).

 Inputs available for a sunblind controller channel (global). A sunblind controller channel
is a group of 16 sunblind controller instances, which share a common set of global inputs.

Sunblind Controller BACnet Objects (individual)

Table 37 shows a list of all BACnet objects belonging to a Sunblind Controller instance. The
column Object ID contains the objects default instance number, where “B” is the Sunblind
Controller channel number (0-3) in decimal, and “CC” is the Sunblind Controller instance on
the channel (00-15).

Object Name Object Object Description

Suffix Type ID

Command MO 10BCC Sunblind controller command input.

Position AO 10BCC Sunblind controller position input.
Rotation AO 11BCC Sunblind controller rotation input.
Position_Fb AI 10BCC Sunblind controller current position.
Rotation_Fb AI 11BCC Sunblind controller current rotation.
Indoor_Temp AV 10BCC This object is used to provide the room temperature measured by a
temperature sensor. This input is used if the sunblinds are used for
heating/cooling (see Section 8.2.6.3).
Terminal_Load AV 11BCC This object is used if the sunblinds are used for heating/cooling (see
Section 8.2.6.3). The input informs the controller of the current
heating/cooling demand. Positive values indicate that cooling energy is
required, while negative values indicate that heating energy is required.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 244 LOYTEC

Object Name Object Object Description

Suffix Type ID

Indoor_Lux AV 12BCC This object is used to provide the illumination level in the room. The
input is used for view protection (see Section 8.2.6.2). If Indoor_Lux is
higher than the Outdoor_Lux then the sunblind is closed to protect the
room against prying eyes.
Window_Contact BV 10BCC This object is used to inform the controller if the window is open
(inactive) or close (active). If the window is open, the sunblind stops
moving (see Section 8.2.6.4).
Occupancy BV 11BCC This object is used to provide the occupancy state measured by an
occupancy sensor. A hold time can be configured using the configuration
register Hold_Time (see Section 8.2.6.6).
Glare BV 12BCC This object is used to activate the automatic glare protection for the
sunblind controller instance (see Section 8.2.6.1). It can be used to
deactivate the automatic glare protection, in case a structure (e.g.
building, mountain, etc.) currently drops a shadow on the window.
Table 37: Sunblind Controller BACnet Objects (individual)

Sunblind Controller BACnet Objects (global)

Table 38 shows a list of all BACnet objects shared between all Sunblind Controller instances
of a channel. The column Object ID contains the objects default instance number, where “B”
is the Sunblind Controller channel number (0-3) in decimal.

Object Name Object Object Description

Suffix Type ID

Outdoor_Temp AV 1900B This object is used to provide the current outdoor temperature. This input
is used when the sunblinds are used to support heating/cooling (see
Section 8.2.6.3).
Outdoor_Lux AV 1901B This object is used to provide the current outdoor illumination measured
by a light sensor. It is used for glare protection, view protection and
heating/cooling support (see Sections 8.2.6.1, 8.2.6.2 and 8.2.6.3)
Wind_Speed AV 1902B This object is used to provide the current wind speed measured by a wind
sensor. If the wind speed is higher than the value configured in
Wind_Limit, the sunblinds must go up (see Section 8.2.6.4).
Rain BV 1900B This object is used to notify the sunblind controller, whether it rains
(active) or not (inactive). If it is raining, the sunblinds must go up (see
Section 8.2.6.4).
Frost BV 1901B This object is used to notify the sunblind controller, whether there is the
risk to freezing (active) or not (inactive). If a frost condition is detected,
the sunblinds must not move to prevent damage to the blades or the
blind’s motor (see Section 8.2.6.4).
Sun_Elevation AV 1903B This object is used to provide provides the current sun elevation. The
elevation is the angle between the horizon and the middle of the sun,
considered out of the viewpoint of an observer. The values 0 – 90° are
typically used (0= Sunrise/Sunset; 90 = zenith position). This value is
used by the glare protection algorithm to calculate the blade angle (see
Section 8.2.6.1).
Sun_Azimuth AV 1904B This object is used to provide provides the current sun azimuth. The
values 0 – 359° are typically used (0 = NORTH, 90 = EAST, 180 =
SOUTH, 270 = WEST). This value is used by the glare protection
algorithm to determine whether there can be glare depending on the
direction of the window (see Section 8.2.6.1).
Table 38: Sunblind Controller BACnet Objects (global)

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 245 LOYTEC

8.2.6.8 Sunblind Controller Events and Priorities

The operation of the sunblind controller is influenced by a number of events. Table 39
describes the different events and shows their default BACnet priority.

The BACnet priority of events can be changed. Events can be deactivated by setting the
priority to 0. Usually this is done on the DALI Parameters tab of the LINX Configurator (see
LINX Configurator User Manual [2]).

The BACnet priority of an event is used when the Sunblind controller application writes a
value originating from that event to the Command Input objects (see Section 8.2.6.7) of the
sunblind controller instance.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 246 LOYTEC

Priority Event Description

1 (highest) Weather sensor alarm* At least one of the (global) weather sensors failed:
 No update has been received on Wind_Speed for longer than
Wind_Rcv_Timeout.
 No update has been received on Rain for longer than
Rain_Rcv_Timeout.
 No update has been received on Frost for longer than
Frost_Rcv_Timeout.
In case of a weather sensor alarm the sunblind drives to the position
defined by Weather_Fail_Pos.
2 Window sensor alarm* Window sensor failed: No update has been received on Window_Contact
for longer than Window_Rcv_Timeout.
In case of a window sensor alarm the sunblind drives to the position
defined by Window_Contact_Fail_Pos.
3 Frost condition* The sunblind controller enters the frost state if the Binary Value object
Frost is in active state. When Frost becomes inactive the sunblind
controller remains in the frost state for the hold time configured in
Weather_Off_Delay.
The sunblind does not move as long as the sunblind controller is in the
frost state.
4 Wind* The sunblind controller enters the wind alarm state if the measured wind
speed (Wind_Speed) exceeds the threshold configured in Wind_Limit.
When the wind speed falls below the threshold the sunblind controller
remains in the wind alarm state for the hold time configured in
Wind_Off_Delay.
The sunblind remains open while the sunblind controller is in the wind
alarm state.
5 Rain condition* The sunblind controller enters the rain state if the Binary Value object
Rain is in active state. When Rain becomes inactive the sunblind
controller remains in the rain state for the hold time configured in
Weather_Off_Delay.
The sunblind remains open while the sunblind controller is in the rain
state.
6 Window open* The window is open: The Binary Value object Window_Contact is in
active state. The polarity of the window contacts can be changed via the
configuration register Invert_Window_Contact.
The sunblind does not move as long as the window is open.
12 Anti-glare* The sunblind is controlled by the anti-glare algorithm. Only active if
room is occupied. See Section 8.2.6.1 for detail.
13 View protection* The sunblind is controlled by the view protection algorithm. Only active
if room is occupied. See Section 8.2.6.2 for detail.
14 Constant light request* The sunblind is linked to the constant light controller and is controlled by
the museum mode algorithm. Only active if room is occupied. See
Section 8.2.6.5 for detail.
15 Up if occupied* The room is occupied. See Section 8.2.6.6 for detail.
If the room is occupied the sunblind moves up.
16 (lowest) Heat/cool request* The sunblind is controlled by the heating/cooling algorithm. Only active
if room is not occupied. See Section 8.2.6.3 for detail.
Table 39: Sunblind Controller Events and Priority

For events marked with *) a minimum time can be configured via the configuration register
Auto_Event_Time. These events will stay active for at least the configured time even if the
event condition disappears before this time expires. In this way the sunblind controller
ensures that the sunblind does not drive too frequently.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 247 LOYTEC

In case none of the events is active the sunblind remains in its current position.

8.2.6.9 Configuration Parameters

Table 40 lists all Sunblind Controller instance specific configuration parameters (individual),
while Table 41 lists all configuration parameters shared between the Sunblind Controller
instances of a channel (global). All configuration parameters are implemented as registers
and are thus not available via the BACnet interface.

Parameter Description

Window_Rcv_Timeout This configuration register specifies the expected update interval of the Present_Value
of the Window_Contact object. If the time elapses without an update an alarm is
generated and the sunblind adopts the safe position defined by the
Window_Contact_Fail_Pos (see Section 8.2.6.4).
Window_Contact_Fail_Pos This configuration register defines the safety position of a sunblind when a failure of
the window contact (Window_Contact) has been detected (see Section 8.2.6.4).
Drive_Delay This configuration register defines the delay which the sunblind controller waits before
it updates its outputs. If different drive delays are configured for the different sunblind
controllers, the sunblinds will not drive at the same time avoiding a power peak. Drive
delay is only applied for automatic operation.
Glare_Limit_High This configuration register defines the high limit for the Outdoor_Lux input hysteresis
as used by the automatic glare detection algorithm (see Section 8.2.6.1). If the lux level
is above this value the glare protection algorithm is activated.
Glare_Limit_Low This configuration register defines the low limit for the Outdoor_Lux input hysteresis
as used by the automatic glare detection algorithm (see Section 8.2.6.1). If the lux level
is above this value the glare protection algorithm is deactivated.
Min_Azimuth This configuration property defines the minimum azimuth for the Sun_Azimuth input
used by the automatic glare detection algorithm (see Section 8.2.6.1). It therefore
defines the direction of the window (together with Max_Azimuth).
Max_Azimuth This configuration property defines the maximum azimuth for the Sun_Azimuth input
used by the automatic glare detection algorithm (see Section 8.2.6.1). It therefore
defines the direction of the window (together with Min_Azimuth).
Blade_Distance This configuration register defines the distance between sunblind blades (see Section
8.2.6.1).
Blade_Width This configuration register defines the width of the sunblind blades (see Section
8.2.6.1).
Rotation_Offset This configuration register defines the rotation offset for the glare protection algorithm
(see Section 8.2.6.1).
Max_Rotation This configuration register defines the maximum rotation for the glare protection
algorithm (see Section 8.2.6.1).
Min_Rotation This configuration register defines the minimum rotation for the glare protection
algorithm (see Section 8.2.6.1).
Hold_Time This configuration register defines the hold time for the occupied state. When the
ACTIVE value is received via the Present_Value of the Occupancy object the sunblind
controller remains in the occupied state until the hold time has expired and then
changes to the unoccupied state. If set to 0 the unoccupied state is entered when value
INACTIVE is received (Section 8.2.6.6).

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 248 LOYTEC

Parameter Description

Auto_Event_Time Use to specify the minimum time for the following events:
 Weather sensor alarm
 Window sensor alarm
 Frost condition
 Wind
 Rain condition
 Window open
 Anti-glare
 View protection
 Constant light request
 Up if occupied
 Heating/cooling request
The event will stay active for at least the configured time even if the event condition
disappears before this time expires. In this way the sunblind controller ensures that the
sunblind does not drive too frequently.
Table 40: Sunblind Controller Configuration Parameters (individual).

Parameter Description

Wind_Rcv_Timeout This configuration register specifies the expected update interval of the Present_Value
of the Wind_Speed object. If the time elapses without an update an alarm is generated
and the sunblinds adopt the safe position defined by Weather_Fail_Pos (see Section
8.2.6.4).
Wind_Limit This configuration register defines the maximum wind for the sunblinds. If the current
wind speed (Wind_Speed) is greater than this the sunblinds must go up (see Section
8.2.6.4).
Wind_Off_Delay This configuration register defines the time for which the current wind speed
(Wind_Speed) must be below the critical wind speed (Wind_Limit) before the sunblind
controller return to normal operation (see Section 8.2.6.4).
Rain_Rcv_Timeout This configuration register specifies the expected update interval of the Present_Value
of the Rain object. If the time elapses without an update of the variable an alarm is
generated and the sunblinds adopt the safe position defined by Weather_Fail_Pos (see
Section 8.2.6.4).
Frost_Rcv_Timeout This configuration register specifies the expected update interval of the Present_Value
of the Frost object. If the time elapses without an update of the variable an alarm is
generated and the sunblinds adopt the safe position defined by Weather_Fail_Pos (see
Section 8.2.6.4).
Weather_Off_Delay This configuration register defines the time for which the rain/frost condition
(Rain/Frost) has to be inactive before the sunblind controller returns to normal
operation (see Section 8.2.6.4).
Weather_Fail_Pos This configuration register defines the safety position of sunblinds when a failure of a
safety relevant weather sensor (e.g. Wind_Speed, Rain or Frost) is detected (see
Section 8.2.6.4).
Invert_Window_Contact This configuration register allows inverting the window contact inputs
(Window_Contact) of the sunblind controllers (see Section 8.2.6.4).
Outdoor_Temp_Hysteresis This configuration register defines the hysteresis for the outdoor temperature
(Outdoor_Temp). It is used for the heating/cooling algorithm (see Section 8.2.6.3).
Outdoor_Lux_Hysteresis This configuration register defines the hysteresis for the outdoor lux level input
(Outdoor_Lux). It is used by the heating/cooling algorithm (see Section 8.2.6.3).
Outdoor_Lux_Limit_High This configuration register defines the high limit for the outdoor lux level input
(Outdoor_Lux). It is used by the heating/cooling algorithm (see Section 8.2.6.3).
Outdoor_Lux_Limit_Low This configuration register defines the low limit for the outdoor lux level input
(Outdoor_Lux). It is used by the heating/cooling algorithm (see Section 8.2.6.3).

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 249 LOYTEC

Parameter Description

View_Protection_Hysteresis This configuration register defines the hysteresis for the outdoor lux level input
(Outdoor_Lux). It is used by the view protection algorithm (see Section 8.2.6.2).
Table 41: Sunblind Controller Configuration Parameters (global).

8.3 Programmable DALI Controller (LDALI-PLCx)

For detailed information about the programmable version of the DALI controller refer to the
LINX Configurator User Manual [2], chapter 15.2 and the LROC_Manual [11].

8.4 Web Interface

8.4.1 Constant Light Controller Bindings (Commission)
To determine which sensors (occupancy & lux) are used as inputs to and which light groups
are controlled by a constant light controller instance and which constant light controller
instances are linked together go to the CLC Bindings page (see Figure 124).

Again, selected the DALI channel by clicking on the different tabs at the top of the page
labeled Channel 1, Channel 2, etc.

Click on the symbol to add an input or output. Use the drop down box to select a sensor
(occupancy/lux) instance or a data point.as input and a light group as output. Click on
symbol to remove an input or output.

Figure 124: CLC Bindings.

For each constant light controller one lux level sensor, but up to 16 occupancy sensor inputs
can be configured. Whenever at least one occupancy sensor reports occupancy the area
controlled by the controller instance is considered occupied. The drop down box allows to
select a DALI sensor (occupancy/lux) instance or a data point.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 250 LOYTEC

To select a data point select Choose data point… from the drop down box. The dialog shown
in Figure 125 appears. Click on Choose and select the intendet data point. Any analog data
point can be selected as lux sensor, a binary data point as occupancy sensor. For the latter
select, which value shall be considered as unoccupied and which as occupied.

Figure 125: Use data point as CLC input.

Similar for each of the two light bands up to 16 DALI groups can be selected as outputs. The
primary light band is near the inside of the building, the secondary light band is near the
window front. Depending on the outdoor light intensity the primary light band has to be
brighter than the secondary light band to illuminate the room evenly.

In addition to inputs and outputs Neighboring Controller instances can be selected in open
office space application scenarios. For additional information on the interaction of
neighboring controller instances see Sections 8.1.4.9 and 8.2.4.9.

On the LDALI-10X NV bindings can be used in parallel to the internal CLC bindings. The
binding status of the corresponding NV is displayed (NV bound/unbound). To enable manual
internal CLC bindings the automatic binding algorithm has to be disabled by unchecking the
Automatic internal binding checkbox. See Section 8.1.4.1 for details on the automatic
internal binding algorithm.

On the LDALI-20X the BACnet Write priority for the outputs (light bands) can be
configured. This priority will be used by the Constant Light Controller application to write
to the corresponding Analog Output object controlling the light group.

Once at least one output is configured the button Find sensors appears. Click on the button
to start a wizard, which automatically tries to find the DALI sensors belonging to the
configured light bands. The wizard will switch the light bands on and off. All sensors, which
change their lux level reading when switching lights on and off will be considered to belong
to the constant light controller instance. The wizard will chose one of the sensors as lux sensor
and will add all sensors as occupancy sensor.

Click on the name to jump to the data point configuration page of the fieldbus object
corresponding to the Constant Light Controller instance. Once saved the current lux and
occupancy sensor reading and the current light level output of the configured groups will be
displayed.

To calibrate a lux level sensor click on the Calibrate button next to it. This will open the
DALI Sensor Calibration page as described in the LOYTEC Devices User Manual [1], with
the sensor’s Constant Light Controller instance selected.

8.4.2 Sunblind Controller Bindings (Commission)

To determine which DALI sensors (occupancy & lux) are used as inputs to and which SMI
drives are controlled by a sunblind controller instance go to the SBC Bindings page (see
Figure 126).

Selected the sunblind controller channel by clicking on the different tabs at the top of the
page labeled Channel 1, Channel 2, etc.

Click on the symbol to add an input or output. Use the drop down box to select a DALI
sensor (occupancy/lux) instance or a data point.as input and a SMI drive as output. SMI
drives must be created in the LINX Configurator as described in the LINX Configurator User

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 251 LOYTEC

Manual [2] to be available for selection. To select a data point as input select Choose data
point… from the drop down box. The dialog shown in Figure 126 appears. Click on Choose
and select the intendet data point. Any analog data point can be selected as lux sensor, a
binary data point as occupancy sensor. For the latter select, which value shall be considered
as unoccupied and which as occupied. Click on symbol to remove an input or output.

Figure 126: SBC Bindings.

For each sunblind controller one lux level sensor, but up to 16 occupancy sensor inputs can
be configured. Whenever at least one occupancy sensor reports occupancy the area controlled
by the controller instance is considered occupied. Similar up to 16 SMI drives can be selected
as outputs for each sunblind controller instance.

On the LDALI-10X NV bindings can be used in parallel to the internal SBC bindings. The
binding status of the corresponding NV is displayed (NV bound/unbound).

Click on the name to jump to the data point configuration page of the fieldbus object
corresponding to the Sunblind Controller instance. Once saved the current lux and occupancy
sensor reading will be displayed.

8.4.3 Configuration of Button Functions

To configure the function to be performed, when a button is pressed go to the Buttons page
(see Figure 127).

Figure 127: Button Functions.

Currently, button functions can be configured for the following entities:

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 252 LOYTEC

 DALI buttons: See the DALI section in the LOYTEC Devices User Manual [1] for
information on which DALI button devices are supported.

 EnOcean buttons: Profiles Rocker Switch, 2 Rocker (F6-01) and 4 Rocker (F6-03), and
Position Switch (F6-04) are supported. EnOcean devices must be created in the LINX
Configurator before being available for button function configuration (see LINX
Configurator User Manual [2]).

 Data Points: Any binary data point can be used to trigger button functions. Data points
can be used to configure button functions for buttons created in L-WEB graphic projects,
for buttons connected to digital inputs of remote IO modules (e.g. BACnet, LONMARK,
etc.) and for DALI buttons connected to DALI channels on other L-DALI controllers.
Data points must be selected as trigger for a button function in the LINX Configurator
before being available for button function configuration (see LINX Configurator User
Manual [2]).

On the Buttons page, first choose the click on the Configure button next to the button device
that is to be configured. The dialog shown in Figure 128 appears

Figure 128: Configure DALI button functions.

For buttons which can be operated as push-button or as switch the Mode drop down box
allows to select whether a switch or a push button is connected to the button input. The
Function drop down box allows selecting the function to be performed when the button is
pressed. See Table 42 for a list of available function. If the function is used to control light,
the Destination column allows selecting the DALI group or channel to be controlled. For
functions to operate sunblinds the affected sunblind controller application instance can be
chosen. If the function requires additional arguments (e.g. dim values or scene numbers) they
are configured in the columns Argument 1 and Argument 2.

If multiple buttons require identical or similar configuration those buttons can be selected in
the Copy settings to selection box. Click on Apply to write the configuration to the button
device, Save to save and close the dialog.

If buttons are used with L-DALI Constant Light Controller applications to allow manual and
automatic operation please see Sections 8.1.4.10 and 8.2.4.10 on how buttons can interact
with the Constant Light Controller application.

Button functions controlling sunblinds use the LONMARK NV nviLocalControl (LDALI-10X

models, see Section 8.1.5.4) or the BACnet object Command (LDALI-20X models, see
Section 8.2.6.7) with priority 8 (Manual Operation) to control the sunblinds.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 253 LOYTEC

Function Description

Disabled No action
Network data point Button input status will be reflected by a data point.
On (maximum) Switch on (recall maximum).
On (last value) Switch on to last known value.
Note: Requires storing value when switching off.
Auto (Re-)activate L-DALI constant light controller of target group.
Off Switch off.
Off (store value) Store last value and switch off.
On/Off Toggle between on and off whenever button is pressed or switch
is changed depending on current status (changeover switch).
Switch light on when it is off and switch light off when it is on.
Auto/Off Toggle between active L-DALI constant light controller and off
whenever button is pressed or switch is changed depending on
current status (changeover switch). Switch light on when it is off
and switch light off when it is on. Note: Switching off will
deactivate the L-DALI constant light controller.
Up Dim up while button is pressed. The dim speed is determined by
the fade rate parameter of each ballast.
Down Dim up while button is pressed. The dim speed is determined by
the fade rate parameter of each ballast.
Up/Down Toggle between dimming up and down whenever button is
pressed. Dim as long as button is kept pressed. The dim speed is
determined by fade rate parameter of each ballast.
On/Up Switch on (recall maximum) if button is pressed shortly, dim up
when button kept pressed. The dim speed is determined by the
fade rate parameter of each ballast.
On (last value)/Up Switch on to last known value if button is pressed shortly, dim up
when button kept pressed. The dim speed is determined by the
fade rate parameter of each ballast.
Auto/Up (Re-)activate L-DALI constant light controller if button is
pressed shortly, dim up when button kept pressed. The dim speed
is determined by the fade rate parameter of each ballast. Note:
Diming up will deactivate the L-DALI constant light controller.
Off/Down Switch off value if button is pressed shortly, dim down when
button kept pressed. The dim speed is determined by the fade rate
parameter of each ballast.
Off (store value)/Down Store last value and switch off if button is pressed shortly, dim
down when button kept pressed. The dim speed is determined by
the fade rate parameter of each ballast.
On/Off and Up/Down Toggle between on and off whenever button is pressed shortly
depending on current status (changeover switch). Toggle between
dimming up and down whenever button is pressed longer. Dim as
long as button is kept pressed. The dim speed is determined by
the fade rate parameter of each ballast.
Auto/Off and Up/Down Toggle between active L-DALI constant light controller and off
whenever button is pressed shortly depending on current status
(changeover switch). Toggle between dimming up and down
whenever button is pressed longer. Dim as long as button is kept
pressed. The dim speed is determined by the fade rate parameter
of each ballast. Note: Diming up/down and switching off will
deactivate the L-DALI constant light controller.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 254 LOYTEC

Function Description

On (last value)/Off and Toggle between switching on to last value and off (including
Up/Down storing the last value) whenever button is pressed shortly
depending on current status (changeover switch). Toggle between
dimming up and down whenever button is pressed longer. Dim as
long as button is kept pressed. The dim speed is determined by
the fade rate parameter of each ballast.
Dim to Dim to the value entered as argument 1.
Dim to (toggle) Toggle between dim value entered as argument 1 and dim value
entered as argument 2 whenever button is pressed or switch is
changed.
Recall scene Recall the scene configured with argument 1.
Recall scene (toggle) Toggle between recalling scene configured with argument 1 and
scene configured with argument 2 whenever button is pressed or
switch is changed.
Colour warmer Ramp up colour temperature as long as button is pressed.
Note: Requires ballasts of type colour control (device type 8)
supporting the colour type colour temperature.
Colour cooler Ramp down colour temperature as long as button is pressed.
Note: Requires ballasts of type colour control (device type 8)
supporting the colour type colour temperature.
Sunblind Up Short Press: Rotate sunblinds until completely open, then move
up – argument 1 defines the rotation-angle for a short press.
Long Press: Drive to upper end position.
Note: Requires SMI-interface L-SMI
Sunblind Down Short Press: Rotate sunblinds until completely closed, then move
down – argument 1 defines the rotation-angle for a short press.
Long Press: Drive to lower end position.
Note: Requires SMI-interface L-SMI
Sunblind Auto Relinquish manual override of sunblind controller application
and resume automatic operation.
Note: Requires SMI-interface L-SMI
Sunblind Up/Down/Auto Short Press: Toggle between moving sunblinds up and down,
with stop in-between (each second button press).
Long Press: Relinquish manual override of sunblind controller
application and resume automatic operation.
Note: Requires SMI-interface L-SMI
Table 42: DALI button functions

8.4.4 Debug (Config)

Log messages can be activated for each LONMARK or BACnet Object present on the L-DALI
to allow analyzing the light and the sunblind applications (see Figure 129).

The debug log allows recording all changes on inputs and outputs as well as all application
internal transitions in case a fieldbus object does not behave as expected. Debug logs are
stored in RAM. The messages logged are in most cases self-explanatory.

Further, LOYTEC support requires a debug log to be able to analyze any potential problems.
Therefore, such a log should be created before contacting LOYTEC support.

To enable debugging on one or more objects, specify the desired object(s) by setting a filter
using the Type, Channel and Object Index drop down boxes. Then check the Log
Input/Log Output/Log State check boxes and click on the Save button.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 255 LOYTEC

Figure 129: Setup Debug Mask.

To disable debugging select the object(s) by specifying a filter like when enabling debugging,
leave the checkboxes Log Input/Log Output/Log State unchecked and click on the Save
button.

Figure 130: Debug Log.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 256 LOYTEC

9 Troubleshooting

9.1 Technical Support

LOYTEC offers free telephone and e-mail support for the L-DALI product series. If none of
the above descriptions solves your specific problem please contact us at the following
address:

LOYTEC electronics GmbH

Blumengasse 35
A-1170 Vienna
Austria / Europe

e-mail : [email protected]
Web : http://www.loytec.com
tel : +43/1/4020805-100
fax : +43/1/4020805-99

or

LOYTEC Americas Inc.

N27 W23957 Paul Road
Suite 103
Pewaukee, WI 53072
USA

e-mail: [email protected]
Web: http://www.loytec-americas.com
tel: +1 (512) 402 5319
fax: +1 (262) 408 5238

9.2 Packet Capture

Please refer to the Troubleshooting Chapter in the LOYTEC Device User Manual [1] to learn
more about troubleshooting on LOYTEC devices.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 257 LOYTEC

10 Security Hardening Guide

This guide contains security-relevant information for operating the product on IT networks.
The information refers to the firmware version and the instructions found in the previous
chapters of this User Manual.

10.1 Installation Instructions

Install the device over the Web interface:
 Set up the basic device functions and protocol settings as described in Section 5.4. When
connecting over the Web UI use https:// in the URL.
 Set a secure password for the admin and operator accounts.
 Disable the HTTP, FTP, and Telnet servers in the IP port configuration as described in
the LOYTEC Device User Manual [1]. Note, that FTP and Telnet are disabled in factory
defaults as of firmware 7.0.0.
 Create a new HTTPS server certificate as described in the LOYTEC Device User Manual
[1].
 Set a password for the “guest” user to protect information of the device info page from
unwanted disclosure.

10.2 Firmware
The device is equipped with one piece of software. This is the firmware image and its related
firmware version. The firmware is distributed as a downloadable file. The device can be
upgraded by placing the firmware image onto the device. The device firmware is signed by
LOYTEC and its signature integrity is verified before the upgrade is allowed.

10.3 Ports
This Section lists all ports, which may be used by the device. The ports are default settings
for their respective services. If not stated otherwise, the ports can be changed.

Required Ports:
 443 tcp: This port is opened by the Web server and the OPC XML-DA server. It offers
secure communication. Make sure the L-STUDIO deploy method is set to “loytechttps”
and the Configurator as well as other clients use secure connection.
 1628 udp/tcp: This is the data exchange port for CEA-852 (LON over IP). It is required
for the primary function of the device to exchange control network data between routers
over the IP network. Each device needs this port open. The port can be changed.
 1629 udp/tcp: This is the configuration server port of CEA-852. Exactly one device in
the system needs this port open. Other devices register with the configuration server to
form the IP-852 channel list. The port can be changed.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 258 LOYTEC

 47808 udp: This is the data exchange port for BACnet/IP. It is required for the primary
function of the device to exchange control network data between routers over the IP
network. Each device needs this port open. The port can be changed.

Optional ports not necessary for the primary product function. They can be disabled as
described in the installation instructions in Section 10.1:
 21 tcp: This port is opened by the FTP server. The port can be changed and disabled.
 22 tcp: This port is opened by the SSH server. The port can be changed and disabled.
 23 tcp: This port is opened by the Telnet server. The port can be changed and disabled.
 80 tcp: This port is opened by the Web server and the OPC XML-DA server. It should
be disabled and HTTPS (port 443) be used instead. The port can be changed.
 161 tcp: This port is opened by the SNMP server. This port is disabled by default. The
port can be changed.
 5900 tcp: This port is opened by the VNC server, if it is enabled. This port is disabled
by default. The port can be changed.
 502 tcp: This port is opened, if Modbus TCP is configured in slave mode. This port is
disabled by default. The port can be changed.
 1630 udp/tcp: This port is used by the CEA-709 RNI and for the remote LPA. The port
can be changed and disabled.
 2002 tcp: This port is opened by the Wireshark protocol analyzer front-end. This port is
disabled by default. The port can be changed.
 4840 tcp: This port is opened by the OPC UA server. This port is disabled by default.
The port can be changed.
 61000-62299 udp: This port range is used for IEC-61499 cross-communication between
controllers. The ports are assigned automatically by the L-STUDIO programming tool.

10.4 Services
Required services:
 CEA-852 (LON over IP): Primary function of the device. This service is in accordance
with the standard ANSI/CEA-852-B.
 BACnet/IP: Primary function of the device. This service is in accordance with the
standard ANSI/ASHRAE 135-2010.
 OPC XML-DA: This Web service provides access to data points over the OPC XML-
DA standard.

Optional services not necessary for the primary product function. They can be disabled as
described in the installation instructions in Section 10.1:
 HTTP: Web server. It provides a Web-based configuration UI. The Web UI can be
disabled after setting up the device. The Web service is also used for the Configurator
connection for configuration, firmware upgrade, and access to the log file.
 HTTPS: Secure Web server. It provides a Web-based configuration UI using HTTPS. It
is also used for a secure Configurator connection.
 SSH: SSH server. It provides secure access to the device console menu over the network.
 FTP and Telnet: The FTP and Telnet server is used for connection to the device by the
Configurator for configuration, firmware upgrade, and access to the log file. On devices
without SSH these services must be enabled during device configuration.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 259 LOYTEC

 VNC: The VNC server can be used for remote access to the LCD display on devices that
have it. The service is disabled by default.
 Modbus TCP: A Modbus TCP server is running when Modbus TCP is operated in slave
mode. In all other cases this service is not needed.
 RNI: This service provides the remote network interface (RNI) function. It is also used
by the remote LPA feature. If these features are not needed the service can be disabled.
 OPC UA: This secure service provides access to data points over the OPC UA standard.
The service is disabled by default.
 SNMP: SNMP server. It provides network management information on the device used
by standard IT tools. The service is disabled by default.
 Wireshark front-end: The Wireshark protocol analyzer may connect to this service and
retrieve online protocol analyzer logs. The service is disabled by default.
 IEC-61499: This service is used by the IEC 61499 runtime for cross-communication
between controllers.

10.5 Upgrade Key Strength

The secure services (HTTPS, SSH) rely on certificates to authenticate the device against the
connecting client. This is key to prevent man-in-the-middle attacks. The device comes with
pre-installed server certificates. It is recommended to upgrade the pre-installed certificate to
an individual server-certificate and use stronger key length.
 Server certificate (for HTTPS, OPC UA): Follow the instructions in the LOYTEC
Device User Manual [1] Section 3.2.29 Certificate Management on how to upgrade the
pre-installed X.509 server certificate to a custom, self-signed or CA-signed certificate
with stronger key length.
 SSH key upgrade: If SSH is enabled it is recommended to upgrade the SSH key length.
Refer to the LOYTEC Device User Manual [1] Section 3.2.28 SSH Server Config on
how to upgrade your RSA key to 2048 bits.

10.6 Logging and Auditing

The device contains a log file, which can be read out over FTP or the Web server. This log
contains information when the device started and when crucial communication errors occur.
Other information such user log-on are not logged as they are not part of the primary services
of this device.

Logged events:
 Time of the last power-on reset of the L-INX/L-GATE device.
 Time and version of the last firmware upgrade.
 Time when the device configuration has been cleared or the device was reset to factory
defaults.
 Commission of the CEA-709 node/router.
 Static errors in the device and data point configuration.
 System overload situations as one-time log messages since last power-on.
 Crucial communication errors as they occur.
 Logins and login failures.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 260 LOYTEC

10.7 Network Access

Network access can be protected by using 802.1X port authentication (as of firmware 7.4.0)
using EAP-TLS, PEAP, or TTLS. Unused Ethernet ports can be disabled.

10.8 Password Protection

Devices provide separate administrative (admin) and operative (operator) user accounts.
Passwords are stored using a strong cryptographic hash (salted SHA25). Device login is
protected by a login trap that blocks logins after ten consecutive failed login attempts to
protect against brute-force password attacks. Initial password setting is enforced.

To protect usage of the admin password, the admin user can create additional user accounts
with an admin role. Those additional user accounts can be disabled as needed.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 261 LOYTEC

11 Specifications

11.1 Physical Specifications

11.1.1 LDALI-3E10X-U/LDALI-ME20X-U
Operating Voltage 85-240 V AC, 50/ 60 Hz

Power Consumption typ. 7,5 W

Operating Temperature (ambient) 0C to + 40C

Storage Temperature 10C to +85C

Humidity (non condensing) operating 10 to 90% RH

Humidity (non condensing) storage 10 to 90% RH

Enclosure Installation enclosure 9 TE, DIN 43 880

Environmental Protection IP 40 (enclosure); IP 20 (screw terminals)

Installation DIN rail mounting (EN 50 022) or wall

mounting

11.1.2 LDALI-3E10X/LDALI-ME204
Operating Voltage 12-35 VDC or 12-24 VAC ±10%

Power Consumption typ. 3 W

In rush current up to 950 mA @ 24 VAC

Operating Temperature (ambient) 0C to + 50C

Storage Temperature 10C to +85C

Humidity (non condensing) operating 10 to 90% RH

Humidity (non condensing) storage 10 to 90% RH

Enclosure Installation enclosure 9 TE, DIN 43 880

Environmental Protection IP 40 (enclosure); IP 20 (screw terminals)

Installation DIN rail mounting (EN 50 022) or wall

mounting

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 262 LOYTEC

11.1.3 LDALI-3101-U/LDALI-E101-U/LDALI-E201-U
Operating Voltage 85-240 VAC 50/60 Hz

Power Consumption typ. 7.5 W

Operating Temperature (ambient) 0C to + 40C

Storage Temperature 10C to +85C

Humidity (non condensing) operating 10 to 90% RH

Humidity (non condensing) storage 10 to 90% RH

Enclosure Installation enclosure 6 TE, DIN 43 880

Environmental Protection IP 40 (enclosure); IP 20 (screw terminals)

Installation DIN rail mounting (EN 50 022) or wall

mounting

11.1.4 LDALI-PLC2/LDALI-PLC4
Operating Voltage 85-240 V AC, 50/ 60 Hz

Power Consumption typ. 7,5 W

Operating Temperature (ambient) 0C to + 40C

Storage Temperature 10C to +85C

Humidity (non condensing) operating 10 to 90% RH

Humidity (non condensing) storage 10 to 90% RH

Enclosure Installation enclosure 9 TE, DIN 43 880

Environmental Protection IP 40 (enclosure); IP 20 (screw terminals)

Installation DIN rail mounting (EN 50 022) or wall

mounting

11.2 Resource Limits

Table 43 and Table 44 specify the resource limits of the different L-DALI models.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 263 LOYTEC

Model

3E101-U

3E102-U

3E104-U
E101-U
3101-U
3E102

3E104
Limits

OPC Tags 2000 2000 2000 2000 10000 10000 10000

User Registers 1000 1000 1000 1000 2000 2000 2000
Address table 512/15 512/15 512/15 512/15 512/15 512/15 512/15
entries/legacy1
Alias NVs1 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
LONMARK Calendar 2/10 4/10 1/10 1/10 4/10 4/10 4/10
objects/patterns per object
LONMARK Scheduler 32 64 16 16 64 64 64
objects
LONMARK Alarm Servers 32 32 32 32 32 32 32
Trend Logs 50 100 25 25 512 512 512
Total trended data points 256 256 256 256 1000 1000 1000
Total aggregated size 1MB 1MB 1MB 1MB 200MB 200MB 200MB
E-mail templates 100 100 n/a 100 100 100 100
Math objects 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Alarm Logs 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Modbus data points n/a n/a n/a n/a 2000 2000 2000
EnOcean data points n/a n/a n/a n/a 1000 1000 1000
SMI devices n/a n/a n/a n/a 64 64 64
Local Connections 1000 1000 1000 1000 2000 2000 2000
Global Connections 250 250 n/a 250 250 250 250
L-WEB Clients 8 8 n/a 8 32 32 32
(concurrent)
LWLAN-800 AP+Mesh n/a n/a n/a n/a 7 7 7
max. clients
1 Per CEA-709 interface. 1 interface je channel
Table 43: Resource limits of different LDALI-10X models

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 264 LOYTEC

ME201-U

ME204-U
Model

E201-U
ME204

PLC4

PLC2
Limits

OPC Tags 2000 2000 10000 10000 10000 10000

User Registers 1000 1000 2000 2000 2000 2000
BACnet server objects 1100 300 1000 4000 2000 2000
BACnet client mappings 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
BACnet scheduler objects 100 25 100 100 100 100
BACnet calendar objects 25 25 25 25 25 25
BACnet notification classes 32 32 32 32 32 32
Trend Logs 100 25 512 512 512 512
Total trended data points 256 256 1000 1000 1000 1000
Total aggregated size 1MB 1MB 200MB 200MB 200MB 200MB
E-mail templates 100 100 100 100 100 100
Math objects 100 100 100 100 100 100
Alarm Logs 10 10 10 10 10 10
Modbus data points n/a n/a 2000 2000 2000 2000
EnOcean data points n/a n/a 1000 1000 1000 1000
SMI devices n/a n/a 64 64 64 64
Local Connections 1000 1000 2000 2000 2000 2000
Global Connections 250 250 250 250 250 250
L-WEB Clients 8 8 32 32 32 32
(concurrent)
LWLAN-800 AP+Mesh n/a n/a 7 7 7 7
max. clients
Table 44: Resource limits of different LDALI-20X and LDALI-PCL4 models.

11.3 FCC Warning

This device has been tested and found to comply with limits for a Class B digital device,
pursuant to Part 2 and 15 of FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable
protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial
environment. This equipment generates and radiates radio frequency energy and, if not
installed and used in accordance with the user’s manual, it may cause interference in which
case users will be required to correct interference at their own expenses.

11.4 CE Warning
This is a Class B product. In a domestic environment, this product may cause radio
interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 265 LOYTEC

12 References

[1] LOYTEC Device User Manual 8.0, LOYTEC electronics GmbH,

Document № 88086510, March 2023.
[2] LINX Configurator User Manual 8.0, LOYTEC electronics GmbH,
Document № 88086710, March 2023.
[3] NIC User Manual 4.2, LOYTEC electronics GmbH,
Document № 88067217, April 2013.
[4] LWEB-802/803 User Manual 4.4, LOYTEC electronics GmbH,
Document № 88074224, April 2022.
[5] LWEB-900 User Manual 4.0.1, LOYTEC electronics GmbH,
Document № 88081510, September 2022.
[6] L-VIS User Manual 7.6, LOYTEC electronics GmbH,
Document № 88068526, April 2022.
[7] L-IOB I/O ModuleUser Manual 8.0, LOYTEC electronics GmbH,
Document № 88078516, March 2023.
[8] L-IP User Manual 7.4, LOYTEC electronics GmbH,
Document № 88065915, September 2021.
[9] LIP-ME20X User Manual 8.0, LOYTEC electronics GmbH,
Document № 88073512, March 2023.
[10] AN011E L-DALI Compatibility List, LOYTEC electronics GmbH,
Document № 86002011, March 2023.
[11] LROC User Manual 3.0.10, LOYTEC electronics GmbH,
Document № 88085416, January 2022
[12] AN018E BLE-enabled DALI multisensors, LOYTEC electronics GmbH,
Document № 86002601, January 2021
[13] LOYTEC LDALI Device User Manual 3.24, LOYTEC electronics GmbH,
Document № 88094301, February 2023.

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH

L-DALI User Manual 266 LOYTEC

13 Revision History

Date Version Author Description

07-05-2010 1.0 AD Initial revision V1.0

15-06-2010 1.0.1 JB Minor corrections
08-11-2010 1.1 JB Updated for L-DALI firmware 2.1 and Configurator 1.1
16-09-2011 2.0 JB Cover LDALI-ME20X (BACnet) firmware 2.2
Minor improvements related to LDALI-3E10X documentation
14-11-2011 2.0.1 JB Minor corrections and improvements
29-06-2012 3.0 JB Cover LDALI-3E10X firmware 3.0 and LDALI Configurator 3.0
07-09-2012 3.0.1 JB Minor corrections
11-10-2013 3.1 JB Cover LDALI-10X/20X firmware 3.1 and LDALI Configurator 3.1.
Cover LDALI-E101-U, LDALI-3101-U and LDALI-E201-U.
13.08.2014 3.2 JB Cover LDALI-10X/20X firmware 3.2 and LDALI Configurator 3.2.
Cover LDALI-E101-U, LDALI-3101-U and LDALI-E201-U versions
with Dual-Ethernet and internal DALI PS which can be switched off.
27.05.2015 5.2 JB Cover LDALI-10X/20X firmware 5.2 and LINX Configurator 5.2
(replacing LDALI Configurator).
Cover LDALI-MS1 and LDALI-BM1.
Added more info on DALI basics and troubleshooting info.
Added Property IDs for BACnet standard properties.
25.03.2016 6.0 JB Re-organized User Manual structure, branched out common parts into
LOYTEC Device User Manual and LINX Configurator User Manual.
Cover LDALI-10X/20X firmware 6.0 and LINX Configurator 6.0.
Cover LDALI-3E10X-U and LDALI-ME20X-U models.
21.09.2016 6.1 JB Cover LDALI-10X/20X firmware 6.1.
31.10.2017 6.3 JB Cover LDALI-10X/20X firmware 6.3.
21.05.2018 6.4 JB Cover LDALI-10X/20X firmware 6.4.
Added colour control via data points.
15.11.2019 7.0 UR Cover LDALI-10X/20X firmware 7.0
30.04.2020 7.2 UR Cover LDALI-10X/20X/PLCx firmware 7.2
Added data points for humidity, temperature and button feedback.
29.01.2021 7.4 UR Cover LDALI-10x/20x/PLCx firmware 7.4
Added data points for sensitivity and bluetooth functions
Documented LRS232-802 usage
Updated CLC-mode documentation
Updated Chapter 10 Security Hardening Guide
30.01.2022 7.6 UR Cover LDALI-10x/20x/PLCx firmware 7.6
Updated Chapter 10 Security Hardening Guide
Updated Resource Limits
31.03.2023 8.0 UR Updated for firmware 8.0
Updated Chapter 3 Safety Instructions
Clarification on CLC-parameter use

Version 8.0 LOYTEC electronics GmbH